3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 3C13636 www.3Com.com Part Number: 10014940 Rev.
Copyright © 2006, 3Com Corporation. All rights reserved. No part of this documentation may be reproduced in any form or by any means or used to make any derivative work (such as translation, transformation, or adaptation) without written permission from 3Com Corporation. 3Com Corporation reserves the right to revise this documentation and to make changes in content from time to time without obligation on the part of 3Com Corporation to provide notification of such revision or change.
Basic Commands
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands................................................................................ 1-1 1.1 Basic Configuration Commands ........................................................................................ 1-1 1.1.1 clock datetime ......................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1.2 clock summer-time .............
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands 1.1 Basic Configuration Commands 1.1.1 clock datetime Syntax clock datetime time date View System view Parameter time: Current time in the format of HH:MM:SS, where HH is hours in the range 0 to 23, MM is minutes in the range 0 to 59, and SS is seconds in the range 0 to 59. date: Current date in the format of MM/DD/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands View System view Parameter zone_name: Name of the daylight saving time, a character string of 1 to 32 characters. one-off: Only sets the daylight saving time of some year. repeating: Sets the daylight saving time of every year starting from some year. time: In the format of HH:MM:SS (hours/minutes/seconds).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands 1.1.3 clock timezone Syntax clock timezone zone_name { add | minus } time undo clock timezone View System view Parameter zone_name: Time zone name, a string of 1 to 32 characters. add: Positive offset to universal time coordinated (UTC) time. minus: Negative offset to UTC time. time: In the format of HH/MM/SS (hours/minutes/seconds). Description Use the clock timezone command to set the local time zone.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands view view: Specifies a view. commandkey: Command to be set in the specified view. Description Use the command-privilege command to assign a command level to the commands in the specified view. Use the undo command-privilege view command to restore the default. Command privilege falls into four levels: visit, monitor, system, and manage, which are identified by 0 through 3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands 1min: Sets the CPU usage statistic interval to one minute. 5min: Sets the CPU usage statistic interval to five minutes. 72min: Sets the CPU usage statistic interval to 72 minutes. slave: Given a dual-RPU/ERPU supported device, sets the usage statistic interval of the CPU on the slave RPU/ERPU.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands display clock View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display clock command to view the current system time and date. If the displayed system time and date are incorrect, use the clock datetime command to adjust them. Example # Display the current time and date. <3Com> display clock 15:50:45 UTC Mon 02/12/2003 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands Example # Display detailed information on CPU usage statistics. [Router] display cpu-usage ===== Current CPU usage info ===== CPU Usage Stat. Cycle: 1 (Second) CPU Usage : 1% CPU Usage Stat. Time : 2004-09-15 15:51:48 CPU Usage Stat. Tick : 0x27(CPU Tick High) 0x88cf18e4(CPU Tick Low) Actual Stat.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands Parameter task task-id: Specifies a task ID. slave: Given a dual-RPU/ERPU supported device, sets the usage statistic interval of the CPU on the slave RPU/ERPU. slot slot-num: Given a distributed device, sets the usage statistic interval of the CPU on the interface board specified by its slot number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands 95%| 90%| 85%| 80%| 75%| 70%| 65%| 60%| 55%| 50%| 45%| 40%| 35%| 30%| 25%| 20%| 15%| 10%| 5%| -----------------------------------------------------------10 20 30 40 50 60 (minutes) cpu-usage last 60 minutes(T03M) 1.1.10 display history-command Syntax display history-command View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display history-command command to view the history commands.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands display interface displayinterface e 1/0/0 interface e 1/0/0 1.1.11 display log startup Syntax display log startup View User view Parameter None Description Use the display log startup command to display the state of the configuration restoration log switch. Example # Display the state of the configuration restoration log switch. <3Com> log startup <3Com> display log startup Log startup switch is on.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands Example # Display information on the current system memory load. [Router] display memory System Total Memory(bytes): 41918976 Total Used Memory(bytes): 15949136 Used Rate: 38% 1.1.13 display version Syntax display version View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display version command to view system version information.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands 512K bytes NVRAM Pcb Version : RTM1RPUA.1 RPE Logic Version : RPE3.4 SBG Logic Version : 012 Small BootROM Big BootROM Version : Version : 3.04 5.03 Config Register points to FLASH [SLOT 0] AUX0 (Hardware)A.1, (Driver)1.0, (Cpld)3.4 [SLOT 0] ETH0 (Hardware)A.1, (Driver)1.0, (Cpld)3.4 [SLOT 0] ETH1 (Hardware)A.1, (Driver)1.0, (Cpld)3.4 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands View System view Parameter motd: Banner displayed before the login interface. incoming: Banner displayed when a user logs onto a terminal user interface. login: Login banner at authentication. shell: Banner displayed for entering user view. text: Banner message, with the first character being the start and ending delimiters. After the ending delimiter is input, the system quits automatically.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands Example # Configure banner information. [Router] header login %login text% [Router] header shell %shell text% [Router] header motd %motd text% quit ********************************************************* * * All rights reserved (1997-2005) Without the owner's prior written consent, * * *no decompiling or reverse-engineering shall be allowed.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands CTRL_O: Assigns the hot key to a command. CTRL_T: Assigns the hot key to a command. CTRL_U: Assigns the hot key to a command. command_text: The command line associated with the hot key. Description Use the hotkey command to assign a hot key to a command line.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands CTRL_V Paste text from the clipboard. CTRL_W Delete the word left of the cursor. CTRL_X Delete all characters up to the cursor. CTRL_Y Delete all characters after the cursor. CTRL_Z Return to the user view. CTRL_] Kill incoming connection or redirect connection. ESC_B Move the cursor one word back. ESC_D Delete remainder of word. ESC_F Move the cursor forward one word.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands View User view Parameter None Description Use the lock command to lock the illegitimate users out of the active user interface, which can be console, AUX, or VTY. After entering the lock command, you are prompted to enter and confirm the screensaver's password. If you enter the same password twice, the interface is locked.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands %May 31 06:46:58:015 2005 5500G-EI SHELL/5/CMD:- 1 -task:CFM ip:** user:** command:sysname 5500G-EI As the log information may occupy a large space, you are recommended to turn off the switch in normal cases. Example # Turn off the configuration restoration log switch. <3Com> undo log startup 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands View Any view except for user view Parameter None Description Use the return command to return to user view from any other view, as you would with the hot key . Related command: quit. Example # Return to user view from system view. [3Com] return <3Com> 1.1.22 super Syntax super [ level ] View User view Parameter level: User level ranging from 0 to 3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands board control, user management, level setting, as well as parameter setting within a system (the last case involves those non-protocol or non RFC provisioned commands). Login users are also classified into four levels that correspond to the four command levels. After users at different levels log in, they can only use commands at their own, or lower, levels.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands Description Use the super password command to set the password needed to switch from a lower user level to a higher one. Use the undo super password command to cancel the current setting. By default, plain text password is adopted. Example # Set the password to zbr for switching the user level to three. [3Com] super password level 3 simple zbr 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the system-view command to enter system view from current user view. Related command: quit, return. Example <3Com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3Com] 1.1.26 vrbd Syntax vrbd View Any view Parameter None Description Use the vrbd command to view software version details, including product software version and the matched platform software version.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands View User interface view Parameter None Description Use the console switch-to aux command to configure the Console interface to operate in AUX mode. Use the undo console switch-to command to restore the default operation mode of the Console interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the command-alias enable command to enable the command alias function. Use the undo command-alias enable command to disable the command alias function. By default, the command alias function is disabled. Example # Enable the command alias function. [3Com] command-alias enable Command alias switch is on! # Disable the command alias function.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Basic Configuration Commands [3Com] command-alias mapping display show # Cancel the configured alias show. [3Com] undo command-alias mapping show 1.2.3 display command-alias Syntax display command-alias View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display command-alias command to view the current command alias settings. Example # Display the current command alias settings.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide System Management 3Com Corporation i
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands................................................ 1-1 1.1 Auto-Config Commands .................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1 auto-config............................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1.2 auto-config enable.........................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 1.3.25 terminal trapping ................................................................................................. 1-36 1.4 System Operating Management Commands .................................................................. 1-36 1.4.1 display alarm urgent.............................................................................................. 1-36 1.4.2 display environment ..........................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 3.1.16 jitter-interval......................................................................................................... 3-12 3.1.17 jitter-packetnum................................................................................................... 3-12 3.1.18 password ............................................................................................................. 3-13 3.1.19 probe-failtimes.....................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 4.2 File System Check Configuration Commands................................................................. 4-18 4.2.1 vfs check file-system ............................................................................................. 4-18 4.2.2 vfs check check-method fix ................................................................................... 4-19 4.2.3 vfs check check-method discard ..................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 4.4.28 rmdir .................................................................................................................... 4-43 4.4.29 user ..................................................................................................................... 4-43 4.4.30 verbose................................................................................................................ 4-43 4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 5.1.20 protocol inbound.................................................................................................. 5-16 5.1.21 re-authentication ................................................................................................. 5-17 5.1.22 screen-length....................................................................................................... 5-18 5.1.23 send........................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 7.1.14 snmp-agent mib-view .......................................................................................... 7-13 7.1.15 snmp-agent packet max-size .............................................................................. 7-14 7.1.16 snmp-agent sys-info............................................................................................ 7-15 7.1.17 snmp-agent target-host ........................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 9.2.2 display rsa local-key-pair public ............................................................................ 9-12 9.2.3 display rsa peer-public-key ................................................................................... 9-13 9.2.4 display ssh server ................................................................................................. 9-14 9.2.5 display ssh-server source-ip ...........................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 9.5.9 help........................................................................................................................ 9-40 9.5.10 ls.......................................................................................................................... 9-40 9.5.11 mkdir.................................................................................................................... 9-41 9.5.12 put .................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands 1.1 Auto-Config Commands 1.1.1 auto-config Syntax auto-config View System view Parameter None Description Use the auto-config command to implement the auto-config operation. Enabling auto-config is equivalent to executing commands in batch. Caution: The auto-config command is usually used at initial boot to execute commands in batch.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands modem call-in authentication-mode scheme 2) Configuring the default user name and password, enabling Telnet, FTP, and terminal services for the default user local-user admin password cipher admin level 3 service-type ftp service-type terminal telnet By default, the user name and password are both “admin”.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Example # Start the auto-config operation. [3com] auto-config 1.1.2 auto-config enable Syntax auto-config enable undo auto-config View System view Parameter None Description Use the auto-config enable command to enable auto-config. Use the undo auto-config command to disable auto-config. By default, auto-config is enabled. Use the display auto-config command to check if auto-config is enabled.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Description Use the display auto-config command to view the status of auto-config. Example # Display the status of auto-config. <3com> display auto-config auto-config enable <3com> display auto-config auto-config disable 1.2 Network Test Tool Commands 1.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Related command: display debugging. Example # Enable IP packet debugging. <3com> debugging ip packet IP packet debugging switch is on. 1.2.2 display debugging Syntax display debugging [ interface interface-type interface-number] [ module-name ] View Any view Parameter module-name: Module name. interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Description Use the display diagnostic-information command to view the operating information about the active modules in the system. When fault occurs to the system, you need to collect lots of information in order to addressing the issue. It is rather difficult, however, for you to collect all the information at a time as this involves many display commands.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands ===================================================== ===============display interface=============== ===================================================== … … ====================================================== ===============display controller=============== ====================================================== ======================================================== ===============display
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands 1.2.4 ip df-check enable Syntax ip df-check enable undo ip df-check enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the ip df-check enable command to enable don’t fragment bit (DF-bit) check for IP packets. Use the undo ip df-check enable command to disable DF-bit check for IP packets. By default, DF-bit check is enabled for IP packets.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Description Use the ip option source-routing command to enable IP source routing, allowing the router to handle the packets with the IP source-route option. Use the undo ip option source-routing command to disable IP source routing. By default, IP source routing is disabled to decrease the risk of attacks.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands -p pattern: The byte for padding ICMP ECHO-REQUEST packets. It is in hexadecimal format and in the range 0 to FFFFFFFF. For example, if the parameter is set to -p ff, the entire packet is padded by ff. -q: Displays statistic figures rather than details. -r: Records routes. -s packetsize: Size of ECHO-REQUEST packets (excluding IP and ICMP headers), in the range 20 to 8100 bytes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide z Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Information on the reply to each ECHO-REQUEST, including data bytes, packet sequence number, TTL, and the roundtrip time. If no reply is received upon timeout, “Request time out” is displayed. z The final statistics, including the number of the packets sent and received, packet loss ratio, roundtrip time in its minimum value, mean value and maximum value.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Example # Reboot the device. <3com> reboot This command will reboot the system. The current configuration has not been saved and will be lost if you continue. Continue? [Y/N] 1.2.8 tracert Syntax tracert [ -a X.X.X.X | -f first_TTL | -m max_TTL | -p port | -q nqueries | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name | -w timeout ] * host View Any view Parameter -a X.X.X.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands first_TTL is 1. max_TTL is 30. port is 33434. nqueries is 3. timeout is 5 seconds. The following is how a tracert operates: 1) Tracert sends a packet with TTL value of 1. 2) The fist hop sends back an ICMP TTL Expired message. 3) Tracert resends the packet with TTL value of 2. 4) The second hop sends back an ICMP TTL Expired message when the packet arrives.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands 1.3 Information Processing Commands 1.3.1 display channel Syntax display channel [ channel-number | channel-name ] View Any view Parameter channel-number: Channel number in the range 0 to 9. The system has 10 channels. channel-name: Channel name.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide MODU_ID Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands NAME ENABLE LOG_LEVEL ENABLE TRAP_LEVEL ENABLE DEBUG_LEVEL ffff0000 all Y warning Y debugging Y debugging Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display channel command Field Description channel number:0 Channel number channel name:console Channel name MODU_ID Module ID NAME Module name ENABLE LOG_LEVEL State of log-level log is enable ENABLE TRAP_LEVEL State of
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands channel number : 1, channel name : monitor SNMP Agent: channel number : 5, channel name : snmpagent Trap buffer: enabled,max buffer size 1024, current buffer size : 256, current messages 0, channel number:3, channel name:trapbuffer dropped messages 0, overwrote messages 0 Log buffer: enabled,max buffer size 1024, current buffer size 256, current messages 89, channel number : 4, channel name : logb
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Field Description enabled,max buffer size 1024, current buffer size 256, overwrote Information about the log buffer direction, including state of the log buffer (enabled or disabled), its maximum size, current size, information channel name and number, dropped messages, and overwritten messages channel number:9, channel name:channel9, language:English Information about the log file direction
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands By default, the display logbuffer command is executed without any parameter specified to display all information in the log buffer. If the number of information entries in the current log buffer is smaller than the specified size-value, all the entries are displayed. Related command: info-center enable, info-center logbuffer, display info-center.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display logbuffer command Field Logging buffer contents:enabled Description configuration and Log buffer is enabled Allowed max buffer size : 1024 Maximum size of the log buffer is 1024 entries Actual buffer size : 256 Actual size of the log buffer is 256 entries Channel number : 4 , Channel name : logbuffer Number and name of the information ch
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Description Use the display logbuffer summary command to display a summary about the log buffer on the router. Example # Display a summary about the log buffer on the router. <3com> display logbuffer summary EMERG ALERT CRIT ERROR WARN NOTIF INFO DEBUG 0 0 0 0 94 0 1 0 The command output shows the number of log entries for each information level in the log buffer. 1.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands dropped messages : 0 overwrote messages : 0 current messages : 0 # Display 23 entries in the trap buffer.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands channel-name: A string of up to 30 characters excluding minus signs (-), forward slashes (/) and backslashes (\). Description Use the info-center channel command to assign a name to the information channel specified by channel-number. Note that the assigned name must be unique. Example # Name Channel 0 as execconsole. [3com] info-center channel 0 name execconsole 1.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands 1.3.8 info-center enable Syntax info-center enable undo info-center enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the info-center enable command to enable the info-center. Use the undo info-center enable command to disable the info-center. By default, the info-center is enabled. Only when the info-center is enabled can the system output information.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands size: Sets log buffer size. buffersize: Size of the log buffer (the message entries that can be accommodated). Description Use the info-center logbuffer command to enable the log buffer and specify the channel for system information output as well as the size of the log buffer. Use the undo info-center logbuffer command to cancel the current settings.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Example # Enable the info-center to send information to the log file. [3com] info-center logfile channel 4 1.3.11 info-center loghost Syntax info-center loghost X.X.X.X [ channel { channel-number | channel-name } | facility local-number | language { chinese | english } ] * undo info-center loghost X.X.X.X View System view Parameter X.X.X.X: IP address of the log host.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Example # Enable the info-center to send information to the UNIX workstation at 202.38.160.1. [3com] info-center loghost 202.38.160.1 1.3.12 info-center loghost source Syntax info-center loghost source interface-type interface-number [ subinterface-type ] undo info-center loghost source View System view Parameter interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Number of the interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands View System view Parameter channel-number: Channel number in the range 0 to 9. The system has 10 channels. channel-name: Channel name. Description Use the info-center monitor channel command to have the info-center output information over the specified channel to the user terminal. Use the undo info-center monitor channel command to cancel the current setting.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Example # Set SNMP information channel to channel 6. [3com] info-center snmp channel 6 1.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Severity level Description critical Critical errors errors The errors that need concerns but not critical warnings Warning, there might exist some kinds of errors. notifications The information should be concerned. informational Common prompt information debugging Debugging information *: Indicates to select from multiple options, at least one and at most all.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands different default settings for log, trap, and debugging information. If a module has no explicit configuration record in the channel, the default configuration record is used. When adding a new or duplicate record, you need to specify its log, trap, and debug information levels if the default levels are not desired.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands 1.3.17 info-center timestamp Syntax info-center timestamp { trap | debugging | log } { boot | date | none } undo info-center timestamp { trap | debugging | log } View System view Parameter trap: Trap information debugging: Debugging information. log: Log information. boot: Time elapses after the system boots. It is in the format of xxxxxx.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Parameter date: Specifies to use the time stamp format containing the year. With this keyword specified, the log information will contain information about the year, for example, “May 27 10:29:38 2005 3com %%10SHELL/5/CMD(l): task:co0 ip:** user:** command:dis this”. no-year-date: Specifies to use the time stamp format without the year.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Description Use the info-center trapbuffer command to enable the trap buffer, set its size and the channel that outputs information to it. Use the undo info-center trapbuffer command to cancel the current settings. By default, information output to trap buffer is allowed and the trap buffer size is 256. Only when the info-center is enabled can this command become effective.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Parameter None Description Use the reset trapbuffer command to clear information in the trap buffer. Example # Clear information in the trap buffer. <3com> reset trapbuffer 1.3.22 terminal debugging Syntax terminal debugging undo terminal debugging View User view Parameter None Description Use the terminal debugging command to have the debugging information displayed on the user terminal.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands View User view Parameter None Description Use the terminal logging command to have the log information displayed on the terminal. Use the undo terminal logging command to disable displaying log information on the terminal. By default, log information can be displayed on the terminal. Example # Disable displaying log information on the terminal. <3com> undo terminal logging 1.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands The undo terminal monitor command prohibits all debugging, log, and trap information from outputting to the current terminal, just as the undo terminal debugging, undo terminal logging, and undo terminal trapping commands would do.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands View Any view Parameter time: Displays alarms by time. id: Displays alarms by ID. slot: Displays alarms by slot. Description Use the display alarm urgent command to view the stored alarms in a specified way. Executing the command without any parameter displays all alarms. Example # Display all the stored alarms.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display environment command to view the current values and the thresholds of the hardware system environment. Example # Display the system environment.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Parameter slot-number: Slot number. Description Use the display device command to view information on the hardware configurations of the system, including in-position state of the RPU, NPU, interface cards, power module, and fan module, the operating state of the interface cards, power module, and fan module, as well as the offline state of RPU and NPU.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands Description Use the display schedule reboot command to view settings related to the router’s schedule reboot terminal service. Related command: reboot, schedule reboot at, schedule reboot delay, undo schedule reboot. Example # Display the current settings related to the schedule reboot terminal service. <3com> display schedule reboot Reboot system at 16:00:00 2002/11/1 (in 2 hours and 5 minutes).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset alarm urgent command to clear all the stored alarms. Example # Clear all the stored alarms. <3com> reset alarm urgent 1.4.7 schedule reboot at Syntax schedule reboot at time [ date ] View User view Parameter time: Reboot time of the router, in the format of hh:mm (hours:minutes).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands The configured date must not be 30 days ahead of the current date. In addition, to have the schedule take effect, you must confirm it by entering “y” or “Y” when asked by the system. This overwrites the original setting, if there is any.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands In setting the time waiting for reboot, two formats are available: hours: minutes (hhh:mm) and "absolute minutes". But the total time length must be less than or equal to 30×24×60 minutes, or 30 days. After you complete this configuration, the system asks you to confirm and validate the setting by entering a "Y" or "y".
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 System Maintenance and Management Commands [3com] upgrade pico-code filename 1.4.10 undo schedule reboot Syntax undo schedule reboot View User view Parameter None Description Use the undo schedule reboot command to cancel the configuration of the schedule reboot terminal service. Related command: reboot, schedule reboot at, schedule reboot delay, display schedule reboot. Example # Disable the scheduled reboot function.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Auto Detect Configuration Commands Chapter 2 Auto Detect Configuration Commands 2.1 Basic Auto Detect Configuration Commands 2.1.1 detect-group Syntax detect-group group-number undo detect-group group-number View System view Parameter group-number: Number for the detect group, in the range 1 to 100. Description Use the detect-group command to create a detect group and enter its view.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Auto Detect Configuration Commands ip-address: IP address to be probed. nexthop ip-address: Specifies a next hop IP address for reaching the IP address to be probed, that is, the address where auto detect starts. Description Use the detect-list command to add an IP address to the detect group and assign the address a detecting sequence number. Use the undo detect-list command to remove an IP address from the detect group.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Auto Detect Configuration Commands ping wait time(s): 2 detect retry times: 2 detect ip option: and group state: not detecting register module num: 0 detect ip number: 1 detect-list ip address next-hop 1 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Auto Detect Configuration Commands Parameter and: Specifies that the relationship between the addresses to be probed is logical AND. or: Specifies that the relationship between the addresses to be probed is logical OR. Description Use the option command to specify the logical relationship between the addresses to be probed in the detect group. Use the undo option command to remove the configured logical relationship.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Auto Detect Configuration Commands Description Use the retry command to set the maximum number of probing retries during an auto detect interval. Use the undo retry command to restore the default maximum number of probing retries during an auto detect interval. Example # Specify the maximum number of probing retries during an auto detect interval to 3 for detect group 10. <3com> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Auto Detect Configuration Commands 2.1.7 timer wait Syntax timer wait seconds undo timer wait View Detect group view Parameter seconds: Timeout time for a probing attempt. It ranges from 1 to 30 seconds and defaults to 2 seconds. Description Use the timer wait command to set a timeout period for a probing attempt. Use the undo timer wait command to restore the default timeout period for a probing attempt.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Auto Detect Configuration Commands View System view Parameter ip-address: Destination IP address of the static route, in the dotted decimal format. mask: Subnet mask of the destination IP address. mask-length: Length of the subnet mask, that is, the number of the consecutive 1s in the subnet mask. interface-type: Type of the outbound interface. interface-number: Number of the outbound interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Auto Detect Configuration Commands Parameter group-number: Number of the detect group, in the range 1 to 100. Description Use the standby detect-group command to implement interface backup using the auto detect function. Use the undo standby detect-group command to disable interface backup using the auto detect function. Using the result of auto detect, you can control whether to enable the backup interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Auto Detect Configuration Commands Description Use the vrrp vrid command to implement VRRP using the auto detect function. Use the undo vrrp vrid command to remove the auto detect function from VRRP. When a detect group is referenced for implementing VRRP, the router does one of the following: z When the detect group is unreachable, decrease the preference value of the standby group.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands Chapter 3 HWPing Commands 3.1 HWPing Client Commands 3.1.1 count Syntax count times undo count View HWPing test group view Parameter times: Number of the test packets to be transmitted. It is in the range 1 to 15 and defaults to 1. Description Use the count command to configure the number of packets to be sent for each test. Use the undo count command to restore the default.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands Parameter string: Data for padding test packets. It is a string of less than 230 characters. By default, test packets are padded with characters in the range 0 255 cyclically. Description Use the datafill command to configure the data for padding test packets. Use the undo datafill command to restore the default. You can pad HWPing test packets with any character string.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands 3.1.4 description Syntax description string undo description View HWPing test group view Parameter string: Brief description about a test operation. By default, no description is configured. Description Use the description command to briefly describe a test operation. Use the undo description command to delete the configured description. Example # Describe a test group as “icmp-test”.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands # Set the destination IP address in the test to 169.254.10.3. [Router-administrator-icmp] destination-ip 169.254.10.3 3.1.6 destination-port Syntax destination-port port-number undo destination-port View HWPing test group view Parameter port-number: Destination port number in a test. It is in the range 1 to 65535 and defaults to 0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands Parameter result: Displays the test result. history: Displays the test history. jitter: Displays the jitter test information. administrator-name: Name of the administrator creating the test. operation-tag: Test operation tag. Description Use the display hwping command, you can view test result(s).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands Field Description Disconnect operation number The number of forcible disconnections performed by the opposite end System busy operation number The number of test failures due to system busy Operation sequence errors The number of received disordered packets Operation statics errors The number of other errors # Display the test history.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands 3.1.8 filename Syntax filename file-name undo filename View HWPing test group view Parameter file-name: Name of the file to be gotten from or put onto an FTP server. Description Use the filename command to configure the name of the file to be gotten from or put onto an FTP server. Use the undo filename command to cancel the configuration of the file name. By default, no file name is configured.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands Parameter interval: Automatic test interval in the range 0 to 65535 seconds. It defaults to 0, meaning no automatic test. Description Use the frequency command to configure an automatic test interval. Use the undo frequency command to disable automatic test. The system automatically tests at intervals specified by this command, where the argument interval is greater than 0. Related command: count.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands Example # Set the FTP operation to get. [Router-administrator-ftp] ftp-operation get 3.1.11 history-records Syntax history-records number undo history-records View HWPing test group view Parameter number: Number of test results allowed to be retained. It is in the range 0 to 50 and defaults to 50. Description Use the history-records command to configure the number of test results that the system can retain.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands HTTP operation includes get and post, where get is to obtain data from an HTTP server and post is to send data to the HTTP server. The default operation type is get. Note: This command applies only to HTTP test. Related command: http-string. Example # Set the HTTP test operation type to get. [Router-administrator-http] http-operation get 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands 3.1.14 hwping-agent enable Syntax hwping-agent enable undo hwping-agent enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the hwping-agent enable command to enable the HWPing client function. Use the undo hwping-agent enable command to disable the HWPing client function. Before you can perform a test, you must enable the HWPing client function. Related command: hwping-server enable. Example # Enable HWPing Client.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands Example # Set the maximum number of concurrent tests to 4. [Router] hwping-agent max-requests 4 3.1.16 jitter-interval Syntax jitter-interval interval undo jitter-interval View HWPing test group view Parameter interval: Packet sending interval in a jitter test. It is in the range 10 to 1000 milliseconds and defaults to 20 milliseconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands Parameter number: Number of packets to be sent in a jitter test. It is in the range 10 to 100 and defaults to 20. Description Use the jitter-packetnum command to configure the number of packets to be sent in a jitter test. Use the undo jitter-packetnum command to restore the default, or 20. Note: This command applies only to jitter test. Related command: jitter-interval. Example # Send 30 packets in a jitter test.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands Note: This command applies only to FTP test. Related command: username, ftp-operation. Example # Set the password for logging onto the FTP server to “hwping”. [Router-administrator-ftp] password hwping 3.1.19 probe-failtimes Syntax probe-failtimes times undo probe-failtimes View HWPing test group view Parameter times: Number of consecutive probe failures. It is in the range 1 to 15 and defaults to 1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands 3.1.20 send-trap Syntax send-trap { all | probefailure | testcomplete | testfailure } undo send-trap { all | probefailure | testcomplete | testfailure } View HWPing test group view Parameter probefailure: Sends traps after test packet transmission fails. testcomplete: Sends traps upon completion of the test. testfailure: Sends traps upon test failures. all: Sends traps for all the events described above.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands By default, routing table bypass is disabled. With routing table bypass, a remote host can bypass the normal routing tables and send ICMP packets directly to a host on an attached network. If the host is not on a directly connected network, an error is returned. You can use this function when pinging a local host on an interface that has no route defined. Example # Bypass routing table when sending ICMP packets.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands View HWPing test group view Parameter ip-address: Source IP address used in the test. Description Use the source-ip command to configure a source IP address for this test. Use the undo source-ip command to cancel the configuration. The source IP address in this test defaults to the IP address of the interface where test packets are to be sent. Example # Set the source IP address for this test to 169.254.10.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands View HWPing test group view Parameter test-type: Test type, which can be one of the following keywords: z dhcp: DHCP test. z dlsw: DLSw test. z ftp: FTP connection test. z http: HTTP connection test. z icmp: ICMP test, the default test type. z jitter: Jitter test for analyzing delay variations in UDP packet transmission. z snmpquery: SNMP test.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands Note: After you execute the test-enable command, the system does not display the test result. You may view the test result information by executing the display hwping command. Related command: display hwping. Example # Execute the HWPing test defined by the test group wgw-testicmp. [Router-hwping-wgw-testicmp] test-enable 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands 3.1.28 timeout Syntax timeout time undo timeout View HWPing test group view Parameter time: Timeout time in the range 1 to 60 seconds. It defaults to 3 seconds. Description Use the timeout command to configure a timeout time for a test. Use the undo timeout command to restore the default. Example # Set the timeout time to 10 seconds. [Router-administrator-icmp] timeout 10 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands Example # Set the ToS field in the header of HWPing packets to one. [Router-administrator-ftp] tos 1 3.1.30 ttl Syntax ttl number undo ttl View HWPing test group view Parameter number: Time to live (TTL) value or lifetime of HWPing ICMP test packets. It is in the range 1 to 255 and defaults to 255. Description Use the ttl command to configure TTL of ICMP test packets.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands View HWPing test group view Parameter name: User name used for logging onto the FTP server. Description Use the username command to configure a name used for logging onto the FTP server. Use the undo username command to cancel the username configuration. By default, no username is configured for logging onto the FTP server. Note: This command applies to FTP test only. Related command: password, ftp-operation.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands Example # Specify the VPN instance named vpn1. [Router] vpninstance vpn1 3.2 HWPing Server Commands 3.2.1 hwping-server enable Syntax hwping-server enable undo hwping-server enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the hwping-server enable command to enable HWPing Server. Use the undo hwping-server enable command to disable HWPing Server. By default, HWPing Server is disabled.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands Parameter ip-address: IP address where HWPing Server provides the TCP listening service. port-number: Port where HWPing Server provides the TCP listening service. This port number cannot be greater than 50,000 or be one reserved for special purpose such as 1701. Description Use the hwping-server tcpconnect command to create a TCP listening service.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 HWPing Commands If you want to use a Huawei router as the server in an HWPing test on the UDP connection of a specified port, you must create the UDP listening service on the server. Related command: hwping-server enable. Example # Create a UDP listening service, setting IP address to 169.254.10.2 and port number to 9000. [Router] hwping-server udpecho 169.254.10.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Chapter 4 File Management Commands 4.1 File System Commands 4.1.1 bootfile dir Syntax bootfile dir View System view Parameter None Description Use the bootfile dir command to view information about all the boot files in the Flash, including file type, date, time, file size, and file name. This command is available only when your router is available with the dual image function.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Table 4-1 Description on the fields of the bootfile dir command Field Description Type File type: M for the main boot file, B for the backup boot file, S for the secure boot file, and N/A for any other boot file. Date, Time Date and time when the file was loaded Size File size Name File name. Main.bin is the default name for the main boot file, Backup.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Description Use the bootfile main command to specify the main boot file. On a router supporting the dual image function (a Flash larger than 8 MB must be available), three boot files are defined in the system by default: main boot file, backup boot file, and secure boot file. The system uses them in the following order: Main boot file, with the default name being main.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands 'M' = MAIN, 'B' = BACKUP, 'S' = SECURE -------------------------------------------------------------------------[No.] [Type] [Date] [Time] [Size] [Name] [SrcName] -------------------------------------------------------------------------1 N/A Oct/18/2005 13:35:39 10093604 flash:/8061.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands 1 N/A Mar/15/2004 18:09:00 5556068 Backup.bin 1 S Mar/15/2004 18:09:00 5556068 Secure.bin 1 M+B Mar/15/2004 18:09:00 5556068 Router.bin ------------------------------------------------------------- # Specify a backup boot file. [3com] bootfile backup cflash:/d020 Set backup boot file successfully! # Display all boot files.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands <3com> pwd flash:/test # Change the current working directory to cflash. <3com> pwd flash: <3com> cd clash: <3com> pwd cflash: 4.1.5 copy Syntax copy filename-source filename-dest View User view Parameter filename-source: Name of the source file. filename-dest: Name of the target file or directory. Description Use the copy command to copy a file.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Copy flash:/vrpcfg.txt to flash:/backup/vrpcfg.cfg ?[Y/N]:y % Copied file flash:/vrpcfg.cfg to flash:/backup/vrpcfg.cfg <3com> dir Directory of flash:/backup/ 0 -rw- 300 Aug 23 2052 15:57:46 vrpcfg.cfg 15621 KB total (8137 KB free) # Copy file tt from the Flash to the CF card. <3com> copy flash:/tt cflash: 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Caution: If there is only one application file (system file) in the system, you are not allowed to delete the file. Example # Delete file flash:/test/test.txt. <3com> delete flash:/test/test.txt Delete flash:/test/test.txt?[Y/N]: y %Deleted file flash:/test/test.txt. # Delete file cflash:/test/test.txt. <3com> delete cflash:/test/test.txt Delete cflash:/test/test.txt?[Y/N]:y %Deleted file cflash:/test/test.txt.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Example # Display the files in Flash memory. <3com> dir flash: Directory of flash:/ 0 -rw- 5878540 Jul 05 2004 10:39:36 AR46XX-V3.30-0006.BIN 1 2 -rw- 670 Sep 15 2004 11:46:51 vrpcfg.cfg -rw- 8271372 Aug 17 2004 14:04:15 ar46.bin 3 -rw- 8701964 Sep 22 2004 14:25:49 main.bin 4 -rw- 670 Sep 30 2004 10:49:15 ar46.cfg 31750 KB total (9427 KB free) # Display files in the CF card.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Batch files are command line files. Executing a batch file is to execute a set of command lines in the file. Command lines fall into two categories: configuration command such as local-user, and operation command such as display current-configuration.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Description Use the file prompt command to enable or disable the router to warn when an operation may result in data loss or corruption. By default, the prompt mode is alert. When the prompt mode is set to quiet, the system does not warn even when an operation may result in data loss or corruption. Example # Set the file operation prompt mode to quiet.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands View User view Parameter device-name: Device name. Description Use the format command to format a storage device. Formatting results in loss of all files on the specified storage device and these files cannot be restored. Example # Format the Flash memory. <3com> format flash: All data on flash: will be lost, proceed with format? [Y/N]: Format flash: completed # Format the CF card.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands <3com> mkdir dd Created dir flash:/dd. 4.1.13 more Syntax more filename View User view Parameter filename: File name. Description Use the more command, you can view the contents of the specified file. By default, the file system displays files in the form of text, that is, the file contents. Example # Display the contents of file test.txt. <3com> more test.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Description Use the move command to move a file. If the name of the target file is the same with the name of an existing directory, the target file is moved to the directory, with the same file name. If the name of the target file is the same with an existing file name, you are prompted whether the existing file should be overwritten.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands View User view Parameter None Description Use the pwd command, you can view the current path. If the current path is not set, the operation will fail. Example # Display the current path. <3com> pwd flash:/test 4.1.16 rename Syntax rename filename-source filename-dest View User view Parameter filename-source: Name of the source file. filename-dest: Name of the target file.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Example <3com> dir Directory of flash:/ 0 -rw- 2145123 Jul 12 2001 12:28:08 system.bin 1 -rw- 595 Jul 12 2001 10:47:50 vrpcfg.cfg 2 drw- - Jul 12 2001 19:41:20 test 3 -rw- 50 Jul 12 2001 20:26:48 sample.txt 6477 KBytes total (2144 KBytes free) # Rename file sample.txt to sample.bak. <3com> rename sample.txt sample.bak Rename flash:/sample.txt to flash:/sample.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Example # Delete the specified file from the recycle bin. <3com> reset recycle-bin flash:/p1h_logic.out reset flash:/plh_logic.out?[Y/N] # Empty the recycle bin. <3com > reset recycle-bin /force Clear all files in recycle-bin directly?[Y/N]:y %Cleared file flash:/test/a.cfg. %Cleared file flash:/test/b.cfg. %Cleared file flash:/test/c.cfg. Finished. 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands 6477 KBytes total (5944 KBytes free) 4.1.19 undelete Syntax undelete filename View User view Parameter filename: Name of the file to be restored. Description Use the undelete command to restore a file from the recycle bin. You cannot restore a file if its name is the same as that of the existing directory name.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands View User view Parameter None Description Use the vfs check file-system command to check the file system. At present, the system can check corrupted files and perform operations such as file fixing/discarding and space recycling. By default, file system checking only fixes files. You can use this command to handle corrupted files.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Description Use the vfs check check-method fix command to set the file check method to automatic file fixing. Use the undo vfs check check-method fix command to cancel automatic file fixing when the system checks the file system.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Parameter None Description Use the vfs check check-method discard command to specify the file discarding method to be the file system check method. Use the undo vfs check check-method discard command to cancel file discarding when the system checks the file system.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Description Use the vfs check check-method discard auto command to specify to discard the contents of corrupted files and then recycle the corresponding storage space automatically. Use the undo vfs check check-method discard auto command to disable the function.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Parameter None Description Use the display ftp-server command to view the parameters of the current FTP server. After you configure FTP parameters, you can verify them with this command. Example # Display the configured FTP server parameters.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands number is 1074. The authorized path is flash:/3com and the user has not sent any service request to the FTP server for two minutes. Note: When the length of the authorized directory exceeds 20 characters, the in-between characters except for the first and the last characters are displayed as tildes (~), such as flash:/1/2/3/4/5/6~5. 4.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands View System view Parameter None Description Use the ftp server enable command to enable the FTP server to allow login of FTP users. Use the undo ftp server command to disable the FTP server as well as login of FTP users. By default, the FTP server is disabled. Example # Disable the FTP server. [3com] undo ftp server 4.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Note: You may specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the FTP server with the ftp-server source-interface command or with the ftp-server source-ip command. If both commands are configured, the one configured later overrides. Example # Set the source interface for the FTP server to ethernet0/0/0. [Router] ftp-server source-interface Ethernet 0/0/0 4.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Example # Use 192.168.0.1 as the source IP address in the packets sent by the FTP server. [Router] ftp-server source-ip 192.168.0.1 4.3.7 ftp timeout Syntax ftp timeout minutes undo ftp timeout View System view Parameter minutes: Idle-timeout timer in minutes, in the range 1 to 35791. It defaults to 30 minutes. Description Use the ftp timeout command to set the idle-timeout timer.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Parameter fast: Fast update. normal: Normal update. Description Use the ftp update command to set the file update mode that the FTP server uses while receiving data. Use the undo ftp update command to restore the default, or fast mode.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands [ftp] ascii 200 Type set to A. 4.4.2 binary Syntax binary View FTP client view Parameter None Description Use the binary command to set data type to binary for file transfer. Example # Enable file transfer in binary mode. [ftp] binary 200 Type set to B. 4.4.3 bye Syntax bye View FTP client view Parameter None Description Use the bye command to disconnect from the remote FTP server and exit to user view.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands 4.4.4 cd Syntax cd pathname View FTP client view Parameter pathname: Path name. Description Use the cd command to change the current working directory path on the remote FTP server. You can use this command for accessing another directory on the FTP server. Example # Change the current working directory path to d:/temp. [ftp] cd d:/temp 4.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands 4.4.6 close Syntax close View FTP client view Parameter None Description Use the close command to terminate the connection to the remote FTP server, but remain in FTP client view. This command terminates both control connection and data connection to the remote FTP server. Example # Terminate the connection to the remote FTP server but remain in FTP client view. [ftp] close [ftp] 4.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands [ftp] debugging 4.4.8 delete Syntax delete remotefile View FTP client view Parameter remotefile: File name. Description Use the delete command to delete the specified file. Example # Delete file temp.c. [ftp] delete temp.c 4.4.9 dir Syntax dir [ filename ] View FTP client view Parameter filename: Name of the queried directory or file. Description Use the dir command to query for a specified file.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands 4.4.10 disconnect Syntax disconnect View FTP client view Parameter None Description Use the disconnect command to disconnect from the remote FTP server but remain in FTP client view. This command terminates both control connection and data connection to the remote FTP server. Example # Disconnect from the remote FTP server but remain in FTP client view. [ftp] disconnect [ftp] 4.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Example # Display the current source IP address of the FTP client. display ftp source-ip The source IP specified is 0.0.0.0 4.4.12 ftp Syntax ftp [host [ port ] ] [-a ip-address] View User view Parameter host: IP address or hostname of the remote FTP server. port: Port number of the remote FTP server. -a ip-address: Source address of the FTP client.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Description Use the ftp host source-interface command to specify the source interface that the FTP client uses when accessing the specified FTP server. This interface must be an exiting local interface. By default, the FTP client uses the IP address of the outbound interface to access the specified FTP server.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands undo ftp source-interface View System view Parameter interface-type interface-number: Specifies a source interface by its type and number. Description Use the ftp source-interface command to specify a source interface, which must be an existing local interface, for the FTP client. After that, the IP address of the specified interface is used as the source IP address in each packet sent by the FTP client.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Description Use the ftp source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the FTP client. This IP address must be a local IP address. Use the undo ftp source-ip command to delete the source IP address specified for the FTP client. After that, the source IP address of each packet sent by the FTP client is the IP address of the interface where the packet is sent out.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands [ftp] get temp1.c temp.c 4.4.18 lcd Syntax lcd View FTP client view Parameter None Description Use the lcd command to get the local working directory path of the FTP client. Example # Display the local working directory path. [ftp] lcd % Local directory now flash: 4.4.19 ls Syntax ls [ remotefile ] [ localfile ] View FTP client view Parameter remotefile: Remote file for which you query.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands 4.4.20 mkdir Syntax mkdir pathname View FTP client view Parameter pathname: Directory name. Description Use the mkdir command to create a directory on the remote FTP server. Example # Create the directory test on the remote FTP server. [ftp] mkdir test 4.4.21 open Syntax open ipaddr [ port ] [-a ip-address] View FTP client view Parameter ipaddr: IP address of the remote FTP server.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands 4.4.22 passive Syntax passive undo passive View FTP client view Parameter None Description Use the passive command to set data transmission mode to passive. Use the undo passive command to set data transmission mode to active. The default transmission mode is passive. Example # Set data transmission mode to passive. [ftp] passive 4.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands [ftp] put temp.c temp1.c 4.4.24 pwd Syntax pwd View FTP client view Parameter None Description Use the pwd command to view the working directory on the remote FTP server. Example # Display the working directory on the remote FTP server. [ftp] pwd "d:/temp" is current directory. 4.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands 4.4.26 remotehelp Syntax remotehelp [ protocol-command ] View FTP client view Parameter protocol-command: FTP command. Description Use the remotehelp command to view the help for the FTP commands. Example # Display the syntax of the user command. [ftp] remotehelp user 214 Syntax: USER 4.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands 4.4.28 rmdir Syntax rmdir pathname View FTP client view Parameter pathname: Directory name on the remote FTP server. Description Use the rmdir command to delete a specified directory from the FTP server. Example # Delete the d:/temp1 directory from the FTP server. [ftp] rmdir d:/temp1 4.4.29 user Syntax user username [ password ] View FTP client view Parameter username: Login username.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands undo verbose View FTP client view Parameter None Description Use the verbose command to enable the verbose function to view information from the FTP server. Use the undo verbose command to disable the verbose function. By default, the verbose function is disabled. Example # Enable the verbose function. [ftp] verbose 4.5 TFTP Client Configuration Commands 4.5.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands The source IP specified is 0.0.0.0 4.5.2 tftp Syntax tftp ip-address { get | sget | put } source-filename [ destination-filename ] View User view Parameter ip-address : IP address of the TFTP server. source-filename: Source file name. destination-filename: Target file name. get: Downloads the file without protection.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands View User view Parameter host: IP address or name of a TFTP server. interface-type interface-number: Specifies a source interface by its type and number. Description Use the tftp host source-interface command to specify the source interface that the TFTP client uses when accessing the specified TFTP server. This interface must be an exiting local interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Example # Use 192.168.0.1 as the source IP address that the TFTP client uses when accessing the TFTP server at 192.168.0.2. tftp 192.168.0.2 source-ip 192.168.0.1 4.5.5 tftp-server acl Syntax tftp-server acl acl-number View System view Parameter acl-number: IP ACL number in the range 2000 to 2999. Description Use the tftp-server acl command to reference an ACL to control access to the TFTP server.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Use the undo ftp source-interface command to delete the source interface specified for the TFTP client. After that, the source IP address in each packet sent by the TFTP client is that of the outgoing interface where the packet is sent out. By default, the source IP address in each packet sent by the FTP client is the IP address of the interface where the packet is sent out.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Note: You may specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the FTP client with the tftp source-interface command or with the tftp source-ip command. If both commands are configured, the one configured later overrides. Example # Use 192.168.0.1 as the source IP address in the packets sent by the TFTP client. [Router] tftp source-ip 192.168.0.1 4.6 xmodem Configuration Commands 4.6.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands 4.7 Configuration File Management Commands 4.7.1 display current-configuration Syntax display current-configuration [ controller | interface interface-type [ interface-number ] | configuration [ isp | luser | radius-template | system | user-interface| ] ] [ | [ begin | include | exclude ] string ] [ by-linenum ] View Any view Parameter controller: Displays the controller configurations.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands parameters that you have configured however, because the system displays them only after you validate their functions. Related command: save, reset saved-configuration, display saved-configuration. Example # Display the currently effective configuration parameters on the router.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands # Display the running configurations on the router, identifying each line of displayed information with a line number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands View Any view Parameter by-linenum: Identifies each line of displayed information with a line number. Description Use the display saved-configuration command to view the configuration file loaded at this startup. Related command: save, reset saved-configuration, display current-configuration. Example # Display the configuration file loaded at this startup.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands <3com> display saved-configuration by-linenum 1: # 2: sysname 3com 3# 4: tcp window 8 5: # 6: undo multicast igmp-all-enable 7: # 8: controller E1 3/0/0 9: # 10: interface Aux0 11: link-protocol ppp 12: # 13: interface Ethernet0/0/0 14: # 15: interface Serial0/0/0 16: link-protocol ppp 17: # 18: interface NULL0 19: # 20: user-interface con 0 21: user-interface aux 0 22: user-interface vty 0 4 23: # 24: retu
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Example # Display the configuration file used at this startup and the one used for next startup. <3com>display startup Startup saved-configuration file: flash:/vrpcfg.cfg Next startup saved-configuration file: flash:/xhy.cfg 4.7.4 display this Syntax display this [ by-linenum ] View Any view Parameter by-linenum: Identifies each line of displayed information with a line number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands 4.7.5 reset saved-configuration Syntax reset saved-configuration View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset saved-configuration command to delete the configuration file loaded at this startup from the Flash. This command could not have the router boot with empty configuration at next startup. Use this command with caution and under the guidance of technical staff.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands Parameter file-name: Filename, whose extension must be cfg. If this argument is not specified, the configurations you made are saved to the configuration file loaded at this startup.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands View User view Parameter filename: Configuration file name. Description Use the startup saved-configuration command to specify the configuration file used at next startup. Use the undo startup saved-configuration command to configure the system to boot without any configuration file at next startup.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 File Management Commands # Display the configuration files that the system saves for boot. <3com> display startup Startup saved-configuration file: flash:/vrpcfg.cfg Next startup saved-configuration file: flash:/master.cfg vrpcfg.cfg is the default configuration file and master.cfg is the configuration file used at next reboot. # Configure the system to boot without any configuration file at next startup.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands 5.1.1 accounting commands Syntax accounting commands scheme undo accounting commands scheme View User interface view Parameter scheme: Implements per-command accounting using the scheme specified by the scheme command, which can only be the terminal access controller access control system (TACACS) scheme currently.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands 5.1.2 acl Syntax acl acl-number { inbound | outbound } undo acl { inbound | outbound } View User interface view Parameter acl-number: Address access control list number, in the range 2000 to 3999. inbound: Controls call-in. outbound: Controls call-out. Description Use the acl command to reference an ACL to control call-in and call-out of VTY (Telnet and SSH) users.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands Use the undo activation-key command to remove the shortcut key or key combination used to start terminal sessions. Example # Use character s as the shortcut key for starting terminal sessions.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands command-authorization: Performs command line authorization. HWTACACS allows per-command authorization. An input command is executed only after it passes authorization. none: Performs no authentication. Description Use the authentication-mode command to set the authentication mode at login.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide z Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands When the AUX port on your router functions as the console port, you cannot execute the auto-execute command on it. z These restrictions do not apply to other types of user interfaces. When the user logs on from this interface, the system automatically executes the command configured using the auto-execute command command and disconnects the user connection after completing execution.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands Description Use the databits command to set data bits on the user interface. Use the undo databits command to restore the default, or eight. The configuration can take effect only when the serial interface works in the asynchronous flow mode. Example # Set data bits to 5. [3com-ui-aux0] databits 5 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Using the display configure-user command, you can view information about the user who is currently authorized to configure the equipment. Users can configure the same equipment through the Console port, the AUX port, the VTY interface (in cases such as Telnet and SSH) and others.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands number: Number of a user interface. If type-name is not specified, number is an absolute index in the range 0 to 38. If type-name is specified, it is a relative index whose value depends on the user interface type. summary: Displays summary about user interfaces. Description Use the display user-interface command to view information about the specified or all user interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands Parameter all: Displays information about users of all user interfaces. Description Use the display users command to view the login information of the users on each user interface. Example # Display state about all user interface users. <3com> display users UI + 0 Delay Type CON 0 00:00:00 130 VTY 0 00:00:05 Ipaddress Username Userlevel 3 TEL 192.168.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide + 130 VTY 0 00:00:16 Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands TEL 192.168.1.253 tb 2 131 VTY 1 132 VTY 2 133 VTY 3 134 VTY 4 All the terminal lines are displayed. The plus (+) signs indicate active terminal lines. 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands 100.00% packet loss <3com> If the ping task is terminated and return to the current view, the configuration is correct. 5.1.12 flow-control Syntax flow-control { hardware | software | none } undo flow-control View User interface view Parameter none: No flow control. software: Software flow control. hardware: Hardware flow control , only valid on console and AUX ports.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands Parameter type-name: User interface type. number: Absolute/relative user interface index. If type-name is not specified, number is an absolute index in the range 0 to 38. If type-name is specified, it is a relative index whose value depends on the user interface type.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands 5.1.15 idle-timeout Syntax idle-timeout minutes [ seconds ] undo idle-timeout View User interface view Parameter minutes: Number of minutes in the range 0 to 35791. seconds: Number of seconds in the range 0 to 59. Description Use the idle-timeout command to set the idle-timeout timer. When it expires, the user connection is disconnected. Use the undo idle-timeout command to restore the default.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands Description Use the modem or modem both command to allow modem calls to pass through, both incoming and outgoing. Use the modem [ call-in | call-out ] command to allow incoming or outgoing modem calls to pass through. Use the undo modem or undo modem both command to disable modem calls to pass through, both incoming and outgoing.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands Example # Set the answering mode to auto-answer. [3com-ui-aux0] modem auto-answer 5.1.18 modem timer answer Syntax modem timer answer seconds undo modem timer answer View User interface view Parameter seconds: Timeout time in the range 1 to 60 seconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands space: Space parity check. Description Use the parity command to set the check bit of the user interface. Use the undo parity command to restore the default, or none. The configuration is effective only when the serial interface works in asynchronous flow mode. Example # Set the transmission check bit to odd on the AUX interface. [3com-ui-aux0] parity odd 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands Example # Enable the VTYs 0 through 4 to support SSH only. [3com] user-interface vty 0 4 [3com-ui-vty0-4] protocol inbound ssh # Enable VTY 0 to support SSH only. [3com] user-interface vty 0 [3com-ui-vty0] protocol inbound ssh 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands [3com-ui-console0] authentication-mode password [3com-ui-console0] set authentication password simple 3com # Remove the console cable, and then connect it before the console connection times out. The following message is displayed: Login authentication Username: Password: 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands all: Sends messages to all user interfaces. type-name: User interface type. Description Use the send command to transfer messages between user interfaces. Use the send all command to send messages to all user interfaces. Use the send number command to send messages to the user interface specified by its absolute index.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands Description Use the set authentication password command to set a local authentication password. Use the undo set authentication password command to remove the local authentication password. Regardless of whether the password format is set to plain text or ciphertext, a user must input plain text password at authentication time.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands By default, terminal services are enabled on all user interfaces. The following are the restrictions on the use of the undo shell command: z You cannot execute the command on the console port. z When the AUX port on your router functions as the console port, you cannot execute the command on it. z These restrictions do not apply to other types of user interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide z 57600 bps z 115200 bps Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands Example # Set the transmission rate on the user interface to 19200 bps. [3com-ui-aux0] speed 19200 5.1.27 stopbits Syntax stopbits { 1.5 | 1 | 2 } undo stopbits View User interface view Parameter 1.5: 1.5 stop bits. 1: 1 stop bit. 2: 2 stop bits. Description Use the stopbits command to set the stop bits on the user interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands Parameter level: Command level in the range 0 to 3. Description Use the user privilege command to configure the command level that the login users on the current user interface can access. Use the undo user privilege command to cancel the current setting. By default, the default command level is three for the console user interface and zero for other user interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 User Interface Configuration Commands You can specify a user interface view by its relative index or absolute index. In the former case, you need also to specify the type of the user interface whereas in the latter case you do not need to do so. For more information on the numbering rules, refer to the section “Numbering User Interfaces” in the chapter “User Interface Configuration” of V 2.41 Operation Manual – System Management.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands 6.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands 6.1.2 display ntp-service sessions Syntax display ntp-service sessions [ verbose ] View Any view Parameter verbose: Displays session details. Description Use the display ntp-service sessions command to view brief information about all sessions maintained by the NTP at the local device.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands Field Description disper Clock dispersion reference clock relative to the note: 1 source(master),2 source(peer),3 selected,4 candidate,5 configured Remark on the number enclosed by the square brackets in front of the source IP address. This number indicates type of the clock source 6.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands Field Description unsynchronized Indicates that the local system is not synchronized to any remote NTP server. stratum The NTP stratum of the local system. reference If the local system is synchronized to a remote NTP server or a clock source, it indicates the address of the remote server or clock source ID. nominal freq Nominal frequency of the hardware clock in the local system.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands Example <3com> display ntp-service trace server4: stratum 4, offset 0.0019529, synch distance 0.144135 server3: stratum 3, offset 0.0124263, synch distance 0.115784 server2: stratum 2, offset 0.0019298, synch distance 0.011993 server1: stratum 1, offset 0.0019298, synch distance 0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands Example # Enable the peer in ACL 76 to perform time request, query control and time synchronization on the local device. [3com] ntp-service access peer 76 # Enable the peer in ACL 28 to perform time request, query control on the local device. [3com] ntp-service access server 28 6.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands Parameter number: Key ID in the range 1 to 4294967295. value: The key, which comprises 1 to 32 ASCII characters. Description Use the ntp-service authentication-keyid command to set an NTP authentication key. Use the undo ntp-service authentication-keyid command to cancel the NTP authentication key. By default, no authentication key is configured. This command only supports MD5 authentication.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands enters the client mode to listen to the broadcast packets and synchronizes the local clock according to the received broadcast packets. Example # Enable the interface Ethernet 1/0/1 to receive NTP broadcast packets. [3com] interface ethernet 1/0/1 [3com-Ethernet1/0/1] ntp-service broadcast-client 6.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands 6.1.10 ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions Syntax ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions number undo ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions View System view Parameter number: Number of sessions allowed to be established locally. It is in the range 0 to 100. Description Use the ntp-service max-dynamic-sessions command to set the number of sessions allowed by the local device.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands By default, multicast client service is not configured and X.X.X.X is 224.0.1.1. This command specifies the interface to receive NTP multicast packets. Operating in multicast client mode, the local device listens to multicast packets from the server.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands By default, multicast service is not configured, the IP address is 224.0.1.1 and NTP version 3 is used. This command specifies the interface to transmit NTP multicast packets. In multicast server mode, the local device operates as a multicast server to transmit multicast messages periodically to the multicast clients. Example # Configure Ethernet 1/0/0 to transmit NTP multicast messages.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands [3com] ntp-service refclock-master 3 6.1.14 ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid Syntax ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid number undo ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid number View System view Parameter number: Key ID in the range 1 to 4294967295. Description Use the ntp-service reliable authentication-keyid command to specify a reliable key.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands interface-number: Specifies an interface along with interface-type. Description Use the ntp-service source-interface command to specify an interface for the local end to transmit NTP messages. Use the undo ntp-service source-interface command to cancel the setting. Normally, the source IP address of an NTP message is the address of its output interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands interface-type: Specifies an interface along with interface-number. interface-number: Specifies an interface along with interface-type. The IP address of this interface is the source address in the NTP messages to be transmitted. priority: Specifies the server as the one always preferred. Description Use the ntp-service unicast-peer command to configure NTP peer mode.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 NTP Configuration Commands number: NTP version number in the range of 1 to 3. authentication-keyid: Specifies an ID authentication key. keyid: Key ID in the range 1 to 4294967295. It is used when transmitting messages to the remote server. source-interface: Specifies an interface. interface-type: Specifies an interface along with interface-number. interface-number: Specifies an interface along with interface-type.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands 7.1.1 debugging snmp-agent Syntax debugging snmp-agent { header | packet | process | trap } undo debugging snmp-agent { header | packet | process | trap } View User view Parameter header: Enables header debugging. packet: Enables packet debugging. process: Enables process debugging. trap: Enables trap debugging.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands remote-engineid: Engine ID of the remote SNMP entity. Description Use the display snmp-agent command to view the engine ID of the local or remote SNMP entity. Within an administrative domain, each SNMP engine ID uniquely identifies an SNMP engine and thus the associated SNMP entity.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands 7.1.4 display snmp-agent group Syntax display snmp-agent group [ group-name ] View Any view Parameter group-name: Specifies the group name of the SNMP information to be displayed, in the range 1 to 32 bytes. Description Use the display snmp-agent group command to view information about the specified or all user security model (USM) based groups, including group name, security model, storage type.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands 7.1.5 display snmp-agent mib-view Syntax display snmp-agent mib-view [ exclude | include | viewname view-name ] View Any view Parameter exclude: Excludes the SNMP MIB view attributes displayed and set. include: Includes the SNMP MIB view attributes displayed and set. viewname: Specifies the name of the view to be displayed.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands MIB Subtree:snmpModules.18 Subtree mask: Storage-type: nonVolatile View Type:excluded View status:active The following table describes the output fields.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands 0 ASN.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands Field 0 GetRequest-PDU processed Description accepted and Number of GeRequest PDUs being received and processed is 0 0 GetNextRequest-PDU accepted and processed Number of GetNextRequest PDUs being received and processed is 0 0 GetBulkRequest-PDU accepted and processed Number of GetBulkRequest PDUs being received and processed is 0 0 GetResponse-PDU accepted and processed Number of GetResponse PDUs being
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands SNMP version running in the system: SNMPv3 Table 7-4 Description on the fields of the display snmp-agent sys-info command Field Description The contact person for this managed node Contact person for this device The physical location of this node: Physical location for this device SNMP version running in the system: SNMP version in use 7.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands The command output shows that trap sending is enabled on all modules other than the system module. 7.1.9 display snmp-agent usm-user Syntax display snmp-agent usm-user [ engineid engineid | username user-name | group group-name ] * View Any view Parameter engineid: Displays information about the SNMPv3 users with the specified engine ID. engineid-string: Character string of the engine ID.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands Field Description Group name Name of the group to which the SNMP user belongs Engine ID The character string identifies the SNMP device. Active Indicates the state of the SNMP user. Storage-type Storage type of SNMP information UserStatus State of the SNMP user 7.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands undo snmp-agent community community-name View System view Parameter read: Indicates that the community name has read-only access to the specified view. write: Indicates that the community name has read-write access to the specified view. community-name: Community string. mib-view: MIB view that the specified community can access. view-name: Specifies a MIB view. acl: Applies an ACL to the community name.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands snmp-agent group v3 group-name acl acl-number undo snmp-agent group v3 group-name [ authentication | privacy ] View System view Parameter v1: V1 security model. v2c: V2c security model. v3: V3 security model. group-name: Group name in the range 1 to 32 bytes. authentication: Authenticates the packets without encryption. privacy: Both authenticates and encrypts the packets. read: Specifies a read-only view.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands 7.1.13 snmp-agent local-engineid Syntax snmp-agent local-engineid engineid undo snmp-agent local-engineid View System view Parameter engineid: Engine ID string, comprising 10 to 64 hexadecimal numbers. Description Use the snmp-agent local-engineid command to configure an engine ID for the local SNMP entity. Use the undo snmp-agent local-engineid command to remove the current setting.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands excluded: Excludes the MIB subtree. Description Use the snmp-agent mib-view command to create or update the information about a view. Use the undo snmp-agent mib-view command to delete the view information. By default, the view name is ViewDefault and the OID is 1.3.6.1. This command accepts both variable OID strings and node names. Related command: snmp-agent group.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands 7.1.16 snmp-agent sys-info Syntax snmp-agent sys-info { contact sysContact | location sysLocation | version { { v1 | v2c | v3 } * | all } } undo snmp-agent sys-info { contact | location | version { { v1 | v2c | v3 } * | all } } View System view Parameter contact: Sets the system contact. sysContact: System contact string. location: Sets the physical location of the node.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands 7.1.17 snmp-agent target-host Syntax snmp-agent target-host trap address udp-domain X.X.X.X [ udp-port port-number ] [ vpn-instance vpn-name ] params securityname security-string [ v1 | v2c | v3 [ authentication | privacy ] ] undo snmp-agent target-host X.X.X.X securityname security-string View System view Parameter trap: Specifies a host as the trap host.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands The snmp-agent trap enable command enables a device to send traps. To have a host send notifies, you need to configure the snmp-agent target-host command on it. In an MPLS L3VPN network environment, a CE, a 3Com NMS for example, on a private network can use SNMP to manage PEs.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands Description Use the snmp-agent trap enable command to enable the device to send traps and set the trap and notification parameters. Use the undo snmp-agent trap enable command to cancel the current setting. By default, trap sending is enabled on all modules. The snmp-agent trap enable command without any parameters specified allows the device to send all types of SNMP traps from all the modules.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands Parameter seconds: Lifetime in seconds. It is in the range 1 to 2592000 and defaults to 120. Description Use the snmp-agent trap life command to set the lifetime of traps. The expired traps are discarded without being retained or sent. Use the undo snmp-agent trap life command to cancel the current setting. Related command: snmp-agent trap enable, snmp-agent target-host.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands 7.1.21 snmp-agent trap source Syntax snmp-agent trap source interface-type interface-number undo snmp-agent trap source View System view Parameter interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface number. Description Use the snmp-agent trap source command to specify the source address of traps. Use the undo snmp-agent trap source command to cancel the current setting.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 SNMP Configuration Commands Parameter v1: V1 security model. v2c: V2c security model. v3: V3 security model. user-name: User name, in the range of 1 to 32 bytes. group-name: Name of the group to which the user is assigned. It is in the range 1 to 32 bytes. authentication-mode: Sets the security level to authentication. md5: Sets the authentication protocol to HMAC-MD5-96. sha: Sets the authentication protocol to HMAC-SHA-96.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 8 RMON Configuration Commands Chapter 8 RMON Configuration Commands 8.1 RMON Configuration Commands 8.1.1 display rmon alarm Syntax display rmon alarm [ alarm-entry ] View Any view Parameter alarm-entry: Alarm index. Description Use the display rmon alarm command to display the alarm table of remote monitoring (RMON) or the specified alarm entry. Related command: rmon alarm. Example # Display the alarm table of RMON.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 8 RMON Configuration Commands Field Description VALID The alarm entry corresponding to the index is valid Sampling interval Sampling interval Rising threshold is 1000 Rising threshold is 1000 Falling threshold is 100 Falling threshold is 100 When startup enables risingOrFallingAlarm : Type of the first alarm, which can be rising alarm, falling alarm, or both 8.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 8 RMON Configuration Commands Table 8-2 Description on the fields of the display rmon event command Field Description Event table 1 Event index 1 VALID The event entry corresponding to the index is valid cause log-trap when triggered The event causes log-and-trap notification when triggered last triggered at 0days 00h:02m:27s Last time the event was triggered 8.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 8 RMON Configuration Commands Table 8-3 Description on the fields of the display rmon eventlog command Field Description Event table 1 Event index 1 VALID The event entry corresponding to the index is valid Generates eventLog 00h:02m:27s 1.2 at 0days Description Last time the event was triggered Event description 8.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 8 RMON Configuration Commands Table 8-4 Description on the fields of the display rmon history command Field Description History control entry 1 Index of the history control entry VALID State of history control entry 1 is valid Samples interface Monitored interface Sampling interval : 10(sec) Sampling every 10 seconds buckets Number of buckets Latest sampled values Latest sampling information dropevents Number of drop events
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 8 RMON Configuration Commands Description Use the display rmon prialarm command to display information about the prialarm table of RMON or the specified prialarm entry. Related command: rmon prialarm. Example # Display information about the prialarm table of RMON. <3com> display rmon prialarm Prialarm table 1 owned by null is VALID. Samples absolute value : .1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 8 RMON Configuration Commands 8.1.6 display rmon statistics Syntax display rmon statistics [interface-type interface-number] View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-number: Interface type and number. Description Use the display rmon statistics command to display the RMON statistics about the specified or all interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 8 RMON Configuration Commands View System view Parameter alarm-entry: Alarm index, in the range 1 to 65,535. alarm-variable: Alarm variable, a string of 1 to 256 characters. It adopts the dotted node object identifier (OID) format, such as 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.1.10.1 (or ifInOctets.1). sampling-time: Sampling interval, in the range 5 to 65,535 seconds. delta: Sets sample type to delta value. absolute: Sets sample type to absolute value.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 8 RMON Configuration Commands Parameter event-entry: Event index, in the range 1 to 65,535. description string: Event description, a string of 1 to 127 characters. log: Sets event type to log. trap: Sets event type to trap. trap-community: Name of the community to which trap messages are sent. log-trap: Sets event type to log-and-trap. log-trapcommunity: Name of the community to which trap messages are sent.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 8 RMON Configuration Commands Description Use the rmon history command to add a history control entry. Use the undo rmon history command to remove a history control entry. The history control table of RMON retains data sampled in a sampling period. By using this command, you can enable sampling on an interface, set sampling interval and the number of buckets.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 8 RMON Configuration Commands event-entry2: Index of the event associated with the falling threshold. It ranges from 0 to 65535. forever | cycle cycle-period: Lifetime of the prialarm entry, which can be forever or span the specified period. owner text: Owner of the entry, a string of 1 to 128 characters. Description Use the rmon prialarm command to add an entry to the prialarm table.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 Terminal Service Commands 9.1 Telnet and Telnet Redirect 9.1.1 debugging telnet Syntax debugging telnet undo debugging telnet View User view Parameter None Description Use the debugging telnet command to enable Telnet connection debugging. Use the undo debugging telnet command to disable Telnet connection debugging. By default, Telnet connection debugging is disabled.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Description Use the display tcp status command to view information about the current TCP connections on the router. Compared with display users, the display tcp status command can display more information about Telnet clients and servers.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide The source IP specified is 0.0.0.0 9.1.4 redirect bind vpn-instance Syntax redirect bind vpn-instance vpn-instance-name undo redirect bind vpn-instance View User interface view Parameter vpn-instance-name: Specifies a VPN instance. Description Use the redirect bind vpn-instance command to bind a VPN instance to the user interface.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide By default, the asynchronous serial interface does not support redirect. This command is only useful for AUX and TTY interfaces. Related command: telnet, display tcp status. Example # Enable redirect on user interface TTY7. [3com-ui-tty7] redirect enable 9.1.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Parameter minutes: Idle timeout in the range 30 to 86400 seconds. It defaults to 360 seconds. Description Use the redirect timeout command to specify the amount of time that a redirected Telnet connection can stay idle. After that, the connection is disconnected. Use the undo redirect timeout command to allow the system to maintain an always-on redirected telnet connection.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 9.1.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Use the undo redirect refuse-negotiation command to enable Telnet option negotiation during setup of redirected Telnet connection. By default, Telnet option negotiation is enabled. Example # Disable Telnet option negotiation during setup of redirected Telnet connection. [Router-ui-tty7] redirect refuse-negotiation 9.1.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Description Use the telnet command to telnet from this router to another device. By default, if the service-port is not specified, the Telnet port number is 23. By executing the telnet command, you can telnet from this router to another device to manage it. Related command: display tcp status. Example # Telnet from router 3com to router 3com 2 at 129.102.0.1. <3com> telnet 129.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Note: You may specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the Telnet server with the telnet-server source-interface command or with the telnet-server source-ip command. If both commands are configured, the one configured later overrides. Example # Set the source interface for the Telnet server to ethernet0/0/0. [Router] telnet-server source-interface Ethernet 0/0/0 9.1.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Example # Use 192.168.0.1 as the source IP address in the packets sent by the Telnet server. [Router] telnet-server source-ip 192.168.0.1 9.1.15 telnet source-interface Syntax telnet ip-address [ port ] source-interface interface-type interface-number View User view, system view Parameter ip-address: Destination IP address. port: Destination port number. It defaults to 23.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Description Use the telnet source-ip command to telnet from the specified source IP address to the specified destination IP address. Example # Telnet from source IP address 1.1.1.1 to destination IP address 2.2.2.2. <3com> telnet 2.2.2.2 source-ip 1.1.1.1 9.2 SSH Server Configuration Commands 9.2.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 00:23:21: SSH0: SSH_CMSG_SESSION_KEY msg - length 112, type 0x03 00:23:21: SSH: RSA decrypt started 00:23:21: SSH: RSA decrypt finished 00:23:21: SSH: RSA decrypt started 00:23:21: SSH: RSA decrypt finished 9.2.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 028180 6B494EC4 EBD23DEE 1375C2B5 AB892F69 F2529D09 5B559E26 26011A1F C58AA5E3 60258B01 26494D0E 7221BB98 1C844CCD 8F0F8AEA 4AA1CD5B 9C3C5EF5 3093319F 6F3AEA80 351E5E8D 29F1511C D4AC08B4 3FDF5B7B E30A4E47 6FF75B9A 63BE5E94 E9C344B7 F0EC9D53 AE54E0A3 0567184A 2E80BEC3 89A2DAFA 83C18591 5B29EAA1 0201 25 9.2.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 9.2.5 display ssh-server source-ip Syntax display ssh-server source-ip View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display ssh-server source-ip command to display the source IP address configured for the SSH server. If a source interface has been specified for the SSH server, the IP address of the interface is displayed.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Example # Display user information. [3com] display ssh user-information Username authentication-type user-public-key-name Jin rsa jin hanqi1 password 816pub 1024 rsa file3 4000 all hq_rsa hanqi_rsa rsa hq_rsa hanqi_all all hq_all 9.2.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Parameter None Description Use the public-key-code begin command to enter public key code view. Before using this command, you must use the rsa peer-public-key command to specify a key name. With the public-key-code begin command, you can enter public key code view to input key data. Spaces and carriage returns are accepted between characters.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide discards the key. The configuration fails. If the key is valid, it is saved to the linked list of client public keys. Related command: rsa peer-public-key, public-key-code begin. Example # Exit public key code view and save the configuration. [3com-rsa-key-code] public-key-code end [3com-rsa-public-key] 9.2.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Example # Generate the local host key pair and server key pair. [3com] rsa local-key-pair create The name for the keys will be: 3com _Host % You already have RSA keys defined for rtvrp_Host % Do you really want to replace them? [yes/no]:y Choose the size of the key modulus in the range of 512 to 2048 for your Keys. Choosing a key modulus greater than 512 may take a few minutes.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 9.2.12 rsa peer-public-key Syntax rsa peer-public-key key-name rsa peer-public-key key-name import sshkey filename View System view Parameter key-name: Name of the public key. filename: Name of the key file to be imported from Flash. The file must have exisited on Flash. Description Use the rsa peer-public-key command to enter public key view.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 9.2.13 ssh authentication-type default Syntax ssh authentication-type default { password | RSA | all | password-publickey } undo ssh authentication-type default View System view Parameter password: Sets the default authentication mode for SSH users to AAA. RSA: Sets the default authentication mode for SSH users to RSA.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide View System view Parameter times: Specifies the number of authentication retries in the range 1 to 5. Description Use the ssh server authentication-retries command to set the number of SSH connection authentication retries, which is validated at next login. Use the undo ssh server authentication-retries command to restore the default. Related command: display ssh sever.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 9.2.16 ssh server rekey-interval Syntax ssh server rekey-interval hours undo ssh server rekey-interval View System view Parameter hours: Update interval in the range 1 to 24 hours. Description Use the ssh server rekey-interval command to set the interval for updating the server key. Use the undo ssh server rekey-interval command to cancel the current setting.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Use the undo ssh-server source-interface command to delete the source interface specified for the SSH server. After that, the source IP address in each packet sent by the SSH server is that of the outgoing interface where the packet is sent out. By default, the source IP address in each packet sent by the SSH server is the IP address of the interface where the packet is sent out.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Note: You may specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the FTP server with the ssh-server source-interface command or with the ssh-server source-ip command. If both commands are configured, the one configured later overrides. Example # Use 192.168.0.1 as the source IP address in the packets sent by the SSH server. [Router] ssh-server source-ip 192.168.0.1 9.2.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide View System view Parameter username: SSH user name; it must be consistent with the user name defined in AAA if password authentication is adopted. If RSA authentication is adopted, the value of this argument is a local SSH user name and needs not to be defined in AAA. Description Use the ssh user command to create an SSH user. Use the undo ssh user command to delete an SSH user.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide keyname: Public key name of the client, a string of 1 to 64 characters. Description Use the ssh user assign command to assign one existing public key to a user. If a key exists, the new assignment overrides. Use the undo ssh user assign command to delete the association. The AAA module is responsible for creating and deleting local users in the system.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Description Use the ssh user authentication-type command to create an SSH user and specify an authentication mode for it. Use the undo ssh user authentication-type command to restore the default, where login is always denied. You must specify an authentication mode for each new user, or they will be unable to log in. The new authentication mode takes effect at next login.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Use the undo ssh user service-type command to restore the default service type for the SSH user in the system. The default service type for the SSH user is stelnet. Related command: display ssh user-information. Example # Specify SFTP service for SSH user Tom. [3com] ssh user tom service-type sftp 9.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 9.3.2 display ssh2 source-ip Syntax display ssh2 source-ip View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display ssh2 source-ip command to display the source IP address configured for the SSH client. If a source interface has been specified for the SSH client, the IP address of the interface is displayed.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 9.3.4 ssh client assign rsa-key Syntax ssh client server assign rsa-key keyname undo ssh client server assign rsa-key View System view Parameter server: IP address or name of an SSH server. keyname: Name for the public key from the SSH server. Description Use the ssh client assign rsa-key command to associate an SSH server with the name assigned to its public key.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide The configuration of first-time authentication decides the action taken by the SSH client when it accesses a server in the absence of the server’s public key: z With first-time authentication enabled, the SSH client can attempt to access the server and get the server’s public key through negotiation. Then this public key could be saved on the client for next access.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 3des: Encryption algorithm 3DES_CBC. aes128: Encryption algorithm AES_128. prefer_ctos_hmac: Preferred HMAC algorithm from the client to the server. The default algorithm is SHA1_96. prefer_stoc_hmac: Preferred HMAC algorithm from the server to the client. The default algorithm is SHA1_96. sha1: HMAC algorithm HMAC-SHA1. sha1_96: HMAC algorithm HMAC-SHA1-96.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Description Use the ssh2 source-interface command to specify a source interface, which must be an existing local interface, for the SSH client. After that, the IP address of the specified interface is used as the source IP address in each packet sent by the SSH client. Use the undo ssh2 source-interface command to delete the source interface specified for the SSH client.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide By default, the source IP address in each packet sent by the SSH client is the IP address of the interface where the packet is sent out. Note: You may specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the Telnet server with the telnet-server source-interface command or with the telnet-server source-ip command. If both commands are configured, the one configured later overrides.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 9.5 SFTP Client Configuration Commands 9.5.1 bye Syntax bye View SFTP client view Parameter None Description Use the bye command to terminate the connection to the remote SFTP server and exit to system view as you would with the exit and quit commands. Example # Terminate the connection to the remote SFTP server. sftp-client> bye [3com] 9.5.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 9.5.3 cdup Syntax cdup View SFTP client view Parameter None Description Use the cdup command to quit to the upper directory. Example # Exit to the upper directory. sftp-client> cdup 9.5.4 delete Syntax delete remote-file View SFTP client view Parameter remote-file: Name of a file on the server.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide View SFTP client view Parameter remote-path: Name of the intended directory. Description Use the dir command to view the files in the specified directory as you would with the ls command. If the remote-path argument is not specified, the files in the current directory are displayed. Example # Display directory flash:/.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Example # Display the current source IP address of the SFTP client. display sftp source-ip The source IP specified is 0.0.0.0 9.5.7 exit Syntax exit View SFTP client view Parameter None Description Use the exit command to terminate the connection to the remote SFTP server and exit to system view as you would with the bye and quit commands.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Example # Download file temp1.c and save it with name temp.c. sftp-client> get temp1.c temp.c 9.5.9 help Syntax help [ command ] View SFTP client view Parameter command: Name of a command. Description Use the help command to get the help information for the specified or all SFTP client commands. Example # View the help information for the get command.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Example # Display directory flash:/ sftp-client> ls flash:/ -rwxrwxrwx 1 noone nogroup 1759 Aug 23 06:52 vrpcfg.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Description Use the put command to upload a local file to the remote SFTP server. If no name is specified for the file to be saved on the remote SFTP server, the name of the source file is used. Example # Upload local file temp.c to the remote SFTP server and save it with the name temp1.c. sftp-client> put temp.c temp1.c 9.5.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Description Use the quit command to terminate the connection to the remote SFTP server and exit to system view as you would with the bye and exit commands. Example # Terminate the connection to the remote SFTP server. sftp-client> quit [3com] 9.5.15 remove Syntax remove remote-file View SFTP client view Parameter remote-file: Name of a file on the server.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Description Use the rename command to change the name of the specified file on the SFTP server. Example # Change the name of file temp1 on the SFTP server to temp2. sftp-client> rename temp1 temp2 9.5.17 rmdir Syntax rmdir remote-path View SFTP client view Parameter remote-path: Name of a directory on the remote SFTP server.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide prefer_kex: Preferred key exchange algorithm, Diffie-Hellman-Group1-SHA1 or Diffie-Hellman-Group-Exchange-SHA1. dh_group1: Key exchange algorithm Diffie-Hellman-Group1-SHA1, the default algorithm. dh_exchange_group: Key exchange algorithm Diffie-Hellman-Group-Exchange-SHA1. prefer_ctos_cipher: Preferred encryption algorithm from the client to the server.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide View System view Parameter interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. Description Use the sftp source-interface command to specify a source interface, which must be an existing local interface, for the SFTP client. After that, the IP address of the specified interface is used as the source IP address in each packet sent by the SFTP client.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Description Use the sftp source-ip command to specify a source IP address for the packets sent by the SFTP client. This IP address must be a local IP address. Use the undo sftp source-ip command to delete the source IP address specified for the SFTP client.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Description Use the rsh command to execute a command on a remote host remotely. You can operate on the RSH client to invoke/execute commands, and query/access information on the RSH server as well. Example # Execute the dir command remotely on the remote server at 169.254.1.100 (the operating system is Windows 2000). <3com> rsh 169.254.1.100 com dir Trying 169.254.1.100 ...
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide # Execute the interactive command time on the RSH server at 169.254.1.100 (the operating system is Windows 2000). <3com> rsh 169.254.1.100 command time Trying 169.254.1.100 ... Press CTRL+K to abort The current time is: 6:56:42.57 Enter the new time: 12:00 12:00 9.6.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 9.7 Rlogin Configuration Commands 9.7.1 debugging rlogin Syntax debugging rlogin undo debugging rlogin View User view Parameter None Description Use the debugging rlogin command to enable remote login (rlogin) debugging. Use the undo debugging rlogin command to disable rlogin debugging. By default, rlogin debugging is disabled. Example # Enable rlogin debugging.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Ref erence source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide After a terminal user logs onto the remote UNIX host and passes authentication, all characters input by the user except for local terminal escape sequences are sent to the remote server. The commands in escape sequences are locally executed. The local terminal can terminate the rlogin session in one of the following three ways: z Press CTRL+K.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Interface Commands 3Com Corporation i
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands ............................................................................ 1-1 1.1 Interface Management Commands ................................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1 debugging physical ................................................................................................. 1-1 1.1.2 description .............................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 3.1.12 port hybrid vlan...................................................................................................... 3-9 3.1.13 port link-type........................................................................................................ 3-10 3.1.14 port trunk permit vlan .......................................................................................... 3-10 3.1.15 port trunk pvid vlan.....................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands 1.1 Interface Management Commands 1.1.1 debugging physical Syntax debugging physical { all | error | event | packet } [ interface interface-type interface-number ] undo debugging physical { all | error | event | packet } [ interface interface-type interface-number ] View User view Parameter all: Enables all debugging. error: Enables error debugging.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands // Display LOF information when frame alignment is lost, and display Recovery of frame alignment when frame alignment is achieved. *0.98233400 3Com PHYD/8/debugging:(T1 1/0/0)PHY/EVT: No AIS. /* // Display whether AIS signals have been received. *0.98233480 3Com PHYD/8/debugging: (T1 1/0/0)PHY/EVT: No remote alarm. /* // Display whether RAI signals have been received.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands View Any view Parameter type: Interface type. number: Interface number. begin: Displays information that begins with the specified regular expression. include: Displays information that includes the specified regular expression. exclude: Displays information that excludes the specified regular expression. text: Specifies a regular expression.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands number: Interface number, along with type, identifies an interface. sub-number: Subinterface number. Description Use the display interface command to view the current running state and other information about an interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands Table 1-1 Description on the displayed information Field Description Serial0 is up Physical layer state of the interface line protocol is up Link layer state of the interface 5 minutes input rate The input rate of the interface within the last five minutes 5 minutes output rate The output rate of the interface within the last five minutes FIFO queueing: FIFO Type of the output queue on the interface
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands callok times: 1 done times: 1 delay times: 0 destroy time: 0 receive information done times: 0 get ok mbufs: 0 make mbuf fails: 0 no buffer times: 0 Rx disable times: 0 Rx enable times: 1 software statistical information : pMsg address: 0x04a6b9a4 pci Base: 0x80000000 slot/port isr: 0x0/0x64 EthType Flag: 0x0000ffff RxBD Base: TxBD Base: 0x00000000 0x00000000 TxAuxBD Base: 0x04a6ca68 In
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Symb errors packets: Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands 0 Sequence err packets: 0 Recv No Buffers: 0 Short Packets(<64): 0 Long Packets: 0 Hardware information of transmitted: Output packets: 0 Broadcast packets: 1 Multicast packets: 0 Defered Packets: 0 No ready(underrun): 0 Lost Carriers: 0 Late collisions: 0 Total collision: 0 Flow-control information: Receive XON frame: 0 Transmit XON frame: 0 Receive XOFF frame: 0
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands [router-Ethernet0/0/0] undo enable snmp trap updown 1.1.7 flow-interval Syntax flow-interval seconds undo flow-interval View System view Parameter seconds: Statistic interval in the range 1 to 1500 seconds. It defaults to 300 seconds. Description Use the flow-interval command to configure the interval for measuring the average rate of the interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands Last 30 seconds output rate 5.59 bytes/sec, 0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Interface Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands Description Attribute Bri ISDN BRI interface Physical interface Bridge-Template Bridge-group interface controller e1 E1 interface Physical interface controller t1 T1 interface Physical interface controller e3 E3 interface Physical interface controller t3 T3 interface Physical interface Dialer Dialer interface Logical interface Ethernet Ethernet interface Physical interface g
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands You can create subinterfaces for an Ethernet interface or a serial interface encapsulated with X.25 or Frame Relay (FR). The subinterface numbered 0 is the actually corresponding main interface. Note that executing the undo interface command deletes the defined logical interfaces (such as Dialer, tunnel, and virtual-template interfaces) and subinterfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands Description Use the looptest command to test whether an interface or line is in a loop. Loop test is available only on synchronous serial interfaces (including those formed on E1/T1/E1-F/T1-F interfaces) using SD701 chips. A loop test on an interface starts by sending a test packet. If the interface is in a local or line loop, the test packet just sent will loop back to the interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands 1.1.10 reset counters interface Syntax reset counters interface [ interface-type [ interface-number ] ] View User view Parameter interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface number. Description Use the reset counters interface command to clear statistics about the transmitted and received packets, IP, ARP, and ICMP on the specified interface or all interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Interface Management Commands management, this command can reset the managed interface without disrupting management. Example # Reset the interface Ethernet 1/0/0. [3Com -Ethernet1/0/0] restart 1.1.12 shutdown Syntax shutdown undo shutdown View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the shutdown command to shut down the interface. Use the undo shutdown command to enable the interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Fundamental Ethernet Interface Configuration Commands Chapter 2 Fundamental Ethernet Interface Configuration Commands 2.1 Fundamental Ethernet Interface Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display interface { ethernet | gigabitethernet } Syntax display interface { ethernet | gigabitethernet } [ interface-number ] View Any view Parameter ethernet: Displays the state of FE interfaces. gigabitethernet: Displays the state of GE interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Fundamental Ethernet Interface Configuration Commands Output queue : (FIFO queuing : Size/Length/Discards) 0/75/0 Last 5 minutes input rate 227.13 bytes/sec, 2.67 packets/sec Last 5 minutes output rate 0.00 bytes/sec, 0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Fundamental Ethernet Interface Configuration Commands Field Description Last 5 minutes input rate 227.13 bytes/sec, 2.67 packets/sec Input and output rates within the last five minutes on the interface, in terms of bytes per second and packets per second Last 5 minutes output rate 0.00 bytes/sec, 0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Fundamental Ethernet Interface Configuration Commands Output(normal): 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 broadcasts, 0 multicasts, 0 pauses Output: 0 output errors, 0 underruns, 0 buffer failures 0 aborts, 0 deferred, 0 collisions, 0 late collisions 0 lost carrier, 0 no carrier Note: For an SFP port, the detailed information about the optic module including vender type, wavelength, transmission distance, and serial number as follows: The transceiver
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Fundamental Ethernet Interface Configuration Commands By default, the Ethernet interface is working in auto-negotiation mode. Connected to a hub, the Ethernet interface on a router must be specified to work in half-duplex mode. Connected to a network device supporting full-duplex, a LAN Switch for example, it must be specified to work in full-duplex mode, however.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Fundamental Ethernet Interface Configuration Commands 2.1.4 force-link Syntax force-link undo force-link View GE interface view Parameter None Description Use the force-link command to enable the GE interface to work in force mode. Use the undo force-link command to restore the default operating mode. The default operating mode is negotiation. GE optical interfaces provide two operating modes: negotiation and force.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Fundamental Ethernet Interface Configuration Commands Description Use the loopback command to enable local loopback on the Ethernet interface. Use the undo loopback command to disable local loopback on the Ethernet interface. By default, local loopback is disabled on the Ethernet interface. You need to enable local loopback on the Ethernet interface only when testing some special functions.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Fundamental Ethernet Interface Configuration Commands [3Com -Ethernet0/0/0] mtu 1492 2.1.7 promiscuous Syntax promiscuous undo promiscuous View Ethernet interface view Parameter None Description Use the promiscuous command to set the Ethernet interface to operate in promiscuous mode. Use the undo promiscuous command to disable the Ethernet interface to operate in promiscuous mode.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Fundamental Ethernet Interface Configuration Commands Parameter 10: Forces the Ethernet interface to work at 10 Mbps. 100: Forces the Ethernet interface to work at 100 Mbps. 1000: Forces the Ethernet interface to work at 1000 Mbps (only applied to GE interfaces). negotiation: Sets the Ethernet interface to work in auto-negotiation mode. Description Use the speed command to set the operating speed of the Ethernet interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Chapter 3 Layer 2 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands 3.1 Layer 2 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands 3.1.1 broadcast-suppression Syntax broadcast-suppression pct undo broadcast-suppression View Ethernet port view Parameter pct: Specifies the maximum wire speed ratio of the broadcast traffic allowed on the Ethernet port. It ranges from 5 to 100 and defaults to 100.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands View Ethernet port view Parameter text: Port description, a string of up to 80 characters. Description Use the description command to configure port description. Identifying a port is the only function of this command. Use the undo description command to restore the default port description, that is, port name plus interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Description : Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Ethernet1/0/1 Interface Media type is twisted pair, 100Mb/s, Full-duplex, loopback not set link type is autonegotiation Mac aging time is 300 seconds, Broadcast MAX-ratio: 100 Output flow-control is disabled, input flow-control is disabled PVID : 1 Port link-type : access Tagged VLAN ID : none Untagged VLAN ID : 1 Last 300 seconds input rate 0.00 bytes/sec, 0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Field Description Tagged VLAN ID Indicates the VLAN from which the packets must be tagged. Untagged VLAN ID Indicates the VLAN from which the packets are not to be tagged.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Now, the following hybrid ports exist: Ethernet1/0/1 Ethernet1/0/2 The output indicates that the current system has two hybrid ports, Ethernet 1/0/1 and Ethernet 1/0/2. 3.1.5 duplex Syntax duplex { full | half | negotiation } undo duplex View Ethernet port view Parameter full: The port is in full duplex mode. half: The port is in half duplex mode.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the flow-control command to enable flow control on the Ethernet port to avoid packet drop when congestion occurs. Use the undo flow-control command to disable flow control. By default, flow control on the Ethernet port is disabled. Example # Enable flow control on port Ethernet1/0/1. [3Com -Ethernet1/0/1] flow-control 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands 3.1.8 loopback Syntax loopback undo loopback View Ethernet port view Parameter None Description Use the loopback command to enable loopback on the Ethernet port for test purpose. Use the undo loopback command to disable loopback on the Ethernet port. By default, loopback is disabled. Related command: display interface. Example # Enable loopback on port Ethernet 1/0/1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Use the undo mac-address timer aging command to restore the default, that is, 300 seconds. Example # Set the aging timer for the MAC address table on port Ethernet 1/0/1 to 20 seconds. [3Com -ethernet1/0/1] mac-address timer aging 20 3.1.10 port access vlan Syntax port access vlan vlan_id undo port access vlan View Ethernet port view Parameter vlan_id: VLAN ID defined in IEEE 802.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Description Use the port hybrid pvid vlan command to assign a default VLAN ID to the hybrid port. Use the undo port hybrid pvid command to restore the default VLAN ID of the hybrid port. To ensure correct transmission of packets, the default VLAN ID of the hybrid port must be the same as the one used by the connected hybrid port. Related command: port link-type.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Example # Assign hybrid port Ethernet 1/0/1 to VLANs 2, 4 and 50 through 100. All packets from these VLANs are to be tagged. [3Com -Ethernet1/0/1] port hybrid vlan 2 4 50 to 100 tagged 3.1.13 port link-type Syntax port link-type { access | hybrid | trunk } undo port link-type View Ethernet port view Parameter access: Sets the link type of the port to access.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands ranges from 1 to 4094. &<1-10> indicates that the former arguments can be input 10 times repeatedly at most. all: Assign the trunk port to all VLANs. Description Use the port trunk permit vlan command to assign the trunk port to the specified VLANs. Use the undo port trunk permit vlan command to remove the trunk port from the specified VLANs. A trunk port can belong to multiple VLANs.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Example # Set the default VLAN ID of trunk port Ethernet 1/0/1 to 100. [3Com -Ethernet1/0/1] port trunk pvid vlan 100 3.1.16 reset counters interface Syntax reset counters interface [ interface_type | interface_type interface_num | interface_name ] View User view Parameter interface_type: Port type. interface_num: Port number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the shutdown command to shut down the Ethernet port. Use the undo shutdown command to enable the Ethernet port. By default, the Ethernet port is enabled. Example # Enable port Ethernet 1/0/1. [3Com -Ethernet1/0/1] undo shutdown 3.1.18 speed Syntax speed { 10 | 100 | negotiation } undo speed View Ethernet port view Parameter 10: Port rate is 10 Mbps.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands This chapter only discusses basic configuration of logical interfaces. For configuration of link and network layer protocols, refer to the relevant parts in this manual. 4.1 Ethernet Subinterface Configuration Commands 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Tagged Ports Indicates on which ports the VLAN packet should be tagged. Untagged Ports Indicates on which ports the VLAN packet is not to be tagged. 4.1.2 display vlan interface Syntax display vlan interface interface-type interface-num View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-num: Specifies the interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Example # Display the maximum number of processed packets configured on the VLAN 10. <3Com > display vlan max-packet-process 10 Max Packet Process Count for Vid 10 is 300000 4.1.4 display vlan statistics vid Syntax display vlan statistics vid vid View Any view Parameter vid: VLAN ID, used to identify a VLAN.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Description Use the interface ethernet command to create an Ethernet subinterface. Use the undo interface ethernet command to delete the specified Ethernet subinterface. Example # Create a subinterface on Ethernet interface 1/0/0. [3Com ] interface ethernet 1/0/0.1 [3Com -Ethernet1/0/0.1] 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands 4.1.7 reset vlan statistics vid Syntax reset vlan statistics vid vid View User view Parameter vid: VLAN ID, used to identify a VLAN. Description Use the reset vlan statistics vid command to clear the VLAN statistics. Related command: display vlan statistics vid. Example # Clear the statistics with VLAN ID 10. <3Com > reset vlan statistics vid 10 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands 4.2 Logical Channel Interface 4.2.1 interface logic-channel Syntax interface logic-channel interface-number undo interface logic-channel interface-number View System view Parameter interface-number: Number of the logical channel interface, in range 0 to 1023. Description Use the interface logic-channel command to create a logical channel interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Description Use the broadcast-limit link command to configure the maximum number of links that the virtual template supports for sending multicast or broadcast packets. Use the undo broadcast-limit link command to restore the default. When there are many links on the virtual template, sending multicast or broadcast packets from each link may influence the function of the system.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands 4.3.3 display virtual-access Syntax display virtual-access { dialer [ number ] | vt [ vt-number ] | user user-name | peer peer-address | va-number }* View Any view Parameter dialer number: Dialer interface number. vt-number: Number of the virtual template to which the virtual access interface is assigned. user-name: Login username of virtual access interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands 4.3.4 interface virtual-template Syntax interface virtual-template number undo interface virtual-template number View System view Parameter number: Number of the virtual template, in the range 0 to 1023. Description Use the interface virtual-template command to create a virtual template or enter the existing virtual template view.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Description Use the display interface mp-group command to view the state about the specified or all MP-group interfaces. Example # Display the state about all MP-group interfaces. <3Com > display interface mp-group 4.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter number: Number of the virtual Ethernet interface, in the range 0 to 1023. If no interface is specified, the state about all virtual Ethernet interfaces is displayed. Description Use the display interface virtual-ethernet command to view the state about of the specified or all virtual Ethernet interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands 4.5.3 mac-address Syntax mac-address H-H-H undo mac-address View Virtual Ethernet interface view Parameter H-H-H: Mac address of virtual Ethernet interface, in hexadecimal format. Description Use the mac-address command to configure Mac address of virtual Ethernet interface. Use the undo mac-address command to restore the default.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Example # View state about the specified loopback interface. <3Com > display interface loopback 0 LoopBack0 current state :UP Line protocol current state :UP (spoofing) Description : LoopBack0 Interface The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1536 Internet Address is 1.1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands 0 packets input, 0 bytes, 0 drops 0 packets output, 0 bytes, 0 drops 4.6.3 interface loopback Syntax interface loopback number undo interface loopback number View System view Parameter number: Number of the loopback interface, in the range 0 to 65535. Description Use the interface loopback command to create a loopback interface or its view.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Fundamental Logical Interface Configuration Commands Description Use the interface null command to enter null interface view. There is only one null interface, that is, null 0, which always keeps up, and cannot be shut down or deleted. Related command: display interface null. Example # Enter the view of null 0 interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents PPP Commands 3Com Corporation i
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands .................................................................... 1-1 1.1 PPP and MP configuration commands.............................................................................. 1-1 1.1.1 display ppp mp ........................................................................................................ 1-1 1.1.2 link-protocol ppp ..........................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 1.2.13 reset ppp compression iphc ................................................................................ 1-30 1.2.14 reset ppp compression stac-lzs........................................................................... 1-30 Chapter 2 PPPoE Configuration Commands.............................................................................. 2-1 2.1 PPPoE Server Configuration Commands.....................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 3.1.25 dlsw ethernet-frame-filter .................................................................................... 3-24 3.1.26 firewall ethernet-frame-filter ................................................................................ 3-25 3.1.27 fr map bridge ....................................................................................................... 3-26 3.1.28 interface bridge-template ........................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands 1.1 PPP and MP configuration commands 1.1.1 display ppp mp Syntax display ppp mp [ interface interface-type interface-num ] View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-num: Specifies the interface to be checked. Description Use the display ppp mp command to view all interface information and statistics of MP. Related command: link-protocol ppp, ppp mp.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display ppp mp command Field Description Template is Virtual-Template1 Virtual-template interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Member channels: 6 active, 4 inactive Serial1/0/1:15 Up-Time:2005/03/13 19:54:23:60 Serial1/0/1:16 Up-Time:2005/03/13 19:54:23:60 Serial1/0/1:17 Up-Time:2005/03/13 19:54:23:60 Serial1/0/1:18 Up-Time:2005/03/13 19:54:23:60 Serial1/0/1:19 Up-Time:2005/03/13 19:54:23:60 Serial1/0/1:20 Up-Time:2005/03/13 19:54:23:60 Serial1/0/1:21 (inactive) Serial1/0/1:22 (inactive) Serial1/0/1:23 (inac
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands 1.1.3 ppp mp binding-mode Syntax ppp mp binding-mode { authentication | both | descriptor } undo ppp mp binding-mode View Virtual template interface view, dialer interface view Parameter authentication: Performs the MP binding according to the authentication user name of PPP. both: Performs the MP binding based on both the authentication user name of PPP and the terminal identifier.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands View Interface view, virtual-template interface view Parameter chap, pap: Authentication mode. You must specify either option, but not both of them. call-in: Authenticates the peer only when a call from a remote user is received. domain: Domain name in user authentication. Description Use the ppp authentication-mode command to set the mode that the local PPP uses to authenticate the peer router.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands 1.1.5 ppp chap password Syntax ppp chap password { simple | cipher } password undo ppp chap password View Interface view Parameter password: Password. simple: Indicates to display the password in plain text. cipher: Indicates to display the password in ciphertext. Description Use the ppp chap password command to configure the password for CHAP authentication.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Parameter username: User name of CHAP authentication, which is the one sent to the peer equipment to be authenticated. username is a string of 1 to 80 characters. Description Use the ppp chap user command to configure the user name when performing the CHAP authentication. Use the undo ppp chap user command to delete the existing configuration. By default, the user name of the CHAP authentication is blank.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands The router can allocate DNS server addresses after being solicited to the devices connected to it using PPP, PCs dialed to it for example, allowing these devices to access the network using their domain names. If you are connected to the router using a PC, you can execute the winipcfg command or the ipconfig/all command to view the provided DNS server address.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands 1.1.9 ppp ipcp remote-address forced Syntax ppp ipcp remote-address forced undo ppp ipcp remote-address forced View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the ppp ipcp remote-address forced command to forbid the peer to use the fix self-configured IP address but the one allocated by this router.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands undo ppp ipcp dns request View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the ppp ipcp dns request command to enable the router to request the peer for a DNS server address. When the router is connected using PPP to another device, a network access server of a service provider for example, this allows the router to request the peer for a DNS server address through negotiation.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Description Use the ppp lcp mru consistent command to enable PPP LCP to negotiation maximum receive unit (MRU). Use the undo ppp lcp mru consistent command to restore the default. By default, PPP LCP does not negotiate MRU; the local end modifies MTU depending on the remote MRU.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Use the undo ppp lqc command to disable PPP link quality control. By default, PPP LQC is disabled. By default, the arguments resumptive-percentage and forbidden-percentage are equal. You may use PPP LQC to monitor quality of PPP links including those in MP bundles.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Use the undo ppp mp command to enable the interface to operate in the Single PPP mode. By default, the interface encapsulated with PPP operates in the Single PPP mode. To increase the bandwidth, multiple PPP links can be bound to form a logical MP interface. For this purpose, it is necessary to specify a virtual-template in system view.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands [3Com-Serial3/0/0] ppp mp mp-group 3 # Remove serial interface 3/0/0 from MP-group 3. [3Com-Serial3/0/0] undo ppp mp mp-group 3 1.1.15 ppp mp lfi Syntax ppp mp lfi [ delay-per-frag max-delay ] undo ppp mp lfi [ delay-per-frag ] View Virtual template interface view Parameter max-delay: Maximum delay in millisecond, its value ranges from 1 to 1000.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Description Use the ppp mp max-bind command to configure maximum number of bound links of MP. Use the undo ppp mp max-bind command to restore the default configuration. By default, its value is 16. Normally, it is not necessary to configure the parameter, which should be performed under the guidance of technical engineers when necessary. Such a configuration may have impact on the performance of PPP.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Description In a dial application where multiple links are required to carry services, it is necessary to allow a packet trigger to call up multiple links to guarantee the minimum bandwidth needed. Use the ppp mp min-bind command to configure the minimum number of PPP links that an MP bundle must have. Use the undo ppp mp min-bind command to restore the default when a call requires only one PPP link.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Description Use the ppp mp min-fragment command to set minimum size of outgoing fragments. Use the undo ppp mp min-fragment command to restore the default, that is, 128 bytes. If the small packet fragmentation is not expected, this command can be used to set larger packet size value of the MP packet fragment. Related command: ppp mp.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Example # Specify the corresponding virtual-template as 1 for the username 3Com, and configure the IP address of the virtual-template as 202.38.60.1. [3Com] ppp mp user 3Com bind virtual-template 1 [3Com] interface virtual-template 1 [3Com-virtual-template1] ip address 202.38.60.1 255.255.255.0 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameter number: Configures the virtual template number to be bound by the interface, which ranges from 0 to 1023. Description Use the ppp mp virtual-template command to configure the virtual template number to be bound by the interface. Use the undo ppp mp command to disable the MP binding of the interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Description Use the ppp pap local-user command to configure the username and password sent by the local router when it is authenticated by the peer router via the PAP method. Use the undo ppp pap local-user command to disable the configuration. By default, when the local router is authenticated by the peer router via the PAP method, both the username and the password sent by the local router are empty.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands 1.1.24 timer hold Syntax timer hold seconds undo timer hold View Serial interface view Parameter seconds: Time interval for the interface to send keepalive packet in seconds. The value ranges from 0 to 32767 and defaults to 10. Description Use the timer hold command to set the timer to send keepalive packet. Use the undo timer hold command to restore the default value.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands View User view Parameter all: Enables all IPHC RTP debugging. context_state: Enables IPHC RTP context_state packet debugging. error: Enables IPHC RTP error debugging. full_header: Enables IPHC RTP full_header debugging. general_info: Enables general IPHC RTP debugging.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Description Use the debugging ppp compression iphc tcp command to view the single packet information of the IP/TCP header compression. Use the undo debugging ppp compression iphc tcp command to disable IP/TCP header debugging in IP header compression. Example # Enable IP/TCP header error debugging of IP header compression. <3Com> debugging ppp compression iphc tcp error 1.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands interface-number: Interface number. Description Use the display ppp compression iphc tcp command to view the statistic information of the TCP header compression. Example # Display statistics about TCP header compression. [3Com] display ppp compression iphc tcp 1.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the ip tcp vjcompress command to enable a PPP interface to compress the VJ TCP header. Use the undo ip tcp vjcompress command to disable the PPP interface to compress the VJ TCP header. If the VJ TCP header is permitted to compress at the PPP interface, the interface at the opposite end shall also permit to compress the VJ TCP header.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands The compression command can take effect on a link only when it is configured at both ends of the link. The configuration will take effect only when the shutdown and undo shutdown operations are performed on the interface. If the configuration is applied on MP, the shutdown and undo shutdown operations should be performed on all the MPs.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Example # Set the number of compression-enabled RTP connections to 10 on interface serial0/0/0. [3Com-serial0/0/0] ppp compression iphc rtp-connections 10 1.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands 1.2.10 ppp compression stac-lzs Syntax ppp compression stac-lzs undo ppp compression stac-lzs View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the ppp compression stac-lzs command to enable STAC-LZS compression for PPP. Use the undo ppp compression stac-lzs command to disable STAC-LZS compression on the current interface. By default, compression is disabled.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the ppp mp lfi command to enable link fragmentation and interleaving (LFI) on the interface. Use the undo ppp mp lfi command to remove LFI from the interface. By default, the time delay of the fragment is 10ms after LFI is enabled on the Virtual Template interface. Related command: ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag. Example [3Com-Virtual-Template1] ppp mp lfi 1.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands 1.2.13 reset ppp compression iphc Syntax reset ppp compression iphc [ interface-type interface-number ] View User view Parameter Interface-type: Interface type. Interface-number: Interface number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 PPP and MP Configuration Commands Example # Clear statistics about STAC-LZS on all the interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 PPPoE Configuration Commands Chapter 2 PPPoE Configuration Commands 2.1 PPPoE Server Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display pppoe-server session Syntax display pppoe-server session { all | packet | statistics interface interface-type interface-number } View Any view Parameter all: Displays all information about each PPPoE session. packet: Displays statistics about the packets on each PPPoE session.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 PPPoE Configuration Commands Field Description LocMAC Local MAC address State State of sessions # View the statistics information of PPPoE session.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 PPPoE Configuration Commands By default, PPPoE protocol is disabled. Related command: link-protocol ppp. Example # Enable PPPoE on virtual-template 1 of Ethernet interface Ethernet1/0/0. [3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] pppoe-server bind virtual-template 1 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 PPPoE Configuration Commands Parameter number: Maximum number of sessions that can be established at a local MAC address, which ranges from 1 to 4069. Description Use the pppoe-server max-sessions local-mac command to set the maximum number of PPPoE sessions that can be established at a local MAC address. Use the undo pppoe-server max-sessions local-mac command to restore the default configuration. By default, the value of number is 100.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 PPPoE Configuration Commands Example # Display how to set the maximum number of PPPoE sessions that can be established at a remote MAC address to 50. [3Com] pppoe-server max-sessions remote-mac 50 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 PPPoE Configuration Commands Parameter all: Clears all PPPoE sessions. virtual-template number: Specifies a virtual template by its number. interface interface-type interface-num: Specifies an interface by its type and number. Description Use the reset pppoe-server command to clear PPPoE sessions at the server end. Example # Clear the sessions on virtual template 1. reset pppoe-server virtual-template 1 2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 PPPoE Configuration Commands Debugging switch Description Display the verbose contents of PPPoE data verbose Description The command debugging pppoe-client is used to enable PPPoE Client debugging switch. Example None 2.2.2 display pppoe-server session Syntax display pppoe-client session { summary | packet } [ dial-bundle-number number ] View Any view Parameter summary: Displays the summary of PPPoE session.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 PPPoE Configuration Commands Table 2-4 Description on the fields of display pppoe-client session summary Field Description ID Session ID, PPPoE session ID Server-MAC Server MAC, server MAC address Client-MAC Client MAC, client MAC address Dialer Corresponding Dialer PPPoE session Bundle Dialer Bundle session Intf Ethernet interface containing PPPoE session State State of PPPoE session interface containing of PPPoE # Dis
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 PPPoE Configuration Commands undo pppoe-client dial-bundle-number number View Ethernet interface (subinterface) view, virtual Ethernet interface view Parameter dial-bundle-number number: Dialer Bundle number corresponding to PPPoE session. For the AR 28 Series Routers, it ranges from 1 to 128; for the AR 46 Series Routers, it ranges from 1 to 512.The parameter number can be used to identify a PPPoE session, or as a PPPoE session.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 PPPoE Configuration Commands Related command: reset pppoe-client. Example # Create a PPPoE session on the interface Ethernet 0/0/0. [3Com-Ethernet0/0/0]pppoe-client dial-bundle-number 1 2.2.4 reset pppoe-client Syntax reset pppoe-client { all | dial-bundle-number number } View User view Parameter all: Clears all PPPoE sessions. dial-bundle-number number: Dialer Bundle number, its value ranges from 1 to 255.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands 3.1 Bridge Configuration Commands 3.1.1 bridge aging-time Syntax bridge aging-time seconds undo bridge aging-time View System view Parameter seconds: Aging time of the dynamic address table, in the range 10 to 1,000,000 seconds. By default, the aging time of a dynamic address table is 300 seconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands Parameter bridge-set: Bridge-set number, an integer in the range 1 to 255. Description Use the bridge bridge-set enable command to enable the specified bridge set. Use the undo bridge bridge-set enable command to disable the specified bridge set. Example # Enable bridge-set 1. [Router] bridge 1 enable 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands 3.1.4 bridge enable Syntax bridge enable undo bridge enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the bridge enable command to enable the bridging function. Use the undo bridge enable command to disable the bridging function. By default, the bridging function is disabled. Only after the bridging function is enabled, can the configuration of a bridge be valid.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands The dynamic address table does not require manual maintenance, as it is automatically refreshed whenever the network topology changes. Example # Enable dynamic MAC address learning. [3Com] bridge 1 learning 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands Example # Enable the interface Ethernet 0/0/0 to forward the frames with MAC address 0000-0000-0111. [3Com] bridge 1 mac-address 0000-0000-0111 permit interface ethernet 0/0/0 3.1.7 bridge routing Syntax bridge bridge-set routing { ip | ipx } undo bridge bridge-set routing { ip | ipx } View System view Parameter bridge-set: Bridge-set number in the range 1 to 255.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands View System view Parameter None Description Use the bridge routing-enable command to enable the routing function of the bridge. Use the undo bridge routing-enable command to disable the routing function of the bridge. By default, the routing function of the bridge is disabled. The routing function for a protocol can be implemented only when routing is enabled on the bridge.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands Example # Set the STP standard supported by a bridge set to IEEE. [Router] bridge 1 stp ieee 3.1.10 bridge stp max-age Syntax bridge stp max-age seconds undo bridge stp max-age View System view Parameter seconds: Value for the Max Age timer on the bridge, in the range 6 to 40 seconds. It defaults to 20 seconds. Description Use the bridge stp max-age command to set the Max Age timer on the bridge.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands undo bridge stp priority View System view Parameter value: Bridge priority, in the range 0 to 65,535. The default value is 32,768. Description Use the bridge stp priority command to assign a priority to the bridge. Use the undo bridge stp priority command to restore the default priority of the bridge. The ID of a bridge consists of two parts: bridge priority and bridge MAC address.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands Use the undo bridge stp timer forward-delay command to restore the default. A link fault on the network may cause a spanning-tree recalculation immediately; however, it takes time for the new BPDU to propagate throughout the entire network. If new root ports and designated ports start forwarding frames immediately after they are elected, a temporary loop may occur.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands A Hello Time timer is used to control the interval for sending BPDUs. Enabling STP on a port starts a Hello Time timer. An appropriately set Hello Time timer allows the bridge to discover link faults on the network without occupying many resources.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands # Add interface dialer 0 to bridge set 1. [3Com] interface Dialer0 [3Com-Dialer0] bridge-set 1 3.1.15 bridge-set stp disable Syntax bridge-set bridge-set stp disable undo bridge-set bridge-set stp disable View Interface view Parameter bridge-set: Number of a bridge set, in the range 1 to 255. Description Use the bridge-set stp disable command to disable STP on the port.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands Description Use the bridge-set stp port pathcost command to configure the path cost of the bridge port. Use the undo bridge-set stp port pathcost command to restore the default. Assign a path cost to a bridge port depending on its link speed. The higher the link speed is, the lower the path cost should be configured.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands To identify the number of each port, execute the display bridge spanning tree command. Example # Set the priority for Ethernet port 0/0/0 to 5. [Router-Ethernet0/0/0] bridge-set stp port priority 5 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands event: Enables STP event debugging. packet: Enables STP packet debugging. Description Use the debugging stp command to enable STP debugging. Use the undo debugging stp command to disable STP debugging. Example # Enable STP packet debugging. debugging stp packet Enable spanning-tree protocol packet debugging functions.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands Enable spanning-tree protocol event debugging functions.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands STP: Fail to send Configuration BPDU. The transmission of a configuration BPDU failed. STP: Fail to send TCN BPDU. The transmission of a TCN BPDU failed. STP: Received BPDU sent by myself. A BPDU is received on the port where it was sent. STP: Get a wrong port index. A port index that does not exist is obtained. 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Flag meaning: Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands P--PERMIT N--DENY D--DYNAMIC S--STATIC Table 3-4 Description on the fields of the display bridge address-table command Field Description Mac-Address MAC address Set Bridge set number Four options available: P--PERMIT, N--DENY, D--DYNAMIC and S--STATIC P refers to the "permit" rule in the MAC address filtering; Flag N refers to the "deny" rule in the MAC address filtering; D refers to a
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands Bridge module is activated,4 port take part in bridge module at all; Address table has 0 item, with 0 static one; life cycle is 100 (s). Bridge set 1: Configure: bridge ip; undo bridge ipx; bridge 1 learning; interface: Ethernet4/2/0 :up Ethernet5/2/0 :up total 2 interface(s) in the set Bridge set 2: Configure: bridge ip; undo bridge ipx; undo bridge 2 learning ; interface: Ethernet4/2/0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands 3.1.22 display bridge spanning-tree Syntax display bridge spanning-tree View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display bridge spanning-tree command to view STP state and statistics for traffic analysis and control. The command displays these global STP parameters: Root ID, Root Cost, Root Port, Priority, Max Age, Hello, Hold, Forward Delay, Bridge Address, and Root Bridge Address.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands hold: 0 Sent BPDU: 0 Received BPDU: 0 Port 2: Port name: Ethernet4/0/0 State: Forwarding Port path cost: 1000 Port priority: 128 Designated root's priority: 32768 address: 00-e0-fc-0c-a2-91 Designated bridge's priority: 32768 address: 00-e0-fc-0c-a2-91 Designated port: 2 Designated path cost: 0 Timers: message age: 0 forward delay: 0 hold: 0 Sent BPDU: 33051 Received BPDU: 0 Table 3-6 Descrip
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands Field Description Port priority Port priority Designated root's priority Designated port's priority address Port addresses Designated bridge's priority Designated bridge's priority Designated port Designated ports Designated path cost Designated path cost Timers Timers message age Message age forward delay Delay time for port's state to be turned into forward hold Port hold-in time Sent B
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands The information displayed and described in the following table is: the statistic of interface Ethernet0/0/0 in bridge set 1 : Input: 10 total, 1 bpdu, 2 single, 0 multi, 0 broadcast; 0 ip,0 ipx, 0 other protocol; 0 eth2, 0 snap, 0 dlsw, 0 other, 0 vlan; Output: 0 total, 0 bpdu, 0 single, 0 multi, 0 broadcast; 0 ip, 0 ipx, 0 other protocol; 0 eth2, 0 snap, 0 dlsw, 0 other, 0 vlan; Send Way: 0 broadcast, 0 fast
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands Field Description 0 for local frame Frames discarded as the out-port is also the in-port. 0 by mac table Frames discarded due to the "deny" entry configured in MAC forwarding table. 0 by inport filter Frames discarded due to the filter rule configured on the in-port. 0 by outport filter Frames discarded due to the filter rule configured on the out-port.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands From 2003-06-07 14:46:59 to 2003-06-07 16:16:23 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0% permitted, 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0% denied, 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0% permitted default, 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0% denied default, Totally 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0% permitted, Totally 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0% denied.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands Description Use the dlsw ethernet-frame-filter command to apply an ACL in the transmitting and receiving directions of DLSW module towards bridge module so that it can transmit and receive only the Ethernet frames with permitted source MAC addresses. Use the undo dlsw ethernet-frame-filter command to delete the MAC-address-based ACL applied in the transmitting or receiving direction.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands [3Com-Etherhet0/0/0] firewall ethernet-frame-filter 4000 inbound # Apply ACL 4001 to the outbound direction of interface dialer 0. [3Com-Dialer0] firewall ethernet-frame-filter 4001 outbound 3.1.27 fr map bridge Syntax fr map bridge dlci broadcast undo fr map bridge dlci View Interface view Parameter dlci: Local VC number in the range 16 to 1007. broadcast: Specifies the broadcast attribute of the map.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands Description Use the interface bridge-template command to create a bridge template interface, connecting the specified bridge set to the routing network. Use the undo interface bridge-template command to delete the bridge template interface. Each bridge set can have only one bridge template interface. Related command: bridge routing-enable. Example # Create interface bridge-template 1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands View User view Parameter bridge-set: Bridge set number, in the range 1 to 255. interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface number. dlsw: Displays the information of traffic passing DLSW module. Description Use the reset bridge traffic command to clear the traffic statistics of a bridge set on a interface. Example # Clear the traffic statistics of bridge set 1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands 3.1.32 reset stp statistics Syntax reset stp statistics View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset stp statistics command to clear statistics about the spanning tree. Example # Clear statistics about the spanning tree. reset stp statistics 3.1.33 x25 map bridge Syntax x25 map bridge x121-address x.121-address broadcast undo x25 map bridge x121-address x.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Bridge Configuration Commands [3Com-Serial0/0/0] x25 map bridge x121-address 20112451 broadcast 3Com Corporation 3-30
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide IP Address Commands 3Com Corporation i
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands....................................................................... 1-1 1.1 IP Address Configuration Commands ............................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1 ip address................................................................................................................ 1-1 1.1.2 ip address ppp-negotiate.............
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 3.2.7 display dns dynamic-host........................................................................................ 3-6 3.2.8 nslookup type .......................................................................................................... 3-7 3.2.9 reset dns dynamic-host ........................................................................................... 3-8 3.3 DNS Proxy Configuration Commands ...................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 8.1.2 ip address bootp-alloc ............................................................................................. 8-2 Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands ............................................................................... 9-1 9.1 DHCP Public Configuration Commands............................................................................ 9-1 9.1.1 dhcp enable..................................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 9.2.35 expired................................................................................................................. 9-39 9.2.36 gateway-list ......................................................................................................... 9-40 9.2.37 nbns-list ............................................................................................................... 9-40 9.2.38 netbios-type..................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 10.1.13 display ip fast-forwarding cache...................................................................... 10-13 10.1.14 display ip interface .......................................................................................... 10-14 10.1.15 display ip interface brief .................................................................................. 10-15 10.1.16 display ip socket...........................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 12.1.1 apply default output-interface.............................................................................. 12-1 12.1.2 apply ip-address default next-hop ....................................................................... 12-1 12.1.3 apply ip-address next-hop (for Unicast Policy Routing) ...................................... 12-2 12.1.4 apply ip-precedence................................................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1.1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1.1.1 ip address Syntax ip address ip-address net-mask [ sub ] undo ip address [ ip-address net-mask [sub] ] View Interface view Parameter ip-address: Interface IP address, in dot delimitated decimal format. net-mask: The mask of the corresponding subnet, in dot delimitated decimal format.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands indicates to delete the master IP address and undo ip address ip-address net-mask sub indicates to delete the slave address. All the slave addresses must be deleted before the master IP address can be deleted. In addition, any two IP addresses configured for all interfaces on a router cannot be located in the same subnet. Related command: ip route-static, display ip interface, and display interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands Example # Display how to set IP address of interface Serial 0/0/0 to be allocated by peer through negotiation. [3Com-Serial0/0/0] ip address ppp-negotiate 1.1.3 ip address unnumbered Syntax ip address unnumbered interface interface-type interface-number undo ip address unnumbered View Interface view Parameter interface-type: Name of the unnumbered interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands 1.1.4 remote address Syntax remote address { ip-address | pool [ pool-number ] } undo remote address View Interface view Parameter ip-address: IP address. pool-number: Global address pool number in the range 0 to 99. It defaults to 0. One address picked from the specified address pool is to be assigned to the peer interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 IP Address Configuration Commands Example # The serial interface encapsulated with PPP assigns an IP address 10.0.0.1 for the peer. [3Com-Serial0/0/0] remote address 10.0.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands 2.1 ARP Configuration Commands 2.1.1 arp static Syntax arp static ip-address ethernet-address [ vpn-instance-name ] undo arp ip-address [ vpn-instance-name ] View System view Parameter ip-address: IP addresses of the ARP mapping entries in dotted decimal format. ethernet-address: Ethernet MAC address of ARP mapping entries.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands [3Com] arp static 11.0.0.1 aa-fcc-12 2.1.2 arp check enable Syntax arp check enable undo arp check enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the arp check enable command to enable ARP entry check to have the device not learn the ARP entries with broadcast MAC addresses.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands Use the undo arp timer aging command to restore the default. Related command: display arp timer aging. Example # Set the aging timer for dynamic ARP entries to 30 minutes. [3Com] arp timer aging 30 2.1.4 debugging arp packet Syntax debugging arp packet undo debugging arp packet View User view Parameter None Description Use the debugging arp packet command to enable ARP packets debugging.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands begin: Matches the strings beginning with the regular expression. exclude: Matches the strings that exclude the regular expression. include: Matches the strings that include the regular expression. text: Regular expression. Description Use the display arp command to view the ARP mapping table. By default, all the ARP entries of the RSU are displayed. Related command: arp static, reset arp.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands Description Use the display arp timer aging command to display the aging timer for dynamic ARP entries. Related command: arp timer aging. Example # Display the aging timer for dynamic ARP entries. [3Com] arp timer aging 30 [3Com] display arp timer aging Current ARP aging time is 30 minute(s) [3Com] undo arp timer aging [3Com] display arp timer aging Current ARP aging time is 20 minute(s)(default) 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands View User view Parameter all: Indicates to clear all ARP entries. dynamic: Indicates to clear the dynamic ARP entries. static: Indicates to clear the static ARP entries. interface: Indicates the selected interface. interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface sequence number. Description Use the reset arp command to clear the ARP entries in the ARP mapping table.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands Use the undo arp-proxy enable command to disable proxy arp on the interface. By default, the proxy ARP is disabled. This command is applied on Ethernet interface. As for the hosts in the same hop but on different physical networks, the proxy ARP function hides the fact that the physical network are separated, and makes the user feel like he is on the same and one physical network.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands <3ComA> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z. [3ComA] gratuitous-arp-learning enable 2.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the arp security command to disable dynamic ARP learning on an Ethernet interface. Use the undo arp security command to restore dynamic ARP learning on an Ethernet interface. The commands for disabling/enabling dynamic ARP learning are configured on an interface; all other interfaces are not affected.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands The aging of an authorized ARP entry is implemented by the mechanism of ARP ping. The default aging time of an authorized ARP entry is the time that three ARP ping operations takes when no responses are received. Since the ARP ping interval is 30 seconds, the default aging time of an authorized ARP entry is 90 seconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands [3Com-Ethernet 1/0/0] dhcp server synchronize arp 2.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 ARP Configuration Commands 2.4.5 synchronize arp Syntax synchronize arp undo synchronize arp View Global DHCP address pool view Parameter None Description Use the synchronize arp command to enable authorized ARP for global DHCP address pools. Use the undo synchronize arp command to disable authorized ARP that has been enabled for global DHCP address pools. By default, authorized ARP is disabled.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DNS Configuration Commands Chapter 3 DNS Configuration Commands 3.1 Static DNS Configuration Commands 3.1.1 display ip host Syntax display ip host View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display ip host command to display all the host names and their corresponding IP addresses. Example # Display all the host names and their corresponding IP addresses. <3Com> display ip host Host Age Flags eth 0 static 6.1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DNS Configuration Commands 3.1.2 ip host Syntax ip host hostname ip-address undo ip host hostname [ ip-address ] View System view Parameter hostname: The name of a host, a character string with its length from 1 to 20. ip-address: The IP address corresponding to a host name, whose format can be A.B.C.D Description Use the ip host command to configure the IP address corresponding to a host name.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DNS Configuration Commands View User view Parameter None Description Use the debugging dns command to enable DNS client debugging. Use the undo debugging dns command to disable DNS client debugging. By default, DNS client debugging is disabled. Example # Enable DNS client debugging. debugging dns # Disable DNS client debugging. undo debugging dns 3.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DNS Configuration Commands 3.2.3 dns server Syntax dns server ip-address undo dns server [ ip-address ] View System view Parameter ip-address: IP address of a DNS server. Description Use the dns server command to configure IP address of a DNS server. Use the undo dns server command to delete IP address of a DNS server. Example # Configure IP address of a DNS server. [Router] dns server 10.110.66.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DNS Configuration Commands Example # Configure a DNS domain name. [Router] dns domain huawei-3com.com # Delete a specified DNS domain name. [Router] undo dns domain huawei-3com.com # Delete all the DNS domain names. [Router] undo dns domain 3.2.5 display dns domain Syntax display dns domain [dynamic] View Any view Parameter dynamic: displays DNS domain names that are dynamically obtained through DHCP or by other means.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DNS Configuration Commands 3.2.6 display dns server Syntax display dns server [ dynamic ] View Any view Parameter dynamic: displays DNS server addresses that are dynamically obtained through DHCP or other protocols. Description Use the display dns server command to view the DNS server addresses manually configured.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DNS Configuration Commands Description Use the display dns dynamic-host command to view the current contents in the domain name cache of the DNS client. The DNS client retains the result of each successful domain name resolution in its cache. If it receives the same resolving request later, it first looks up the cache for a match. And if no match is found, it sends a domain name resolving request to the DNS server.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DNS Configuration Commands Description Use the nslookup type command to resolve the specified IP address or domain name to a domain name or IP address. Example # Resolve the address 192.168.3.2 to a domain name. <3Com> nslookup type ptr 192.168.3.2 Trying DNS server (10.72.66.36) Name: Address: www.huawei.com 192.168.3.2 # Resolve www.huawei.com to an IP address. <3Com> nslookup type a www.huawei.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DNS Configuration Commands undo dns-proxy enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the dns-proxy enable command to enable DNS proxy. Use the undo dns-proxy enable command to disable DNS proxy. By default, DNS proxy is disabled. Example # Enable DNS proxy on the router.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 DDNS Configuration Commands Chapter 4 DDNS Configuration Commands 4.1 DDNS Configuration Commands 4.1.1 ddns domainname Syntax ddns domainname name undo ddns domainname View DDNS configuration view Parameter name: Domain name whose domain name-to-IP address mapping can be updated on DNS by using the service of the DDNS service provider. It is a string of 1 to 30 characters.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 DDNS Configuration Commands View DDNS configuration view Parameter password: Password used to access the DDNS service provider. The length of character string is 1 to 30. Description Use the ddns password command to configure a password for accessing the DDNS service provider. Use the undo ddns password command to delete the password used for accessing the DDNS service provider.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 DDNS Configuration Commands 4.1.4 ddns source-interface Syntax ddns source-interface interface-type interface-number undo ddns source-interface View DDNS configuration view Parameter interface-type: Type of the interface used for accessing the DDNS service provider. interface-number: Number of the interface used for accessing the DDNS service provider.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 DDNS Configuration Commands Description Use the ddns username command to configure a user name for accessing the DDNS service provider. Use the undo ddns username command to delete the user name used for accessing the DDNS service provider. By default, no user name is specified for accessing the DDNS service provider. Example # Set the user name used for accessing the DDNS service provider to 3322.org. [3Com-ddns-3322.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 URPF Configuration Commands Chapter 5 URPF Configuration Commands 5.1 URPF Configuration Commands 5.1.1 ip urpf Syntax ip urpf { strict | loose } [ allow-default ] [ acl acl-number ] undo ip urpf View Interface view Parameter strict: Strict check. The packet’s source address must be in the router’s FIB table. It searches reversely for outgoing interfaces for the packet.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 URPF Configuration Commands 5.1.2 debugging ip urpf Syntax debugging ip urpf discards [ interface interface-type interface-number ] undo debugging ip urpf discards [ interface interface-type interface-number ] View User view Parameter interface-type interface-number: Interface name. If not specified, it represents all the interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Accounting Configuration Commands Chapter 6 IP Accounting Configuration Commands 6.1 IP Accounting Configuration Commands 6.1.1 debugging ip count Syntax debugging ip count { data | error | all } undo debugging ip count { data | error | all } View User view Parameter data: Enables data procedure debugging. error: Enables error debugging. all: Enables all debugging.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Accounting Configuration Commands Field Description Dealing with the packet denied by the firewall. IPA_In: Finish inbound-packet. processing of IPA_Out: Begin outbound-packet. processing of IPA is enabled on the router. An IP packet arrived at the router and denied by the firewall on the inbound interface. Counting of denied inbound packets is enabled on the interface. IPA is enabled on the router.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Accounting Configuration Commands Field Description Error(IPA_In): Failed to get ip control block pointer! No IP control block pointer available on the incoming interface. Error(IPA_In): Failed to create address hash node and protocol hash node. When counting a legitimate inbound IP packet, the system failed to create an address node and a protocol node for it. Error(IPA_In): Failed to create protocol hash node.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Accounting Configuration Commands 6.1.2 display ip count Syntax display ip count { inbound-packets | outbound-packets } { interior | exterior | firewall-denied } View Any view Parameter inbound-packets: Displays information about inbound IP packets. outbound-packets: Displays information about outbound IP packets. firewall-denied: Displays information about denied IP packets.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Accounting Configuration Commands Field Description Bytes The number of bytes Protocol The protocol type of a packet 6.1.3 display ip count rule Syntax display ip count rule View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display ip count rule command to display IP accounting rules. Example # Display IP accounting rules. [3Com] display ip count rule IP Count rule list: IP address address mask 192.168.0.0 255.255.255.0 1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Accounting Configuration Commands Description Use the ip count enable command to enable IP accounting. Use the undo ip count enable command to disable IP accounting. By default, IP accounting is disabled. Example # Enable IP accounting. [3Com] ip count enable 6.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Accounting Configuration Commands Syntax ip count firewall-denied { inbound-packets | outbound-packets } undo ip count firewall-denied { inbound-packets | outbound-packets } View Interface view Parameter inbound-packets: Counts the inbound IP packets denied by the firewall on the current interface. outbound-packets: Counts the outbound IP packets denied by the firewall on the current interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Accounting Configuration Commands Description Use the ip count inbound-packets command to configure the IP Accounting to count inbound IP packets on the current interface. Use the undo ip count inbound-packets command to configure the IP Accounting to restore the default. By default, inbound IP packets on the interface are not counted.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Accounting Configuration Commands [3Com] ip count interior-threshold 1000 # Restore the default maximum number of entries in the interior hash table. [3Com] undo ip count interior-threshold 6.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Accounting Configuration Commands Parameter ip-address: Interface IP address, in dotted decimal format. It cannot be a loopback address. net-mask: Subnet mask, in dotted decimal notation or using mask length. Description Use the ip count rule command to configure IP accounting rules. Use the undo ip count rule command to delete the specified or all IP accounting rules.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Accounting Configuration Commands Description Use the ip count timeout command to configure the aging time of IP accounting entries. Use the undo ip count timeout command to restore the default aging time, that is, 720 minutes or 12 hours. If an IP accounting entry does not receive a new IP packet before its aging time expires, the entry is considered expired and then deleted.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 UDP Helper Configuration Commands Chapter 7 UDP Helper Configuration Commands 7.1 UDP Helper Configuration Commands 7.1.1 debugging udp-helper Syntax debugging udp-helper { event | packet [ receive | send ] } undo debugging udp-helper { event | packet [ receive | send ] } View User view Parameter event: UDP Helper event debugging. packet: UDP Helper packet debugging. receive: UDP Helper inbound packet debugging.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 UDP Helper Configuration Commands Description Use the display udp-helper server command to display the information about the destination servers associated with the specified or all Ethernet interfaces. Example # Display the information about the destination servers associated with Ethernet interface 0/0/0. <3Com> display udp-helper server interface ethernet 0/0/0 interface name ethernet0/0/0 server address 192.1.1.2 packets send 0 7.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 UDP Helper Configuration Commands Parameter port: UDP port number in the UDP broadcasts to be forwarded. It ranges from 1 to 65,535. dns: Domain name service, corresponding to UDP port 53. netbios-ds: NetBios datagram service, corresponding to UDP port 138. netbios-ns: NetBios name service, corresponding to UDP port 137. tacacs: TAC access control system, corresponding to UDP port 49.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 UDP Helper Configuration Commands Related command: display udp-helper server. Example # Configure the system to forward all UDP broadcasts received on interface Ethernet 0/0/0 to 192.1.1.2. [3Com-ethernet 0/0/0] udp-helper server 192.1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 8 BOOTP Client Configuration Commands Chapter 8 BOOTP Client Configuration Commands 8.1 BOOTP Client Configuration Command 8.1.1 display bootp client Syntax display bootp client [ interface interface-type interface-number ] View Any view Parameter interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 8 BOOTP Client Configuration Commands 8.1.2 ip address bootp-alloc Syntax ip address bootp-alloc undo ip address bootp-alloc View Ethernet interface view Parameter None Description Use the ip address bootp-alloc command to configure the Ethernet interface to obtain IP address using BOOTP. Use the undo ip address bootp-alloc command to disable the Ethernet interface to obtain IP address using BOOTP.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands 9.1 DHCP Public Configuration Commands 9.1.1 dhcp enable Syntax dhcp enable undo dhcp enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the dhcp enable command to enable DHCP. Use the undo dhcp enable command to disable DHCP. By default, DHCP is enabled. Before you can configure DHCP, you must enable DHCP.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameter global: The address DHCP client gets is the one selected by the local DHCP server from a global address pool upon the receipt of the DHCP request from the client. subaddress: Enables subaddress allocation, allowing the DHCP server to assign a DHCP client an IP address belonging to a subaddress segment for the Ethernet interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands 9.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Related command: dhcp select (in interface view). Example # Configure the interfaces in the range of Ethernet2/0/0.1 to Ethernet2/0/0.5 to allocate addresses selected from an interface address pool maintained by the internal server to the clients sending DHCP packets destined to the local device. [3Com] dhcp select interface interface ethernet 2/0/0.1 to ethernet 2/0/0.5 9.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands View DHCP address pool view Parameter domain-name: Domain for DHCP accounting. For this domain, a RADIUS scheme must be configured. Description Use the accounting domain command to enable DHCP server accounting for addresses from the global DHCP address pools and configure a domain for DHCP accounting. Use the undo accounting domain command to disable DHCP accounting for addresses from the DHCP address pools.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands 9.2.2 bims-server Syntax bims-server ip ip-address [ port port-number ] sharekey key undo bims-server View Global DHCP address pool view Parameter ip ip-address: IP address of the BIMS server. port port-number: Protocol port of the BIMS server, in the range 1 to 65534. sharekey key: Shared key of the BIMS server, which can be 1 to 16 characters in length.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Parameter all: All debugging functions of DHCP server. error: Error debugging on the DHCP server, specifically, the debugging on the errors that occur when the DHCP server processes DHCP packets, allocates addresses, etc. events: Event debugging on the DHCP server, specifically, the debugging on the events such as address allocation, ping detection timeout, etc.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands *0.62083233-DHCP SER-8-DHCPS_DEBUG_COMMON: DhcpServer: Send DHCPOFFER to MAC=> 00.05.5D.85.D5.45. Offer IP=> 5.5.5.2 *0.62083366-DHCP SER-8-DHCPS_DEBUG_COMMON: DhcpServer: receive DHCPREQUEST from 00.05.5D.85.D5.45. *0.62083483-DHCP SER-8-DHCPS_DEBUG_COMMON: DhcpServer: Send DHCPACK to MAC=> 00.05.5D.85.D5.45. Offer IP=> 5.5.5.2 # Enable error debugging on the DHCP server. <3Com> debugging dhcp server error *0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands command, which is implemented by executing the dhcp server accounting domain command repeatedly. Related command: accounting domain. Example # Enable DHCP accounting for addresses from the address pools of Ethernet2/0/0.1 to Ethernet2/0/0.5, and specify radius_domain as the domain for accounting. [3Com] dhcp server accounting domain radius_domain interface ethernet 2/0/0.1 to ethernet 2/0/0.5 9.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands 9.2.6 dhcp server bims-server (Interface View) Syntax dhcp server bims-server ip ip-address [ port port-number ] sharekey key undo dhcp server bims-server View Ethernet interface (subinterface) view Parameter ip ip-address: IP address of the BIMS server. port port-number: Number of the protocol port on the BIMS server, in the range 1 to 65,534.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands 9.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Example # Configure BIMS option support on Ethernet interface ethernet0/0/0 (which is configured with an interface address pool), setting the IP address of the BIMS server to 192.168.1.1, the protocol port to 80, and the shared key to abcdefg. [3Com] dhcp server bims-server ip 192.168.1.1 port 80 sharekey abcdefg interface ethernet0/0/0 9.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands undo dhcp server dns-list { ip-address | all } { interface interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] | all } View System view Parameter ip-address: IP address of DNS. You can configure up to eight IP addresses separated by spaces in a command.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Parameter domain-name: Domain name that the DHCP server allocates to clients, which is a string comprising at least three characters and at most 50 characters. Description Use the dhcp server domain-name command in interface view to configure the domain name that the DHCP address pool of the current interface allocates to clients.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Description Use the dhcp server domain-name interface command in system view to configure the domain name that the DHCP address pool of the interfaces in a specified range allocates to DHCP clients. Use the undo dhcp server domain-name interface command in system view to delete the configured domain name. By default, no domain name is configured for clients.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands By default, the leasing valid period is one day. Currently, the leasing valid period specified by this command cannot exceed the year of 2106. Related command: dhcp server ip-pool, dhcp server expired (in system view), and expired. Example # Set the valid period for leasing IP addresses in the interface address pool maintained by Ethernet1/0/0 to unlimited.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands By default, the leasing valid period is one day. Currently, the leasing valid period specified by this command cannot exceed the year of 2106. After configuring this command, you cannot view the configuration by executing the display current-configuration command. By calling the dhcp server expired command respectively on the specified interfaces, you can fulfill the batch configurations of the command.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Example # Reserve the IP addresses in the range of 10.110.1.1 to 10.110.1.63 so that these addresses will not participate in the address auto-allocation. [3Com] dhcp server forbidden-ip 10.110.1.1 10.110.1.63 9.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands 9.2.16 dhcp server nbns-list (in Interface View) Syntax dhcp server nbns-list ip-address [ ip-address ] undo dhcp server nbns-list { ip-address | all } View Ethernet interface (or subinterface) view Parameter ip-address: IP address of NetBIOS server. You can configure up to eight IP addresses separated by spaces in a command. all: All the NetBIOS server IP addresses.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Parameter ip-address: IP address of NetBIOS server. You can configure up to eight IP addresses separated by spaces in a command. all: In the undo form of the command, the first “all” refers to all the NetBIOS server addresses and the second, all the interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Parameter b-node: Broadcast mode, that is, hostname-IP maps are obtained by means of broadcast. p-node: Peer-to-peer mode, that is, maps are obtained by means of communicating with the NetBIOS server. m-node: Mixed (m) mode, that is, the mode of type b nodes running “peer-to-peer” communications mechanism. h-node: Hybrid (h) mode, that is, the mode of type p nodes possessing some of the broadcast features.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Parameter b-node: Broadcast mode, that is, hostname-IP maps are obtained by means of broadcast. p-node: Peer-to-peer mode, that is, maps are obtained by means of communicating with the NetBIOS server. m-node: Mixed (m) mode, that is, the mode of type b nodes running “peer-to-peer” communications mechanism. h-node: Hybrid (h) mode, that is, the mode of type p nodes possessing some of the broadcast features.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands undo dhcp server option code View Ethernet interface (or subinterface) view Parameter code: Option value that needs to be assigned by the user. ascii ascii-string: ASCII string. hex hex-string: 2-digit or 4-digit hexadecimal string, such as hh or hhhh. ip-address ip-address: IP address.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands ip-address ip-address: IP address. interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ]: Indicates an interface or all interfaces from the first specified interface to the second. Note that the interfaces must be Ethernet interfaces (or subinterfaces) or virtual Ethernet interfaces. all: All the interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Description Use the dhcp server ping command to configure the maximum number of ping packets that the DHCP server is allowed to send and the longest time period that the DHCP server should wait for the response to each ping packet. Use the undo dhcp server ping command to restore the default settings.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands 9.2.24 dhcp server static-bind Syntax dhcp server static-bind ip-address ip-address { mac-address mac-address | client-identifier client-identifier } undo dhcp server static-bind { ip-address ip-address | mac-address mac-address | client-identifier client-identifier } View Ethernet interface (or subinterface) view Parameter ip-address: Host IP address to be bound.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Parameter ncp-ip ip-address: Specifies the IP address of the network call processor (NCP). as-ip ip-address: Specifies the IP address of the alternate NCP server. voice-vlan: Voice VLAN. vlan-id: Voice VLAN ID, in the range 1 to 4094. enable: Voice VLAN is in the enabled state. disable: Voice VLAN is in the disabled state. fail-over: Failover call routing. ip-address: IP address for failover call routing.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands 9.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands By default, the DHCP server does not support option 184 and its suboptions. Related command: voice-config. Example # Enable the DHCP server to send option 184 and its suboptions when assigning addresses from interface Ethernet 0/0/1, setting IP address of NCP to 1.1.1.1, IP address of the alternate NCP server to 2.2.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Table 9-1 Description on fields of the display dhcp server conflict command Field Description Address The conflicted IP address Discover Time Time when the conflict is discovered 9.2.28 display dhcp server expired Syntax display dhcp server expired { ip ip-address | pool [ pool-name ] | interface [ interface-type interface-number ] all } View Any view Parameter ip-address: A specified IP address.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Table 9-2 Description of the information displayed by executing display dhcp server expired Major item Description Global pool: Expired address address pools. leases in global Interface pool: Expired address leases in interface address pools. IP address The bound IP address Hardware address The bound MAC address Lease expiration The lease expiration time Type Address binding type 9.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands 9.2.30 display dhcp server ip-in-use Syntax display dhcp server ip-in-use { all | ip ip-address | pool [ pool-name ] | interface [ interface-type interface-number ] } View Any view Parameter all: Displays all the information. ip-address: Specifies an IP address. If no IP address has been specified, information of all the bound addresses will be displayed. pool-name: Specifies a global address pool.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Table 9-3 Description on the fields of the display dhcp server ip-in-use command Field Description Global pool Address binding information of global address pools Interface pool Address binding information of interface address pools IP address The bound IP address Client identifier/Hardware address The bound MAC address or VLAN ID VlanId Identifies a user uniquely together with a MAC address Lease ex
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Expire: 0 Interface Pool: Pool Number: 1 Binding Auto: 1 Manual: 0 Expire: 0 Boot Request: 6 Dhcp Discover: 1 Dhcp Request: 4 Dhcp Decline: 0 Dhcp Release: 1 Dhcp Inform: 0 Boot Reply: 4 Dhcp Offer: 1 Dhcp Ack: 3 Dhcp Nak: Bad Messages: 0 0 Table 9-4 Description of the information output by executing display dhcp server statistics Major item Description Global Pool: Statistics of
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands 9.2.32 display dhcp server tree Syntax display dhcp server tree { pool [ pool-name ] | interface [ interface-type interface-number ] | all } View Any view Parameter pool-name: Name of a global address pool. All the global address pools will apply if no address pool has been specified. interface-type interface-number: Interface address pool.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Pool name: 7 Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands network 10.10.1.64 255.255.255.192 PrevSibling node:5 Sibling node:8 option 1 ip-address 255.0.0.0 Pool name: 8 network 20.10.1.1 255.255.255.0 Child node:9 PrevSibling node:7 option 1 ip-address 255.0.0.0 gateway-list 2.2.2.2 nbns-list 3.3.3.3 netbios-type m-node expired 2 0 0 option 58 hex 00 01 51 80 option 59 hex 00 00 00 3C Pool name: 9 network 30.10.1.64 255.255.255.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Field Description host 10.10.1.2 255.0.0.0 hardware-address ethernet 1111.2222.3333 Statically bound IP address and MAC address The child node of the current node is address pool 6.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Parameter ip-address: IP address of the DNS. You can configure up to eight IP addresses separated by spaces in a command. Description Use the dns-list command to configure DNS server IP addresses in a global DHCP address pool. Use the undo dns-list command to delete the configuration. By default, no DNS server address is configured.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Example # Set the domain name of DHCP address pool 0 to mydomain.com.cn. [3Com] dhcp server ip-pool 0 [3Com-dhcp-0] domain-name mydomain.com.cn 9.2.35 expired Syntax expired { day day [ hour hour [ minute minute ] ] | unlimited } undo expired View DHCP address pool view Parameter day day: Number of days in the range of 0 to 365. hour hour: Number of hours in the range of 0 to 23.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands 9.2.36 gateway-list Syntax gateway-list ip-address [ ip-address ] undo gateway-list { ip-address | all } View DHCP address pool view Parameter ip-address: IP address of egress GW router. You can configure up to eight IP addresses separated by spaces in a command. all: IP addresses of all the egress GW routers.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Description Use the nbns-list command to configure NetBIOS server addresses in a global DHCP address pool for the clients. Use the undo nbns-list command to remove the configured NetBIOS server addresses. By default, no NetBIOS address is configured. By far, only up to eight NetBIOS addresses can be configured in each DHCP address pool.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands By default, clients adopt type h node (h-node). Related command: dhcp server ip-pool, dhcp server netbios-type (in interface view), dhcp server netbios-type (in system view), and nbns-list. Example # Specify b-node as the NetBIOS node type of clients of DHCP address pool 0. [3Com] dhcp server ip-pool 0 [3Com-dhcp-0] netbios-type b-node 9.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands 9.2.40 option Syntax option code { ascii ascii-string | hex hex-string | ip-address ip-address } undo option code View DHCP address pool view Parameter code: Option value that needs to be assigned by the user. ascii ascii-string: ASCII string. hex hex-string: 2-digit or 4-digit hexadecimal string, such as hh or hhhh. ip-address ip-address: IP address.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Description Use the reset dhcp server conflict command to clear the statistics about DHCP address collision. Related command: display dhcp server conflict. Example # Clear all the address collision statistics. <3Com> reset dhcp server conflict 9.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset dhcp server statistics command to clear the statistics on the DHCP server, including such information as number of DHCP address pools, automatically and manually bound addresses and expired addresses, number of unknown packets, number of DHCP request packets, and number of response packets. Related command: display dhcp server statistics.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Related command: dhcp server ip-pool. Example # Bind the PC at the MAC address 0000-e03f-0305 with the IP address 10.1.1.1 using the mask 255.255.255.0. [3Com-dhcp-0] static-bind ip-address 10.1.1.1 mask 255.255.255.0 [3Com-dhcp-0] static-bind mac-address 0000-e03f-0305 9.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands 9.2.46 voice-config Syntax voice-config { ncp-ip ip-address | as-ip ip-address | voice-vlan vlan-id { disable | enable } | fail-over ip-address dialer-string } undo voice-config [ ncp-ip | as-ip | voice-vlan | fail-over ] View DHCP address pool view Parameter ncp-ip ip-address: Specifies the IP address of the network call processor (NCP). as-ip ip-address: Specifies the IP address of the alternate NCP server.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands server to 2.2.2.2, state of voice VLAN to enable, ID of voice VLAN to 1, IP address for failover call routing to 3.3.3.3, and dial string for failover call routing to 99*. <3Com> system-view [3Com] dhcp select global all [3Com] dhcp server ip-pool 123 [3Com-dhcp-pool-123]voice-config ncp-ip 1.1.1.1 [3Com-dhcp-pool-123]voice-config as-ip 2.2.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands 9.3.2 dhcp relay information Syntax dhcp relay information enable undo dhcp relay information enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the dhcp relay information enable command to enable the DHCP relay to support option 82 globally. Use the undo dhcp relay information enable command to disable the DHCP relay to support option 82.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands replace: Replaces the original option 82 information in packets with the option 82 information of this frame relay. Description Use the dhcp relay information strategy command to configure a strategy for handling packets with option 82 on the DHCP relay. Use the undo dhcp relay information strategy command to restore the default strategy for handling packets with option 82.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands participating in allocation again. For the client, however, this address is not released and will be used until its lease really expires. A release request takes effect only when the server uses MAC address to identify users. The DHCP server function of a 3Com router uses MAC address to identify users, while those from most manufactures uses ID. No debugging information is printed upon execution of this command.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display dhcp relay statistics command to view the statistics of DHCP relay in packet errors, DHCP packets received from clients, DHCP packets received from and sent to servers, and DHCP packets sent to clients (including unicast and broadcast packets). Example # View DHCP relay statistics.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Description Use the display dhcprelay-security command to display the IP-to-MAC mappings of the clients obtaining IP addresses dynamically through the DHCP relay. Example # Display the IP-to-MAC mappings of the clients obtaining IP addresses dynamically through the DHCP relay. [Router] display dhcprelay-security IP Address MAC Address IP Address Type 30.30.0.2 0000-0000-0000 Dynamic 9.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Related command: dhcp select interface. Example # Add two relay IP addresses on Ethernet 0/0/0. [3Com-Ethernet0/0/0] ip relay address 202.38.1.2 [3Com-Ethernet0/0/0] ip relay address 202.38.1.3 9.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands [3Com] ip relay address cycle 9.3.10 ip relay address interface (in System View) Syntax ip relay address ip-address [ interface interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] | all ] undo ip relay address { ip-address | all } { interface interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] | all } View System view Parameter ip-address: IP address of the DHCP server.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset dhcp relay statistics command to clear the DHCP relay statistics. Related command: display dhcp relay statistics. Example # Clear the DHCP relay statistics. <3Com> reset dhcp relay statistics 9.4 DHCP Client Configuration Commands 9.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands <3Com> debugging dhcp client event 9.4.2 display dhcp client Syntax display dhcp client [ verbose ] View Any view Parameter verbose: Statistic details of the DHCP client. Description Use the display dhcp client command to display the statistic information of the DHCP client.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands expiration to the period since 2002.09.20 01:05:03 to 2002.09.21 01:05:03. The selected DHCP server is at 169.254.0.1, the GW at 2.2.2.2, and the DNS server at 1.1.1.1, given the domain name is huawei.com. In addition, the next timeout will happen 1 second, 56 minutes, and 11 hours later. The allocation process has not been started at Ethernet2/0 yet.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Commands Field Description Requested IP The requested IP address Offered IP The provided IP address 9.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Chapter 10 IP Performance Configuration Commands 10.1 IP Performance Configuration Commands 10.1.1 debugging ip Syntax debugging ip { icmp | packet [ acl { acl-number1 | acl-number2 } ] } undo debugging ip { icmp | packet } View User view Parameter acl-number1: ACL based on the interface, in the range of 1000 to 1999. acl-number2: ACL in the range of 2000 to 3999.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Sending, interface = Serial0/0/0, version = 4, headlen = 20, tos = 6,pktlen = 70, pktid = 49, offset = 0, ttl = 1, protocol = 17,checksum = 55147, s = 1.1.1.2, d = 224.0.0.2 prompt: Sending the packet from local at Serial0/0/0 <3Com> debugging ip icmp *0.157090-IP-8-debug_icmp: ICMP Receive: echo(Type=8, Code=0), Src = 127.0.0.1, Dst = 1.1.1.2 *0.157090-IP-8-debug_icmp: ICMP Send: echo-reply(Type=0, Code=0), Src = 1.1.1.2, Dst = 127.0.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 1043494683: task = Co0(2), socketid = 0, TCPCB 0x02c6fd74 created *0.630270-SOCKET-8-TCP EVENT: 1043494683: task = Co0(2), socketid = 1, state CLOSED changed to SYN_SENT *0.630270-SOCKET-8-TCP EVENT: 1043494683: task = Co0(2), socketid = 1, sending SYN, seq = 74249530, LA = 127.0.0.1:1025, FA = 1.1.1.1:23 *0.630270-SOCKET-8-TCP EVENT: 1043494683: task = Co0(2), socketid = 1, advertising MSS = 512, LA = 127.0.0.1:1025, FA = 1.1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Parameter None Description Use the debugging tcp md5 command to enable the MD5 authentication debugging of the TCP connection. Use the undo debugging tcp md5 command to disable the MD5 authentication debugging of the TCP connection. Example # Enable the MD5 authentication debugging of the TCP connection. <3Com> debugging tcp md5 10.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 src = 127.0.0.1:1025, dst = 2.2.2.2:23, seq = 11084380, ack = 0, optlen = 4, flag = SYN , window = 8192 1043204051: Output: Co0(5) SocketId = 2, State = SYN_SENT, src = 127.0.0.1:1025, Dst = 2.2.2.2:23, Seq = 11084380, Ack = 0, Datalen = 4, Flag = ACK PSH , Window = 8192 1043204051: Retrans: Co0(5) SocketId = 2, State = SYN_SENT, Src = 127.0.0.1:1025, Dst = 2.2.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 10.1.6 display fib Syntax display fib View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display fib command to view the summary of the Forwarding Information Base. This command outputs the Forwarding Information Base in a list, in which each line represents one route. The following points are included: z Destination address/mask length z Next hop z The current flag, which is expressed in the combination of G, H and U.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 10.1.7 display fib acl Syntax display fib acl number View Any view Parameter number: The ACL rules expressed in number, ranging from 2000 to 2999. Description Use the display fib acl command to filter and display FIB information. According to ACL number, you can view the FIB table entries matching the filtering rules in a format. When an ACL number in the range 2000 to 2999 is entered, the corresponding ACL will be searched.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 10.1.8 display fib begin Syntax display fib | [ { begin | include | exclude } text ] View Any view Parameter text: Character. Description Use the display fib command to output the lines related to the line containing the character string text in the buffer according to the regular expression.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 10.1.9 display fib ip-prefix Syntax display fib ip-prefix listname View Any view Parameter listname: The name of the prefix list. Description Use the display fib ip-prefix command to filter and display FIB information by prefix-list name in certain format.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 10.1.10 display fib longer Syntax display fib dest-addr1 [ dest-mask2 ] [ longer ] Use this command to display the FIB table entries matching the destination address. Different parameters selected leads to different matching methods.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Example # Display the FIB table entries whose destination address matches169.253.0.0 longest with the natural mask range. <3Com> display fib 169.253.0.0 Destination/Mask Nexthop Flag TimeStamp Interface 169.0.0.0/16 2.1.1.1 U t[0] Ethernet0/0/0 # Display the FIB entries whose destination address is within the range from 69.254.0.0/16 to 169.254.0.6/16. <3Com> display fib 169.254.0.0 255.255.0.0 169.254.0.6 255.255.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Parameter None Description Use the display icmp statistics command to view statistics about ICMP messages. Related command: display interface. Example # Display statistics about ICMP messages.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 parameter problem Number of input/output packets with parameter problem timestamp Number packets information request Number of input information request packets mask requests Number of input/output mask request packets mask replies Number of input/output mask reply packets information reply Number of output information reply packets time exceeded Number of time exceeded packets of input/output timestamp 10.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 10.1.14 display ip interface Syntax display ip interface [ interface-type interface-number ] View Any view Parameter interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface number. Description Use the display ip interface command to view IP-related information about the specified or all interfaces. By default, if no interface is specified, the IP-related information about all interfaces is displayed.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Time exceed: 0 IP header bad: 0 Timestamp request: 0 Timestamp reply: 0 Information request: 0 Information reply: 0 Netmask request: 0 Netmask reply: 0 Unknown type: 0 DHCP packet deal mode: global 10.1.15 display ip interface brief Syntax display ip interface brief [ interface-type interface-number ] View Any view Parameter interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 10.1.16 display ip socket Syntax display ip socket [ socktype sock_type ] [ task_id socket_id ] View Any view Parameter sock_type: The type of a socket: (tcp:1, udp 2, raw ip 3) task_id: The ID of a task. socket_id: The ID of a socket. Description Use the display ip socket command to display the information about all sockets in the current system. Example # Display the information about the socket of TCP type.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 sndbuf: the sending buffer size of the socket. rcvbuf: the receiving buffer size of the socket. sb_cc: the current data size in the sending buffer. The value makes sense only for the socket of TCP type, because only TCP is able to cache data. rb_cc: the current data size in the receiving buffer. socket option: the option of the socket. socket state: the state of the socket.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 compress fails 0 Fragment:input 0 output 0 dropped 0 fragmented 0 couldn't fragment 0 0 timeouts Reassembling:sum 0 Table 10-2 Description of the fields of the display ip statistics command Field Description Input: sum Sum of input packets local Number of received packets whose destination is the local device bad protocol Number of packets with wrong protocol number bad format Number of packets in bad format bad che
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Note: When fast forwarding is functioning, the sum of input packets and the number of forwarded packets only count in unicast packets. The likelihood exists that some other types of packets are counted in, for example, broadcast packets sent/received before fast forwarding is enabled and/or other types of packets sent/received after fast forwarding fails. 10.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 out-of-order packets : 0 (0 bytes) packets with data after window : 0 (0 bytes) packets after close : 0 ack packets:0 (0 bytes), duplicate ack packets:0, ack packets with unsend data:0 Sent packets: Total: 0 urgent packets: 0 control packets: 0 ( 0 RST) window probe packets: 0, window update packets: 0 data packets : 0 (0 bytes), data packets retransmitted: 0 (0 bytes) ack only packets : 0(0 delayed) Total retransmit timeout: 0, connecti
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 The window detection packets number: 0, the window upgrading packets number: 0. The data packets number: 0 (the total bytes: 0) he retransmission packets number: 0 (the total bytes: 0). ACK packets number: 0 (delay ACK packets number: 0) The time-out times of retransmission timer: 0, the connection number discarded due to retransmission times beyond limitation: 0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 10.1.20 display udp statistics Syntax display udp statistics View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display udp statistics command to view TCP traffic statistic information. The command is used to display the traffic statistic information of all the active TCP connections.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Field Description checksum error: 0 Number of the packets with checksum error shorter than header: 0 Number of the packets with data length shorter than header data length larger than packet: 0 Number of the receieved packets larger than the allowed packet length no socket on port: 0 Number of the received packets with an unknown port number total broadcast or multicast packets : 0 Number of the received broadcasts or multicast
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Example # Enable the sending of ICMP Redirect messages. [Router] icmp redirect send 10.1.22 ip fast-forwarding Syntax ip fast-forwarding [ inbound | outbound ] undo ip fast-forwarding View Interface view Parameter inbound: Allows unicast fast forwarding only on the inbound interface. outbound: Allows unicast fast forwarding only on the outbound interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 # Enable unicast fast forwarding on the inbound interface on Ethernet 0/0/0. [3Com-Ethernet0/0/0] ip fast-forwarding inbound 10.1.23 reset ip fast-forwarding cache Syntax reset ip fast-forwarding cache View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset ip fast-forwarding cache command to reset the unicast fast forwarding cache. After being cleared, the fast forwarding table does not contain any fast forwarding entry.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Example # Clear IP statistics information. <3Com> reset ip statistics 10.1.25 reset tcp statistics Syntax reset tcp statistics View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset tcp statistics command to clear TCP traffic statistic information. After the execution of this command, there’s no prompt information on the screen, and the existing statistics are cleared. Related command: display tcp statistics.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Example # Clear UDP traffic statistics information. <3Com> reset udp statistics 10.1.27 tcp mss Syntax tcp mss value undo tcp mss View Interface view Parameter Value: The threshold for the TCP packet to be fragmented, with the value ranging from 128 to 2048. Description Use the tcp mss command to designate a value as a threshold for TCP packets to be fragmented.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Parameter time-value: TCP finwait timer value, in second, with the value range of 76 to 3600. Description Use the tcp timer fin-timeout command to configure the TCP finwait timer. Use the undo tcp timer fin-timeout command to restore the default value of the timer. By default, TCP finwait timer value is 675 seconds. When the TCP connection status changes from FIN_WATI_1 to FIN_WAIT_2, the finwait timer is enabled.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Related command: tcp timer fin-timeout and tcp window. Example # Configure the TCP synwait timer value as 75 seconds. [3Com] tcp timer syn-timeout 75 10.1.30 tcp window Syntax tcp window-size window-size undo tcp window View System view Parameter window-size: The size of the transceiving buffer of the connection-oriented Socket in kilobytes (KB), with the value ranging 1 to 32.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 View Interface view Parameter acl-number: ACL in the range 1000 to 3999. Description Use the ip forward-broadcast command to enable the current interface to forward broadcasts. Use the undo ip forward-broadcast command to disable the current interface to forward broadcasts. By default, the router does not forward broadcasts. You may configure this command on an output interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Description Use the ip multicast-fast-forwarding command to enable multicast fast forwarding on an interface. Use the undo ip multicast-fast-forwarding command to disable multicast fast forwarding on an interface. When you configure this command on an interface, all fast forwarding table entries with this interface as the inbound interface in the cache are cleared. Example # Enable multicast fast forwarding on an interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Parameter multicast-group: IP address of the multicast group in dotted decimal notation, such as 224.0.0.1. Description Use the display ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache command to display summary information about the fast forwarding table entries in the multicast fast forwarding cache.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 10 Field Description Prot Protocol number, which is usually 0x11 for the UDP protocol. RecvInterface Inbound interface SendInterface Outbound interface L2H Status of the outbound interface, that is, whether the link layer header is present.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands 11.1 NAT Configuration Commands 11.1.1 debugging nat Syntax debugging nat { alg | event | packet [ interface { interface-type interface-number ] } undo debugging nat { alg | event | packet [ interface interface-type interface-number ] } View User view Parameter alg: Enables the application level gateway NAT debugging information.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands Parameter address-group: Displays the information of the address pool. aging-time: Displays the effective time for NAT connection. all: Displays all the information about NAT. outbound: Displays the information of the outbound NAT. server: Displays the information of the internal server. statistics: Displays the statistics of current NAT records.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands Field Description Translated external address (source address) and port (source port). Note: Since a nat session entry is dynamically generated for packets sent from the internal network to external networks, the naming and meaning of the fields is from the perspective of the internal network. GlobalAddr Port InsideAddr Port Internal address (source address) and port (source port) to be translated.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands Use the undo nat address-group command to delete an IP address pool. Address pool indicates the cluster of some outside IP addresses. If start-addr and end-addr are the same, it means that there is only one address. Caution: z The length of an address pool (numbers of all addresses contained in an address pool) cannot exceed 255.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands tcp-syn: Sets the address translation lifetime for TCP SYN connections to 60 seconds (default). udp: Sets the address translation lifetime for UDP to 300 seconds (default). seconds: Time value in the range 10 to 86400 (24 hours). Description Use the nat aging-time command to set the lifetime of NAT connections.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands [Router] nat alg ftp 11.1.6 nat dns-map Syntax nat dns-map domain-name global-addr global-port [ tcp | udp ] undo nat dns-map domain-name View System view Parameter domain-name: Valid domain name that can be correctly translated by external DNS servers. global-addr: Public IP address that outside hosts can access. global-port: Service port number that outside hosts can access.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands 11.1.7 nat outbound Syntax nat outbound acl-number [ address-group group-number [ no-pat ] ] undo nat outbound acl-number [ address-group group-number [ no-pat ] ] View Interface view Parameter address-group: Configures address translation by means of address pool. If the address pool is not specified, use the IP address of the interface as the translated address, that is, the "easy ip" feature.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands entry, otherwise, the NAT entry can neither be deleted automatically, nor be deleted by the command reset nat session. Example # Enable the hosts of the 10.110.10.0/24 network segment to perform address translation by selecting the addresses from 202.110.10.10 to 202.110.10.12 as the translated address. Suppose that the interface Serial0/0/0 connects to ISP.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands Parameter acl-number: ACL index number, in the range 2000 to 3999. interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. Currently, it can be a loopback interface only. Description Use the nat outbound interface command to associate an ACL with an interface and to use the address of the interface as the target address in the translations for the packets matching the ACL.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands Example # Apply one-to-one address translation on the interface Serial0/0/0. [3Com-serial0/0/0]nat outbound static 11.1.10 nat overlapaddress Syntax nat overlapaddress number overlappool-startaddress temppool-startaddress { pool-length pool-length | address-mask mask } undo nat overlapaddress number View System view Parameter number: Sequence number of an address pool pair, in the range 0 to 7.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands Note: Overlapping address pools and temporary address pools come in pairs.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands global-addr: An IP address provided for the outside to access (a legal IP address). global-port: A service port number provided for the outside to access. If ignored, its value shall be the same with the host-port’s value. host-addr: IP address of the server in internal LAN.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands The interface on which this command is configured is interconnected with ISP and serves as the gateway of the internal network. Example # Specify the IP address of the interior www server of the LAN as 10.110.10.10, the IP address of the interior ftp server as 10.110.10.11. It is expected that the outside can access WEB through http:// 202.110.10.10:8080 and connect FTP web site through ftp://202.110.10.10.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands Parameter ip-addr1: Private IP address of an internal host. ip-addr2: Public IP address. Description Use the nat static command to configure a one-to-one private-to-public address binding. Use the undo nat static command to delete an existing one-to-one private-to-public address binding. Example # Bind an internal private IP address with a public IP address for one-to-one address translation.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 11 NAT Configuration Commands The static NAT entries configured using the nat static net-to-net command must not conflict with those configured using the nat static command. By default, no static net-to-net NAT entry is configured. Example # Configure a static net-to-net NAT entry, allowing the addresses in the range 10.1.1.1 to 10.1.1.100 to be translated into addresses on the segment 211.1.1.0 with their host addresses unchanged.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 12 IP Unicast Policy Routing Configurati on Commands Chapter 12 IP Unicast Policy Routing Configuration Commands 12.1 IP Unicast Policy Routing Configuration Commands 12.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 12 IP Unicast Policy Routing Configurati on Commands Syntax apply ip-address default next-hop ip-address [ ip address ] undo apply ip-address default next-hop [ ip-address [ ip address ] ] View Route-policy view Parameter ip-address: IP address of default next hop. Description Use the apply ip-address default next-hop command to set the default next hop of a packet.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 12 IP Unicast Policy Routing Configurati on Commands Use the undo apply ip-address next-hop command to cancel the configuration about the next hop. This command is used to set the next hop for the matched IP packet and at most two next hops can be specified. The next hop should be adjacent to this device. Related command: apply ip-precedence, apply output-interface, apply default output-interface, apply ip-address default next-hop.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 12 IP Unicast Policy Routing Configurati on Commands Related command: apply output-interface, apply ip-address next-hop, apply default output-interface, and apply ip-address default next-hop. Example # Set the preference of IP packet to 5 (critical). [3Com-route-policy] apply ip-precedence critical 12.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 12 IP Unicast Policy Routing Configurati on Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display ip policy command to view the routing policies of local and configured interface policy routings. This command is used to display the routing policies of local and configured interface policy routings. Example # Display the routing policies of the local and configured interface policy routings.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 12 IP Unicast Policy Routing Configurati on Commands Description Use the display ip policy setup command to view the setting information of policy routings. Example # Display the configurations of policy routing on the specified interface, regardless of whether the policy routing is enabled.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 12 IP Unicast Policy Routing Configurati on Commands Route-policy: aaa permit node 5 apply output-interface Serial1/0/0 Denied: 0, Forwarded: 0 Total denied: 0, forwarded: 0 The above information shows the forwarding success and failure times for all the forwarding policies (that is, the apply clause) of policy routing on interface ethernet0/0/0. 12.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 12 IP Unicast Policy Routing Configurati on Commands View Route-policy view Parameter min-len: Minimum size of network layer packets, in the range 0 to 2147483647. max-len: Maximum size of network layer packets, in the range 0 to 2147483647. Description Use the if-match packet-length command to set length match conditions of IP packets.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 12 IP Unicast Policy Routing Configurati on Commands Related command: ip policy route-policy. Example # Enable a local policy routing at system view. The policy routing is specified by route-policy AAA. [3Com] ip local policy route-policy AAA 12.1.12 ip policy route-policy Syntax ip policy route-policy policy-name undo ip policy route-policy policy-name View Interface view Parameter policy-name: Policy name.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 12 IP Unicast Policy Routing Configurati on Commands route-policy-name: Specifies the name of a route-policy, which uniquely identifies one route-policy. permit: Sets the match mode of a route-policy node to permit. If a packet matches all if-match clauses of the route-policy node, the packet is permitted and actions are performed on the packet according to the apply clauses of the route-policy node.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Error! Reference source not found.Error! Reference source not found. Chapter 13 IP Multicast Policy Routing Configuration Commands 13.1 IP Multicast Policy Routing Configuration Commands 13.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Error! Reference source not found.Error! Reference source not found. 13.1.2 apply output-interface (for Multicast Policy Routing) Syntax apply output-interface acl acl-number undo apply output-interface [ acl acl-number ] View Route-policy view Parameter acl-number: ID of interface-based ACL, ranging from 1000 to 1999. Description Use the apply output-interface command to configure an outgoing interface list in a route-node.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Error! Reference source not found.Error! Reference source not found. View User view Parameter acl-number: ID of interface-based ACL ranging 1000 to 1999. Description Use the debugging ip multicast-policy command to enable the debugging of IP multicast policy routing. Use the undo debugging ip multicast-policy command to disable the debugging of multicast policy routing.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Error! Reference source not found.Error! Reference source not found. [3Com] display ip multicast-policy setup interface ethernet2/0/0 route-policy cc permit node 10 if-match acl 3110 apply ip-address next-hop acl 2050 route-policy cc permit node 20 if-match acl 3120 apply output-interface acl 1005 # Display the statistic information about the multicast policy routing configured on interface Ethernet2/0/0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Error! Reference source not found.Error! Reference source not found. [3Com] route-policy p1 permit node 10 [3Com-route-policy] if-match acl 2001 13.1.6 ip multicast-policy route-policy Syntax ip multicast-policy route-policy policy-name undo ip multicast-policy route-policy policy-name View Interface view Parameter policy-name: Specifies the name of a route-policy, which uniquely identifies one route-policy.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Error! Reference source not found.Error! Reference source not found. Syntax route-policy policy-name { permit | deny } node sequence-number undo route-policy policy-name [ permit | deny ] [ node sequence-number ] View System view Parameter policy-name: Specifies the name of a route-policy, which uniquely identifies one route-policy. permit: Specifies the match mode of the route-policy node defined as permit.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Error! Reference source not found.Error! Reference source not found. results in all the following nodes being ignored. If all permit nodes can not succeed in matching with the features of packet or any deny node is matched, the packet will then be forwarded or discarded normally, up to the route table. When multicast policy routing is configured on an interface of a router, all multicast packets entering the router on the interface will be filtered.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Static Route Commands 3Com Corporation i
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands .................................................................... 1-1 1.1 Routing Table Displaying Commands ............................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1 display ip routing-table ............................................................................................ 1-1 1.1.2 display ip routing-table acl..............
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 2.1.17 rip ........................................................................................................................ 2-14 2.1.18 rip authentication-mode....................................................................................... 2-15 2.1.19 rip input................................................................................................................ 2-16 2.1.20 rip metricin......................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 3.1.27 filter-policy export ................................................................................................ 3-32 3.1.28 filter-policy import ................................................................................................ 3-33 3.1.29 import-route ......................................................................................................... 3-34 3.1.30 log-peer-change .....................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 4.1.12 domain-authentication-mode............................................................................... 4-10 4.1.13 filter-policy export ................................................................................................ 4-11 4.1.14 filter-policy import ................................................................................................ 4-12 4.1.15 ignore-lsp-checksum-error ........................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 5.1.7 confederation peer-as ............................................................................................. 5-6 5.1.8 dampening............................................................................................................... 5-7 5.1.9 debugging bgp......................................................................................................... 5-8 5.1.10 default-route imported ...................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 5.1.49 peer ip-prefix ....................................................................................................... 5-46 5.1.50 peer next-hop-local ............................................................................................. 5-47 5.1.51 peer password..................................................................................................... 5-47 5.1.52 peer public-as-only.........................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 6.1.18 if-match interface................................................................................................. 6-13 6.1.19 if-match ip next-hop............................................................................................. 6-14 6.1.20 if-match ip-prefix.................................................................................................. 6-15 6.1.21 if-match tag.................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Note: For the specific examples and parameter explanation of VPN instance, refer to the “MPLS” module of this manual. 1.1 Routing Table Displaying Commands 1.1.1 display ip routing-table Syntax display ip routing-table View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display ip routing-table command to view the routing table summary.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 2.2.2.1/32 3.3.3.0/24 3.3.3.1/32 4.4.4.0/24 Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands DIRECT 0 DIRECT 0 DIRECT 0 DIRECT 0 0 127.0.0.1 0 InLoopBack0 3.3.3.1 0 Interface ethernet1/0/0 127.0.0.1 0 InLoopBack0 4.4.4.1 4.4.4.1/32 DIRECT 0 0 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.0/8 DIRECT 0 0 127.0.0. 127.0.0.1/32 DIRECT 0 0 127.0.0.1 Interface ethernet2/0/0 InLoopBack0 1 InLoopBack0 InLoopBack0 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands <3Com > display ip routing-table acl 2001 verbose Routes matched by access-list 2001: Generate Default: no + = Active Route, - = Last Active, # = Both * = Next hop in use Summary count:5 **Destination: 127.0.0.0 Mask: 255.0.0.0 Protocol: #Direct Preference: 0 *NextHop: 127.0.0.1 Interface: 127.0.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter ip_address: Destination IP address in dotted decimal format. mask: IP address mask, which can be in dotted decimal notation or represented by an integer in the range of 0 to 32. longer-match: Indicates all route destination addresses are matched in the natural mask range.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands <3Com > display ip routing-table 169.253.0.0 Routing Tables: Summary count:1 Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost Nexthop Interface 169.0.0.0/8 Static 60 0 2.1.1.1 LoopBack1 # There are corresponding routes in the natural mask range. View the detailed information. <3Com > display ip routing-table 169.0.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands 1.1.4 display ip routing-table ip_address1 ip_address2 Syntax display ip routing-table ip_address1 mask1 ip_address2 mask2 [ verbose ] View Any view Parameter ip_address1, ip_address2: Destination IP address in dotted decimal notation. ip_address1 and ip_address2 determine one address range together to display the route in this address range.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands verbose: With the parameter, this command displays the verbose information of both the active and inactive routes that passed filtering rules. Without the parameter, this command displays the summary of the active routes that passed filtering rules. Description Use the display ip routing-table ip-prefix command to view the route that passed the filtering rule according to the specified ip prefix list.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Protocol: #Static Preference:-60 *NextHop: 4.1.1.1 Vlinkindex: 0 State: Age: 3:47 Metric: 0/0 **Destination: 169.0.0.0 Mask: 255.0.0.0 Protocol: #Static Preference: 60 *NextHop: 2.1.1.1 Interface: 2.1.1.1(LoopBack1) Vlinkindex: 0 State: Age: 3:47 Metric: 0/0 **Destination: 169.0.0.0 Mask: 255.254.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Specifies the name of the VPN instance. Description Use the display ip routing-table protocol command to view the routing information of specified protocol. If vpn-instance is not specified, the routing information of the public network will be displayed; if vpn-instance is specified, the routing information of the private network will be displayed.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the display ip routing-table radix command to view the routing table information in a tree structure. Example # View the routing table information in a tree structure. <3Com > display ip routing-table radix Radix tree for INET (2) inodes 7 routes 5: +-32+--{210.0.0.1 +--0+ | | +--8+--{127.0.0.0 | | | +-32+--{127.0.0.1 | +--1+ | +--8+--{20.0.0.0 | +-32+--{20.1.1.1 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Example # Display the integrated routing information. <3Com > display ip routing-table statistics Routing tables: Proto route active added deleted freed BGP 0 0 0 0 0 DIRECT 5 4 5 0 0 RIP 0 0 0 0 0 STATIC 0 0 0 0 0 IS-IS 0 OSPF 0 0 O_ASE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O_NSSA 0 0 0 0 0 Total 5 4 5 0 0 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands + = Active Route, - = Last Active, # = Both * = Next hop in use Destinations: 4 Holddown: 0 Routes: 4 Delete: 9 Hidden: 0 **Destination: 127.0.0.0 Protocol: #Static *NextHop: 127.0.0.1 Mask: 255.0.0.0 Preference: 0 Interface: 127.0.0.1(LO0) State: Age: 19:31:06 Metric: 0/0 **Destination: 127.0.0.1 Mask: 255.255.255.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands 1.1.10 display ip routing-table vpn-instance Syntax display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn-instance-name [ ip-address ] [ verbose ] View Any view Parameter vpn-instance-name: VPN instance name. ip-address: Destination IP address in dotted decimal format. verbose: With the parameter, the command displays the verbose routing information. Without the parameter, the command displays the route summary.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands <3Com > display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn1 10.1.1.1 Routing tables: vpn1 Route-Distinguisher: 100:1 Destination/Mask Protocol Pre Cost Nexthop Interface 10.1.1.1/32 DIRECT 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0 10.1.1.0/24 DIRECT 0 0 10.1.1.1 LoopBack0 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands 1.2 Static Route Configuration Commands 1.2.1 delete static-routes all Syntax delete static-routes all View System view Parameter None Description Use the delete static-routes all command to cancel all the static routes. When this command is used to cancel static routes, the user should confirm the settings before all the configured static routes are canceled.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands vpn-nexthop-name nexthop-address | nexthop-address [ public ]] [ preference preference-value ] View System view Parameter ip-address: Destination IP address, in dotted decimal notation. mask: Mask. mask-length: Mask length.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Use the ip route-static vpn-instance command to configure a static route. In the application of multi-role host, you can configure a static route on a private network to specify the interface of another private network or public network as its outbound interface. Use the undo ip route-static vpn-instance command to remove the static route configuration.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands [3Com ] ip route-static vpn-instance vpn1 100.1.1.1 16 vpn-instance vpn1 1.1.1.2 1.3 Bandwidth-Based Unbalanced Load Sharing Commands 1.3.1 band-based-sharing Syntax band-based-sharing undo band-based-sharing View System view Parameter None Description Use the band-based-sharing command to enable bandwidth-based unbalanced load sharing.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands mask: Dotted decimal subnet mask or subnet mask length. Description Use the display loadsharing ip address command to view the statistics about the unbalanced load sharing based on interface bandwidth, including the number and ratio of the packets sent from the interfaces related to the equal-cost routes to a network address. You can view these equal-cost routes using the display fib command.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Static Route Configuration Commands Different from physical bandwidth, the configuration of load bandwidth does not affect interface properties but load distribution. When you set the bandwidth argument to 0, the current interface is shut down and do not participate in load sharing. Example # Configure the bandwidth for load sharing on interface Ethernet 0/0/0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Note: For the specific examples and parameter explanation of VPN instance, refer to “MPLS” module of this manual. 2.1 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.1 checkzero Syntax checkzero undo checkzero View RIP view Parameter None Description Use the checkzero command to check the zero field of RIP-1 packet. Use the undo checkzero command to cancel the check of the zero fields.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.2 debugging rip Syntax debugging rip { packet [ interface type number ] | receive | send } View User view Parameter packet: Enables the RIP packets debugging. interface type number: Enables RIP packet debugging on the specified interface. receive: Enables the RIP receiving packets debugging. send: Enables the RIP sending packets debugging. Description Use the debugging rip command to enable RIP debugging.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands If no specific routing cost is specified when redistributing routes from other protocols with the import-route command, the redistributing will be performed with the default routing cost specified by the default cost command. Related command: import-route. Example # Set the default routing cost of redistributing other routing protocol routes as 3. [3Com -rip] default cost 3 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Field Description Checkzero is on Enables checkzero of RIP. Default cost : 1 The default cost of the redistributed route is 1. Summary is on Enables route summary of RIP. Preference : 100 The preference of RIP is 100. Period update timer : 30 Timeout timer : 180 Setting on the three timers of RIP Garbage-collection timer : 120 No peer router RIP has no peer router. 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Field Description Interface Name of the RIP interface. Its IP address is displayed in the Address field Pro RIP version running on the interface MetrIn/Out The routing metric value added when receiving or sending routes Input On indicates that the interface can receive RIP packets and off indicates the contrary. Output On indicates that the interface can send RIP packets and off indicates the contrary.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Destination/Mask Cost NextHop Age SourceGateway Att 90.0.0.0/8 1 30.0.0.1 6s 30.0.0.1 A 95.0.0.0/8 1 30.0.0.1 6s 30.0.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ gateway ip-prefix-name ] | route-policy route-policy-name} import undo filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ gateway ip-prefix-name ] | route-policy route-policy-name } import View RIP view Parameter ip-prefix-name: Name of address prefix list used for filtering the destination addresses of the routing information.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.10 host-route Syntax host-route undo host-route View RIP view Parameter None Description Use the host-route command to control the RIP to accept the host route. Use the undo host-route command to reject the host route. By default, router accepts the host route. In some special cases, RIP receives a great number of host routes in the same network segment.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands allow-ibgp command redistributes IBGP routes in addition and as such, must be used with cautions. value: Cost value of the route to be redistributed, ranging from 1 to 16.. route-policy route-policy-name: Configured to redistribute the route matching the condition of the specified Route-policy only. Description Use the import-route command to redistribute the routes of other protocols into RIP.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands vpn-instance-name: Associates the specified VPN instance with the IPv4 address family. Enter the MBGP address family view of RIP with this parameter. Description Use the ipv4-family command to enter MBGP address family view of RIP. Use the undo ipv4-family command to cancel all configurations in extended address family view. ipv4-family command is used to enter the MBGP address family view.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands After enabling a RIP routing process, it is disabled on any interface by default. RIP at a certain interface must be enabled with the network command. Like the undo rip work command in interface view, the undo network command in RIP view can disable an interface from receiving or transmitting RIP routes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Example # Specify the sending destination address 202.38.165.1. [3Com -rip] peer 202.38.165.1 2.1.15 preference Syntax preference value undo preference View RIP view Parameter value: Preference level, ranging from 1 to 255. By default, the value is 100. Description Use the preference command to configure the route preference of RIP. Use the undo preference command to restore the default preference.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Description Use the reset command to reset the system parameters of RIP. When you need to re-configure parameters of RIP, this command can be used to restore the default setting. Example # Reset the RIP system. [3Com -rip] reset 2.1.17 rip Syntax rip undo rip View system view Parameter None Description Use the rip command to enable the RIP and enter the RIP view. Use the undo rip command to cancel RIP.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands [3Com -rip] 2.1.18 rip authentication-mode Syntax rip authentication-mode { { simple password } | { md5 { rfc2082 key-string key-id | huawei key-string } } } undo rip authentication-mode View Interface view Parameter simple: Simple text authentication mode. password: Simple text authentication key, in character string format with 1 to 16 characters in simple text mode or 24 characters in cipher text mode.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Example # Specify Interface serial1/0/0 to use the simple text authentication with the key as aaa. [3Com ] interface serial1/0/0 [3Com -Serial1/0/0] rip version 2 [3Com -Serial1/0/0] rip authentication-mode simple aaa 2.1.19 rip input Syntax rip input undo rip input View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the rip input command to allow an interface to receive RIP packets.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Parameter value: Additional route metric added when receiving a packet, ranging from 0 to 16. By default, the value is 0. Description Use the rip metricin command to configure the additional route metric added to the route when an interface receives RIP packets. Use the undo rip metricin command to restore the default value of this additional route metric.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Use the rip metricout value all-route command to enable RIP to send routes out the interface with an additional route metric added. This command applies to locally redistributed routes in addition to those locally learned and learned from other routers. Use the undo rip metricout command to restore the default value of this additional route metric.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands control the receipt and the transmission of RIP packets respectively on an interface. The former command equals the functional combination of the latter two commands. Related command: rip input and rip work. Example # Disable the interface serial1/0/0 to transmit RIP packets. [3Com ] interface serial1/0/0 [3Com -serial1/0/0] undo rip output 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.24 rip triggered Syntax rip triggered undo rip triggered View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the rip triggered command to enable trigger RIP (TRIP). Use the undo rip triggered command to disable TRIP. TRIP only runs on PPP, frame relay, and X.25. Routers are used on connection-oriented networks to allow potential connectivity to many remote destinations.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Parameter 1: Interface version is RIP-1. 2: Interface version is RIP-2. By default, multicast is used. broadcast: Transmission mode of RIP-2 packet is broadcast. multicast: Transmission mode of RIP-2 packet is multicast. Description Use the rip version command to configure the version of RIP packets on an interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Description Use the rip work command to enable the running of RIP on an interface. Use the undo rip work command to disable the running of RIP on an interface. By default, RIP is run on an interface. This command is used in cooperation with rip input, rip output and network commands. Related command: network, rip input, and rip output. Example # Disable the interface serial1/0/0 to run the RIP.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Example # Set RIP version on the interface serial1/0/0 as RIP-2 and disable the route summarization function. [3Com ] interface serial1/0/0 [3Com -serial1/0/0] rip version 2 [3Com -serial1/0/0] quit [3Com ] rip [3Com -rip] undo summary 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Example # Set timer Period update to 10 seconds and timer Timeout to 30 seconds. [3Com ] rip [3Com -rip] timers update 10 timeout 30 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands View RIP protocol view, RIP MBGP address family view Parameter None Description Use the validate-source-address command to enable checking of the source address of a RIP packet upon reception. Use the undo validate-source-address command to cancel checking of the source address of a RIP packet. With the source address of a RIP packet not checked, indirectly connected RIP routes can be exchanged.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.1 abr-summary Syntax abr-summary ip-address mask [ advertise | not-advertise ] undo abr-summary ip-address mask View OSPF area view Parameter ip-address: Network segment address. mask: Network mask. Advertise: Advertises only the summarized route. Notadvertise: Suppresses the advertisement of the routes in the matched range.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands [3Com -ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] abr-summary 36.42.0.0 255.255.0.0 3.1.2 area Syntax area area-id undo area area-id View OSPF view, OSPF area view Parameter area-id: ID of the OSPF area, which can be a decimal integer (ranging from 0 to 4294967295) or in IP address format. Description Use the area command to enter OSPF area view. Use the undo area command to cancel the designated area.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the asbr-summary command to configure summarization of redistributed routes by OSPF. Use the undo asbr-summary command to cancel the summarization. By default, summarization of redistributed routes is disabled.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands All the routers in one area must use the same authentication mode (no authentication, supporting simple text authentication or MD5 cipher text authentication). If the mode of supporting authentication is configured, all routers on the same segment must use the same authentication key. To configure a simple text authentication key, use the ospf authentication-mode simple command.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands spf: Enables the debugging of the calculation of the OSPF shortest-path tree. te: Enables the debugging of OSPF TE. Description Use the debugging ospf command to enable OSPF debugging. Use the undo debugging ospf command to disable the function. In OSPF multi-process, using debugging command, you can enable the debugging of all the process simultaneously or one of the processes only.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the default cost command to configure the default cost for OSPF to redistribute external routes. Use the undo default cost command to restore the default value of the default routing cost configured for OSPF to redistribute external routes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.8 default limit Syntax default limit routes undo default limit View OSPF view Parameter routes: Default value to the redistributed external routes in a unit time, ranging from 200 to 2147483647. By default, the value is 1000. Description Use the default limit command to configure default value of maximum number of redistributed routes. Use the undo default limit command to restore the default value.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the default tag command to configure the default tag of OSPF when it redistributes an external route. Use the undo default tag command to restore the default tag of OSPF when it redistributes the external route.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Example # Specify the default type as type 1 when OSPF redistributes an external route. [3Com -ospf-1] default type 1 3.1.11 default-cost Syntax default-cost value undo default-cost View OSPF area view Parameter value: Specifies the cost value of the default route transmitted by OSPF to the STUB or NSSA area, ranging from 0 to 16777214. The default value is 1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Syntax default-route-advertise [ always ] [ cost cost-value ] [ type type-value ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ] undo default-route-advertise [ always ] [ cost ] [ type ] [ route-policy ] View OSPF view Parameter always: Only available for the ASBR. If the parameter is selected, a default route which is advertised via LSAs will be generated no matter whether there is a default route in the routing table.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Example # If local route has default route, the LSA of default route will be generated, otherwise it won’t be generated. [3Com -ospf-1] default-route-advertise # The LSA of default route will be generated and advertised to OSPF route area even the local router has no default route. [3Com -ospf-1] default-route-advertise always 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] abr-asbr View Any view Parameter process-id: OSPF process ID. If no process ID is specified, the command takes effect on all OSPF processes. Description Use the display ospf abr-asbr command to view information on the routes to the Area Border Router (ABR) and Autonomous System Border Router (ASBR) of OSPF. Example # Display the information of the OSPF ABR and ASBR.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameter process-id: OSPF process ID. If no process ID is specified, the command takes effect on all OSPF processes. ip-address: Matched IP address, in dotted decimal notation. mask: IP address mask in dotted decimal notation. Description Use the display ospf asbr-summary command to view summary about the redistributed routes of OSPF.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description State information. Two values are available: DoNotAdvertise: The summary route destined to this network segment is not to be advertised. status Advertise: The summary route destined to this network segment is to be advertised. 3.1.16 display ospf brief Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] brief View Any view Parameter process-id: Process ID of OSPF.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Priority: 1 Designated Router: 201.1.1.4 Backup Designated Router: 201.1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description OSPF timers: Hello: specifies the hello interval. Dead: specifies the neighbor dead interval Timers Poll: specifies the polling interval Retransmit: specifies retransmission interval Transmit Delay LSA LSA transmission delay on the interface 3.1.17 display ospf cumulative Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] cumulative View Any view Parameter process-id: OSPF process ID.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Area 0.0.0.0: Neighbors: 1 Spf: 54 Interfaces: 1 Checksum Sum F020 rtr: 2 net: 0 sumasb: 0 sumnet: 1 Area 0.0.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter process-id: OSPF process ID. If no process ID is specified, the command takes effect on all OSPF processes. Description Use the display ospf error command to view the statistics of error information which OSPF received. Example # Display the statistics of error information which OSPF received . <3Com > display ospf error 0: TE LSA : absence of (sub)TLV OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description OSPF: wrong packet type OSPF packet type error OSPF: wrong version OSPF version error OSPF: wrong checksum OSPF checksum error OSPF: wrong area id OSPF area ID error OSPF: area mismatch OSPF area mismatch OSPF: wrong virtual link OSPF virtual link error OSPF: wrong authentication type OSPF authentication type error OSPF: wrong authentication key OSPF authentication key error O
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description LS ACK: unknown LSA type Link state acknowledgment packet: unknown LSA type LS REQ: neighbor state low Link state request (LS REQ) packet LS REQ: empty request Link state request packet: empty request LS REQ: wrong request Link state request packet: erroneous request LS UPD: neighbor state low Link state update packet: The states of neighbors are synchronized.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands # Display the OSPF ethernet2/0/0 interface information. <3Com > display ospf interface ethernet2/0/0 OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 2.2.2.2 Interfaces Area: 0.0.0.0 IP Address Type 10.0.0.2 Bcast BackupDR 1 State Cost Pri DR 80.0.0.1 NBMA IP Address 60.0.0.1 BDR 1 10.1.1.1 10.0.0.2 DR 1562 1 80.0.0.1 None Type State Cost Pri DR BDR NBMA DR 1562 1 None Area: 0.0.0.1 90.0.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.20 display ospf lsdb Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] [ area-id ] lsdb [ brief | asbr | ase | network | nssa | opaque { area-local | as | link-local } | router | summary ] [ ip-address ] [ originate-router ip-address ] [ self-originate ] View Any view Parameter process-id: OSPF process ID. If no process ID is specified, the command takes effect on all OSPF processes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Area: 0.0.0.0 Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Age Len Sequence Metric Where Rtr 2.2.2.2 2.2.2.2 465 36 8000000c 0 SpfTree Rtr 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 449 36 80000004 0 SpfTree Net 10.153.17.89 2.2.2.2 465 32 80000004 0 SpfTree SNet 10.153.18.0 1.1.1.1 355 28 80000003 10 Inter List Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Age Len Sequence Metric Where Rtr 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands len: 36 seq#: chksum: 80000001 0xfcaf Options: (DC) Net mask:255.255.0.0 Tos 0 metric: 1 E type : 2 Forwarding Address: 0.0.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the display ospf nexthop command to view the information about the next-hop Example # Display the OSPF next-hop information. <3Com > display ospf nexthop OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 2.2.2.2 Next hops: Address Type Refcount Intf Addr Intf Name ---------------------------------------------------------------------10.0.0.2 Direct 3 10.0.0.2 Ethernet0/0/1 10.1.1.1 Neighbor 6 10.0.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands brief: Brief information of neighbors in areas. Description Use the display ospf peer command to view the information about the neighbors in OSPF areas. Use the display ospf peer brief command to view the brief information of neighbors in OSPF, mainly the neighbor number at all states in every area. The display format of OSPF neighbor valid time is different according to the length of time.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description Dead timer expires in 31s Remaining time before the neighbor is considered dead Neighbor has been up for 01:14:14 Duration of the neighbor connection # Display brief information about OSPF neighbors. <3Com > display ospf peer brief OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1 Neighbor Statistics Area ID Down Attempt Init 2-Way ExStart Exchange Loading Full Total 0.0.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description ExStart In this state, the router needs to decide upon the initial DD sequence number, ensuring that the link state information it obtains is always up to date. Exchange In this state, the OSPF router exchanges link state information with its neighbor by sending DD packets.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide RouterID: Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 1.1.1.1 Address: 1.1.1.1 Interface: 1.1.1.3 LSID:1.1.1.3 Area: 0.0.0.0 AdvRouter:1.1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Retransmit List The Router's Neighbors is RouterID: 162.162.162.162 Address: 103.169.2.2 Interface: 103.169.2.5 Area: 0.0.0.1 Retrans list: Type: ASE LSID:129.11.77.0 Type: ASE LSID:129.11.108.0 AdvRouter:103.160.1.1 AdvRouter:103.160.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands <3Com > display ospf routing OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1 Routing Tables Routing for Network Destination Cost Type NextHop 10.110.0.0/16 1 Net 10.110.10.1 10.10.0.0/16 1 Stub 10.10.0.1 AdvRouter Area 1.1.1.1 0 3.3.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the display ospf vlink command to view the information about OSPF virtual links. Example # View OSPF virtual links information. <3Com > display ospf vlink OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1 Virtual Links Virtual-link Neighbor-id Cost: 0 State: Full -> 2.2.2.2, State: Full Type: Virtual Transit Area: 0.0.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View OSPF view Parameter acl-number: Access control list number. ip-prefix-name Name of the address prefix list. routing-protocol: Protocol advertising the routing information, including direct, isis, bgp, rip and static at present. Description Use the filter-policy export command to configure OSPF to filter the LSAs of redistributed routes for advertisement.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameter acl-number: Access control list number used for filtering the destination addresses of the routing information. ip-prefix-name: Name of address prefix list used for filtering the destination addresses of the routing information. gateway ip-prefix-name: Name of address prefix list used for filtering the addresses of the neighboring routers advertising the routing information.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands undo import-route protocol View OSPF view Parameter protocol: Specifies the source routing protocol that can be redistributed. At present, it includes direct, rip, bgp, isis, static, ospf, ospf-ase, and ospf-nssa. ospf process-id: Redistributes only the internal routes found by OSPF process-id as external routing information. If no process number is specified, the OSPF default process number 1 is used.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands By default, the routing information of other protocols is not redistributed. Example # Specify an redistributed RIP route as the route of type 2, with the route tag as 33 and the route cost as 50. [3Com -ospf-1] import-route rip type 2 tag 33 cost 50 # Specify OSPF process 100 to redistribute the route found by OSPF 160. [3Com -ospf-100] import-route ospf 160 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands %Apr 12 17:15:09:210 2005 UA02 RM/5/RTLOG:OSPF-ADJCHANGE:Process 1,Adjacency To 1.1.1.1 (Serial4/0/0) from Down to Down Information about adjacency changes is in boldface. 3.1.31 multi-path-number Syntax multi-path-number number undo multi-path-number View OSPF view Parameter number: Number of equal-cost routes, in the range 1 to 3. It defaults to 3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the network command to configure the interface running OSPF. Use the undo network command to cancel the interface running OSPF. By default, the interface does not belong to any area. To run the OSPF protocol on one interface, the master IP address of this interface must be in the range of the network segment specified by this command.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands [3Com -ospf-100] area 2 [3Com -ospf-100-area-0.0.0.2] network 131.108.20.0 0.0.0.255 # Enable OSPF process 200 on the router and specify the number of the area where the interface is located as 1. [3Com ] ospf 200 vpn-instance vpn1 [3Com -ospf-200] area 1 [3Com -ospf-200-area-0.0.0.1] network 131.108.20.0 0.0.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands For all the routers in the NSSA area, the command nssa must be used to configure the area as NSSA. Example # Configure area 1 as NSSA. [3Com -ospf-1] area 1 [3Com -ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] network 10.110.0.0 0.255.255.255 [3Com -ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] nssa 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.35 ospf Syntax ospf [ process-id [ [ router-id router-id ] vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ] undo ospf [ process-id ] View System view Parameter process-id: Number of an OSPF process. If no process number is specified, the default number 1 is used. router-id: Router ID employed by the OSPF process, in dotted decimal notation. vpn-instance-name: Name of the VPN instance bound with the OSPF process.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.36 ospf authentication-mode Syntax ospf authentication-mode { simple password | md5 key-id key } undo ospf authentication-mode { simple | md5 } View Interface view Parameter simple password: Character string not exceeding 8 characters using simple text authentication. key-id: ID of the authentication key in MD5 cipher text authentication mode in the range from 1 to 255. key: MD5 authentication key.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.37 ospf cost Syntax ospf cost value undo ospf cost View Interface view Parameter value: Cost for running OSPF protocol, ranging from 1 to 65535. Description Use the ospf cost command to configure different packet sending costs so as to send packets from different interfaces. Use the undo ospf cost command to restore the default costs.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Use the undo ospf dr-priority command to restore the default value. Interface priority determines the interface qualification when electing the “designated router”. The interface with high priority is considered first when there is collision in election. Example # Set the priority of the interface Ethernet1/0/0 to 8, when electing the DR.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.40 ospf mtu-enable Syntax ospf mtu-enable undo ospf mtu-enable View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the ospf mtu-enable command to enable the interface to write MTU value when sending DD packets. Use the undo ospf mtu-enable command to restore the default settings. By default, the MTU value is 0 when sending DD packets, i.e. the actual MTU value of the interface is not written.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands nbma: Changes the interface network type to Non-Broadcast Multicast Access. p2mp: Changes the interface network type to point-to-multipoint. p2p: Changes the interface network type to point-to-point. Description Use the ospf network-type command to configure the network type of OSPF interface. Use the undo ospf network-type command to restore the default network type of the OSPF interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.42 ospf timer dead Syntax ospf timer dead seconds undo ospf timer dead View Interface view Parameter seconds: Dead interval of the OSPF neighbor. It is in second and ranges from 1 to 65535. Description Use the ospf timer dead command to configure the dead interval of the OSPF neighbor. Use the undo ospf timer dead command to restore the default value of the dead interval of the neighbor.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameter seconds: Interval in seconds for an interface to transmit hello message. It ranges from 1 to 255. Description Use the ospf timer hello command to configure the interval for transmitting Hello messages on an interface. Use the undo ospf timer hello command to restore the default value.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Example # Configure to transmit poll Hello message from interface serial2/0/0 every 130 seconds. [3Com -serial2/0/0] ospf timer poll 130 3.1.45 ospf timer retransmit Syntax ospf timer retransmit interval undo ospf timer retransmit View Interface view Parameter interval: Interval in seconds for re-transmitting LSA on an interface. It ranges from 1 to 65535.The default value is 5 seconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameter seconds: Transmitting delay of LSA on an interface. It is in seconds and ranges from 1 to 3600. By default, the value is 1 second. Description Use the ospf trans-delay command to configure the LSA transmitting delay on an interface. Use the undo ospf trans-delay command to restore the default value of the LSA transmitting delay on an interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands On the frame relay network, a full-meshed network (i.e. there is a VC directly connecting any two routers on the network) can be implemented by configuring map. Thus OSPF can perform in the same way in the frame relay network as in the broadcast network (such as electing DR and BDR).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.49 reset ospf Syntax reset ospf [ statistics ] { all | process-id } View User view Parameter statistics: Resets statistics of the OSPF process. process-id: OSPF process number. If no OSPF process number is specified, all the OSPF processes should be reset. all: Resets all the OSPF processes. Description Use the reset ospf all command to reset all the OSPF processes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.50 router id Syntax router id router-id undo router id View System view Parameter router-id: Router ID that is a 32-bit unsigned integer. Description Use the router id command to configure the ID of a router running the OSPF protocol. Use the undo router id command to cancel the router ID that has been configured. By default, no router ID is configured.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.51 silent-interface Syntax silent-interface interface-type interface-number undo silent-interface interface-type interface-number View OSPF view Parameter interface-type: Specifies the interface type interface-number: Specifies the interface number. Description Use the silent-interface command to disable an interface to transmit OSPF packet.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands undo snmp-agent trap enable ospf [ process-id ] [ trap-type ] View System view Parameter process-id: OSPF process number. If no OSPF process number is specified, this command is valid for all the current OSPF processes. trap-type: Type of SNMP TRAP packet transmitted by OSPF. It can be the keyword in the following table.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Keywords Description virifstatechange Enables VirtualInterfaceStateChange packets the trap viriftxretransmit Enables the VirtualInterfaceTxRetransmitPacket trap packets virnbrstatechange Enables VirtualNeighborStateChange packets the trap Description Use the snmp-agent trap enable ospf command to enable the TRAP function of OSPF.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Use the undo spf-schedule-interval command to restore the default setting. According to the Link State Database (LSDB), the router running OSPF can calculate the shortest path tree taking itself as the root and determine the next hop to the destination network according to the shortest path tree.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.55 vlink-peer Syntax vlink-peer router-id [ hello seconds] [ retransmit seconds ] [ trans-delay seconds ] [ dead seconds ] [ simple password | md5 keyid key ] undo vlink-peer router-id View OSPF area view Parameter router-id: Router ID of virtual link neighbor. hello seconds: Interval that router transmits hello message. It ranges from 1 to 8192 seconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands understand how to configure the parameters such as hello, retransmit, and trans-delay on it. One thing should be mentioned. When configuring virtual link authentication, authentication-mode command is used to set the authentication mode as MD5 cipher text or simple text on the backbone network. Related command: authentication-mode, and display ospf. Example # Create a virtual link to 10.110.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.1 area-authentication-mode Syntax area-authentication-mode { simple | md5 } password [ ip | osi ] undo area-authentication-mode { simple | md5 } [ ip | osi ] View IS-IS view Parameter simple: Transmits the password in simple text. md5: Transmits the password encrypted with MD5.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Related command: Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands reset isis all, domain-authentication-mode, and isis authentication-mode. Example # Set the area authentication password as "hello" and the authentication type as simple. [3Com ] isis [3Com -isis] area-authentication-mode simple hello 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands [3Com -isis] cost-style narrow-compatible 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands spf-summary: Statistics about IS-IS performing SPF calculation. spf-timer: IS-IS SPF trigger events. task-error: IS-IS events status. timer: IS-IS timer. update-packet: Updated packets through IS-IS protocol. Description Use the debugging isis command to enable IS-IS debugging. Use the undo debugging isis command to disable the function. Example # Enable all the information debugging of IS-IS.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands [3Com -isis] default-route-advertise 4.1.5 display isis brief Syntax display isis brief View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display isis brief command to view the brief information of IS-IS. Example # View the brief information of IS-IS. display isis brief ISIS zq Protocol Brief Information : network-entity: 01.bbbb.bbbb.bbbb.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameter verbose: If this parameter is used, the details of the interface will be displayed. Description Use the display isis interface command to view the information of the IS-IS enabled interface. This command views the information of the IS-IS enabled interface, including interface name, IP address, link state of the interface and so on.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands l2 and level-2: Both refer to the link state database of Level-2. local: Displays the Contents of the Local LSP Database verbose: Displays the verbose information of the link state database. LSPID: Specifies the LSPID of the network-entity-title. Description Use the display isis lsdb command to view the link state database of the IS-IS.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.9 display isis peer Syntax display isis peer [ verbose ] View Any view Parameter verbose: When this parameter is configured, the area address carried in the Hello message from the peer will be displayed. Otherwise, only the summary information will be displayed. Description Use the display isis peer command to view IS-IS peer information.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Example # View the output information of display isis routing command. <3Com > display isis routing ISIS Level - 1 Forwarding Table : Type - D -Direct, C -Connected, I -ISIS, S -Static, O -OSPF B -BGP, R -RIP Flags: R-Added to RM, L-Advertised in LSPs, U-Up/Down Bit Set Destination/Mask In.Met Ex.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the display isis spf-log command to view the SPF calculation log of the IS-IS. Example # View the output information of display isis spf-log command. <3Com > display isis spf-log Details of Level 1 SPF Run: ------------------------------Trig.Event No.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameter simple: Transmits the password in simple text. md5: Transmits the password in MD5 encryption. password: Specifies the password to be configured. ip: Specifies the IP authentication password. osi: Specifies the OSI authentication password. The configuration of ip or osi authentication password is independent of the real network environment.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameter acl-number: Specifies the number of the access control list, ranging from 2000 to 3999. protocol: Specifies a routing protocol, which could be direct, static, rip, bgp, ospf, ospf-nssa, or ospf-ase. Without this parameter, filtering is performed on all redistributed routes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands By default, IS-IS does not filter the received routing information. In some cases, only the routing information meeting the specified conditions will be accepted. You can configure the filter-policy to specify the filter conditions so as to accept the desired routing information only. Related command: filter-policy export. Example # Filter the received routes by using acl 2003.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands IS-IS regards all the routes redistributed into the routing domain as the external routes, which describe the way how to select the routes to the destination outside the routing domain. Example # Redistribute a static route with cost 15. [3Com -isis] import-route static cost 15 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands View System view Parameter tag: Name given to the IS-IS process. The name length should be no longer than 128 characters. It can be 0, which means null. Description Use the isis command to enable the corresponding IS-IS routing process and enter the IS-IS view. Use the undo isis command to cancel the specified IS-IS routing process.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameter simple: Transmit the authentication password in simple text. md5: Transmit the authentication password in MD5 encryption. password: Specifies the authentication password. level-1: Configures authentication password for Level-1. level-2: Configures authentication password for Level-2. ip: Specifies the IP authentication password. osi: Specifies the OSI authentication password.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameter level-1: Configures only Level-1 adjacency instead of Level-2 one on the current interface. level-1-2: Configures both Level-1 and Level-2 adjacency on the current interface. level-2: Configures only Level-2 adjacency on the current interface. Description Use the isis circuit-level command to configure the link adjacency relationship.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameter value: Specifies the link cost used in the SPF calculation of corresponding level. By default, the value is 10. When the cost type is “narrow”, its range is 1 through 63; when the cost type is wide, its range is 1 to 16777215.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Use the undo isis dis-priority command to restore the default priority. If the level is not specified, it defaults to set the Level-2 priority. The IS-IS does not concern the concept of backup DIS. The router with the priority 0 can also run for the DIS, which is different from the DR election of OSPF. Related command: area-authentication-mode and domain-authentication-mode.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Note: So far, a router can enable the IS-IS process on 255 interfaces at most, including logic interfaces such as subinterfaces. Example # Create an IS-IS routing process named "huawei", and activate this routing process on interface serial1/0/0. [3Com ] isis huawei [3Com -isis] network-entity 10.0001.1010.1020.1030.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands The interface joining a mesh group only floods the received LSP to the interfaces beyond the local mesh group. Be sure to provide some redundancy when adding an interface to a mesh group or blocking it, for avoiding the effect on the normal flooding of the LSP due to link failure. Example # Add interface serial1/0/0 to mesh group 3. [3Com -Serial1/0/0] isis mesh-group 3 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameter seconds: Specifies the CSNP packet interval on the broadcast network, ranging from 1 to 65535 and measured in seconds. By default, the value is 10 seconds. level-1: Specifies the Level-1 CSNP packet interval. level-2: Specifies the Level-2 CSNP packet interval.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands level-2: Specifies the Level-2 Hello interval. If neither Level-1 nor Level-2 is specified, it is defaulted to Level-1-2 Hello message interval, that is, both Level-1 and Level-2 take effect. Description Use the isis timer hello command to configure the interval of sending hello message of corresponding level. Use the undo isis timer hello command to restore the default value, that is, 10 seconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands ISIS protocol maintains the adjacency between the adjacent routers by sending and receiving Hello messages. If the local router does not receive a Hello message from the peer within an interval, it regards the neighbor unavailable. The interval is the ISIS holddown time. In ISIS, the holddown time can be regulated by configuring the number of invalid Hello messages.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.30 isis timer retransmit Syntax isis timer retransmit seconds undo isis timer retransmit View Interface view Parameter seconds: Specifies the retransmission interval of LSP packets, with the range from 0 to 300 and the default value is 5 seconds. Description Use the isis timer retransmit command to configure the LSP retransmission interval over the point-to-point link.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands level-1-2: Configures the router to operate at Level-1-2, calculate both the L1 and L2 routes and maintain the LSDB of Level-1 and Level-2. level-2: Configures the router to operate at Level-2, only switch Level-2 LSP and calculate the Level-2 routes and maintain the LSDB of Level-2. Description Use the is-level command to configure the IS-IS level.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Example # Set the current router to operate on Level-1. [3Com ] isis [3Com -isis] is-level level-1 4.1.32 log-peer-change Syntax log-peer-change undo log-peer-change View IS-IS view Parameter None Description Use the log-peer-change command to configure to log the IS-IS adjacency changes. Use the undo log-peer-change command to configure not to log the IS-IS adjacency changes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the md5-compatible command to configure ISIS to use the Huawei-compatible MD5 algorithm. You need to use this command when MD5 authentication on ISIS is required between your router and a Huawei device. Use the undo md5-compatible command to restore the default MD5 algorithm. Example # Configure ISIS to use the Huawei-compatible MD5 algorithm. [3Com -isis] md5-compatible 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Example # Specify NET as “10.0001.1010.1020.1030.00”, in which the system ID is “1010.1020.1030”, area ID is “10.0001”. [3Com ] isis [3Com -isis] network-entity 10.0001.1010.1020.1030.00 4.1.35 preference Syntax preference value undo preference View IS-IS view Parameter value: Specifies the preference, ranging from1 to 255. By default, the value is 15.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the reset isis all command to reset all the IS-IS data. This command is used when LSPs need refreshing immediately. For example, after area-authentication-mode and domain-authentication-mode commands are executed, the old LSP still remain on the router. Related command: area-authentication-mode and domain-authentication-mode. Example # Clear all the IS-IS data.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands View IS-IS view Parameter None Description Use the set-overload command to configure overload flag bit for the current router. Use the undo set-overload command to reset the overload flag bit. By default, no overload bit is set. If a router is configured with the overload bit, it will be ignored by other routers in SPF calculation. (However the directly connected routes will not be ignored.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands The silent-interface command is only used to restrain the IS-IS packets not to be sent on the interface, but the interface routes still can be sent from other interfaces. Example # Prohibit the IS-IS packets to be transmitted via Interface Ethernet1/0/0. [3Com -isis] silent-interface Ethernet1/0/0 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.41 spf-slice-size Syntax spf-slice-size seconds undo spf-slice-size View IS-IS view Parameter seconds: Duration time in seconds for SPF calculation each time in the range from 0 to 120. When the calculation duration time reaches or exceeds the set value, the calculation of this time ends.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands View IS-IS view Parameter ip-address: Address segment of the routes to be aggregated. mask: Aggregated route mask. level-1: Aggregates the routes redistributed into Level-1. level-1-2: Aggregates the routes redistributed to both areas and backbone network. level-2: Aggregates the routes redistributed to backbone network only. Description Use the summary command to configure IS-IS route summary.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the timer lsp-max-age command to configure the maximum lifetime of an LSP generated by the current router. Use the undo timer lsp-max-age command to restore the default value. When a router generates the LSP of the system, it will fill in the maximum lifetime of this LSP. When other routers receive this LSP, its lifetime will be reduced continuously as the time goes by.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Integrated IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.45 timer spf Syntax timer spf seconds [ level-1 | level-2 ] undo timer spf [ level-1 | level-2 ] View IS-IS view Parameter seconds: Specifies the SPF calculation interval, ranging from 1 to 120 and measured in seconds. The default value is 5 seconds. level-1: Sets Level-1 SPF calculation interval only. level-2: Sets Level-2 SPF calculation interval only.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1 BGP Configuration Commands Note: For the commands defining routing policies in BGP, refer to the next chapter “IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands”. For the configuration examples and parameter explanation of VPNv4 and VPN instance in BGP, refer to the "Multicast" module and "MPLS" module of this manual. 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the aggregate command to establish an aggregated record in the BGP routing table. Use the undo aggregate command to cancel the function. By default, there is no route aggregation. The keywords are explained as follows: Table 5-1 Functions of the keywords Keywords Function as-set Used to create an aggregated route, whose AS path information includes individual routes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands undo balance View BGP view Parameter num: Number of the BGP routes participating in load balancing. It is in the range 1 to 8. When it is set to 1, load balancing is disabled. Description Use the balance command to configure the number of routes participating in BGP load balancing. Use the undo balance command to restore the default, that is, 1. In this case, load balancing is disabled.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands This command is used to enable and disable BGP as well as to specify the local AS number of BGP. Example # Enable BGP. [3Com ] bgp 100 [3Com -bgp] 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands undo confederation id View BGP view Parameter as-number: Number of the AS which contains multiple sub-ASs. The range is from 1 to 65535. Description Use the confederation id command to configure confederation identifier. Use the undo confederation id command to cancel the configured confederation ID. By default, the confederation ID is not configured.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands View BGP view Parameter None Description Use the confederation nonstandard command, the router can be compatible with the AS confederation not adopting RFC1965. Use the undo confederation nonstandard command to cancel this function. By default, the configured confederation is consistent with RFC1965.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Use the undo confederation peer-as command to expel the specified sub-ASs from the confederation. By default, no sub-AS is configured as a member of the confederation. The sub-ASs specified in this command must be inside a confederation and each sub-AS must be a fully meshed network.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Use the undo dampening command to make the characteristics invalid. By default, no route dampening is configured. If these parameters are not set, their default values are used. half-life-reachable, half-life-unreachable, reuse, suppress and ceiling are mutually dependent. Once any one is configured, all others should also be specified accordingly.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands verbose: Displays detailed debugging information. Description Use the debugging bgp command to enable debugging of specified BGP packets and events. Use the undo debugging bgp command to disable debugging of specified BGP packets or events. By default, debugging is disabled for any items. System performance is influenced when debugging is enabled. Therefore, this command should be used cautiously.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.11 default local-preference Syntax default local-preference value undo default local-preference View BGP unicast view, BGP multicast view, VPNv4 view Parameter value: Local preference value to be configured. The range is 0 to 4294967295, the larger the value is, the higher the preference is. By default, its value is 100.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Use the undo default med command to restore the default MED value. Multi-exit discriminator (MED) is an external metric for routes. Different from local preference, MED is exchanged between ASs and will stay in the AS once it enters the AS. The smaller an MED is, the better a route is. So the route with a lower MED is preferred.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands no export policy route-policy no export policy filter-policy no export policy as-path-acl no export policy ip-prefix route-policy specified in import policy : aaa no import policy filter-policy no import policy as-path-acl no import policy ip-prefix Table 5-2 Description on the fields of the display bgp group command Field Description Group Name of the BGP peer group type Type of the BGP peer group: IBGP or
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Example # View the routing information that has been configured. <3Com > display bgp network Network Mask Route-policy 133.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 None 112.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 None Table 5-3 Description on the fields of the display bgp network command Field Description Network Network address Mask Mask Route-policy Route policy 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description References Count of the times that the path is referenced Aggregator Mask length of the aggregate route Origin attribute of the route, which can take on one of the following values: Indicates that a route is interior to the AS. IGP Origin As-path Aggregate routes and the routes defined using the network command are considered IGP routes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands <3Com > display bgp peer Peer AS-num Ver Queued-Tx Msg-Rx Msg-Tx Up/Down State ------------------------------------------------------------------1.1.1.10 300 2.2.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Configuration within the peer : route-policy specified in export policy : 2 Table 5-6 Description on the fields of the display bgp peer verbose command Field Description IP address of the peer and the port number for TCP connection Peer: 1.1.1.10+1024 Local: 1.1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands route-distinguisher route-distinguisher: Displays network layer reachable information (NLRI) matching the specified routing distinguisher (RD). vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays NLRI associated with the specified VPN instance. ip-address: Destination network address, in dotted decimal notation. mask: Network mask, in dotted decimal notation. statistic: Displays statistics of routes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Table 5-7 Description on the fields of the display bgp routing command Field Description State flags: # – valid ^ – best Flags D – damped H – history I – internal (IGP) S – aggregate suppressed (suppressed) B – balance Dest/Mask Destination address/mask Next Hop Next hop IP address Med Multi-exit discriminator (MED) attribute, in the range 0 to 4,294,967,295 Local-Pref Local preference value, in the ra
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the display bgp routing as-path-acl command to view routes that match an as-path ACL. Example # Display routes that match filtering list.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.19 display bgp routing cidr Syntax display bgp [ multicast | [ vpnv4 { all | route-distinguisher route-distinguisher | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name } ] ] routing cidr View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display bgp routing cidr command to view the routing information about the non-natural mask (namely the classless inter-domain routing, CIDR).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter aa:nn: Specifies a community number. no-export-subconfed: Indicates not to advertise matched routes outside the AS. no-advertise: Indicates not to advertise matched routes to any peer. no-export: Indicates not to advertise routes outside the AS but to other sub ASs. whole-match: Displays the exactly matched routes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the display bgp routing community-list command to view the routing information matching the specified BGP community list. Example # View the routing information matching BGP community list 1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands D - damped H - history S - aggregate suppressed B - balance Dest/Mask Source Damping-limit Origin As-path ----------------------------------------------------------------#D 11.1.0.0 133.1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the display bgp routing different-origin-as command to view routes that have different source autonomous systems. Example # View the routes that have different source ASs.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the display bgp routing flap-info command to view BGP flap statistics. When is <0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0>, this command will view the flap statistics of all BGP routes. Example # Display BGP flap statistics.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description Origin attribute of the route, which can take on one of the following values: Indicates that a route is interior to the AS. IGP Origin As-path Aggregate routes and the routes defined using the network command are considered IGP routes. EGP Indicates that a route is learned from the exterior gateway protocol (EGP). INC Short for INCOMPLETE.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands D - damped H - history S - aggregate suppressed B - balance Dest/mask Next -Hop *> 0.0.0.0 10.10.10.0/24 Med Local-pref Origin As-path INC For description on the output of the command, see Table 5-7. 5.1.26 display bgp routing peer dampened Syntax display bgp routing peer peer-address dampened [ statistic | ip-address ] View Any view Parameter peer-address: IP address of the BGP peer.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands <3Com > display bgp routing peer 133.1.1.1 dampened 10.0.0.0 Flags: # - valid ^ - active I - internal D - damped H - history S - aggregate suppressed B - balance Dest/Mask Source Damping-limit Origin Path --------------------------------------------------------------------------#D 10.0.0.0/8 133.1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter peer-address: IP address of the BGP peer. statistic: Statistics about dampened routes. text: AS regular expression. Description Use the display bgp routing peer regular-expression command to view the route information received from the specified peer and matching the specified regular expression.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the display bgp routing regular-expression command to view the routing information matching the specified AS regular expression. Example # Display the routing information matching with AS regular expression ^200$.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.30 filter-policy export Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [ protocol ] undo filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [ protocol ] View BGP unicast view, BGP multicast view, VPNv4 view, VPN instance view Parameter acl-number: Specifies the number of ACL matching the destination address field of routing information, ranging from 2000 to 3999.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands View BGP unicast view, BGP multicast view, VPNv4 view, VPN instance view Parameter acl-number: Specifies the number of ACL matching the destination address field of routing information, ranging from 2000 to 3999. ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: Address prefix list name. The matched object is the destination address field of the routing information, ranging from 1 to 19.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands internal: Creates an internal peer group. external: Creates an external peer group including other sub ASs in the confederation. Description Use the group command to create a peer group. Use the undo group command to delete the configured peer group. The use of BGP peer group is for ease of configuration.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the import-route command to redistribute routes from other protocols. Use the undo import-route command to disable the configuration. By default, BGP does not redistribute the routes from other protocols. Example # Redistribute routes from RIP. [3Com -bgp] import-route rip 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Character Meaning _ Matches a comma, left brace, right brace, left parenthesis, right parenthesis, the beginning of an input string, the end of an input string, or a space. [ range ] Means the range of single-character patterns. - Separates the ending points of a range. You can specify a regular expression to match AS path information when defining aspath-acl.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands ext-comm-list-number: Number of the extended community list ranging from 100 to 199. permit: Permits those that match the conditions to access. deny: Denies those that match the conditions to access. aa:nn: Community number, where aa is the AS number and nn is the community number. internet: Advertises all routes. no-export-subconfed: Indicates not to advertise matched routes outside the AS.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Use the undo log-peer-change command to turn off the BGP adjacency changes output switch. By default, BGP adjacency changes output switch is turned off. After the BGP adjacency changes output switch is turned on, BGP adjacency changes will be output to the configuration terminal until the switch is turned off. Example # Turn on the BGP adjacency changes output switch on the current router.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands View BGP view, VPNv4 view, VPN instance view Parameter group-name: Specifies the name of the peer group. Description Use the peer advertise-community command to enable the transmission of community attributes to a peer group. Use the undo peer advertise-community command to cancel the existing configuration. By default, community attributes are not transmitted to any peer group.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Example # Configure the repeating times of the local AS number to 2. [3Com -bgp] peer 1.1.1.1 allow-as-loop 2 5.1.40 peer as-number Syntax peer group-name as-number as-number undo peer group-name as-number as-number View BGP view Parameter group-name: Specifies the name of the peer group. as-number: Peer AS number of the peer group. The range is 1 to 65,535.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands peer-address: Specifies the IP address of the peer. aspath-acl-number: Specifies the filtering list number of an AS regular expression. The range is 1 to 199. import: Distribution list for received routes. export: Distribution list for advertised routes. Description Use the peer as-path-acl command to specify BGP route filtering policy based on AS path list for a peer/peer group.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Usually, BGP uses the optimal source interface to forward route updates. However, for updates to be forwarded in case the interface experiences a failure, you can configure to use the Loopback interface for forwarding route updates. Example # Specify to use loopback0 as the source interface for route updates. [3Com -bgp] peer test connect-interface loopback 0 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands View BGP view Parameter group-name: Specifies the name of the peer group. peer-address: Specifies the IP address of the peer. description-line: Description information to be configured, an alphanumeric string up to 79 characters. Description Use the peer description command to configure the description information of the peer/peer group.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands By default, this feature is disabled. Example # Allow to establish EBGP connection with peer group "test" on an indirectly connected network. [3Com -bgp] peer test ebgp-max-hop 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands [3Com -bgp] peer 10.15.0.15 as-number 100 [3Com -bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4 unicast [3Com -bgp-af-vpn] peer 10.15.0.15 enable # Configure a peer and activate it in IPv4 multicast address family view. [3Com ] bgp 200 [3Com -bgp] peer 20.10.0.1 as-number 200 [3Com -bgp] ipv4-family multicast [3Com -bgp-af-mul] peer 20.10.0.1 enable 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Example # Set the filter-policy list of peer group test. [3Com ] acl number 2003 [3Com -acl-basic-2003] rule 0 deny source 98.12.0.0 0.0.0.255 [3Com -acl-basic-2003] quit [3Com ] bgp 100 [3Com -bgp] peer test as-number 100 [3Com -bgp] peer test filter-policy 2003 import 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands In different address family views, a peer can be added to different peer groups and a peer group can have different members. Example # Add the peer with IP address being 10.1.1.1 to the peer group TEST. [3Com -bgp] group TEST [3Com -bgp] peer 10.1.1.1 group TEST 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Example # Configure the route filtering policy based on the ip-prefix list. [3Com -bgp] peer group1 ip-prefix list1 import 5.1.50 peer next-hop-local Syntax peer group-name next-hop-local undo peer group-name next-hop-local View BGP view Parameter group-name: Specifies the name of the peer group.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands password: Password, a string with 1 to 16 characters when argument simple is configured in the command or in the event of inputting the password in simple text but argument cipher is configured in the command; with 24 characters in the event of inputting the password in cipher text when argument cipher is configured in the command.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the peer public-as-only command to configure not to carry the private AS number when transmitting BGP updates. Use the undo peer public-as-only command to configure to carry the private AS number when transmitting BGP updates. By default, the private AS number is carried when BGP updates are transmitted.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Example # Configure the peer group "test" as the route reflector client. [3Com -bgp] peer test reflect-client 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.55 peer route-update-interval Syntax peer group-name route-update-interval seconds undo peer group-name route-update-interval View BGP view, VPNv4 view, VPN instance view Parameter group-name: Specifies the name of the peer group. seconds: Specifies the minimum interval of sending UPDATE message. The range is 0 to 600 seconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the peer shutdown command to disable the specified BGP peer or peer group to initiate or receive BGP connection or to disconnect a BGP connection that has existed. Use the undo peer shutdown command to restore the default, allowing the peer/peer group to intiate or receive BGP connection. Example # Disable the BGP peer 1.1.1.1 to initiate or receive BGP connection. [Router-bgp] peer 1.1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.58 preference Syntax preference value undo preference View BGP protocol view, BGP multicast address family view Parameter value: Specifies the preference, ranging from 1 to 256. By default, the value is 170. Description Use the preference command to configure the preference of BGP protocol. Use the undo preference command to restore the default preference.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the reflect between-clients command to enable route reflection between clients. Use the undo reflect between-clients command to disable this function. By default, route reflection between clients is enabled. After a route reflector is configured, it reflects the routes of a client to other clients.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands [3Com -bgp] reflector cluster-id 80 [3Com -bgp] peer 11.128.160.10 reflect-client 5.1.61 refresh bgp Syntax refresh bgp { all | peer-address | { group group-name } } [ multicast | vpnv4 | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] { import | export } View User view Parameter all: Refreshes all the peers. peer-address: Refreshes the peer with the specified address.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.62 reset bgp Syntax reset bgp { all | peer-address } [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] View User view Parameter all: Resets all the BGP connections. peer-address: Resets only the connection with the specified BGP peer. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Name of specified VPN-INSTANCE. The range is 1 to 19.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands as-path-acl aspath-acl-number: Clears the flap statistics of routes in consistency with the specified filtering list. The range of the argument is 1 to 199. network-address: Clears the flap statistics recorded at this IP address. If this argument is put before flap-info, the router clears the flap statistics of all the routes from this address. mask: Network mask.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.65 reset dampening Syntax reset dampening [ network-address [ mask ] ] View User view Parameter network-address: Network IP address related to clearing dampening information. mask: Network mask. Description Use the reset dampening command to clear the dampening information and flap statistics of a route and release the suppression of a suppressed route.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Example # Configure automatic aggregation of the sub-network routes. [3Com -bgp] summary 5.1.67 timer keep-alive hold Syntax timer keep-alive keepalive-interval hold holdtime-interval undo timer View BGP unicast view, BGP multicast view, VPNv4 view, VPN instance view Parameter keepalive-interval: Interval for sending Keepalive message, ranging from 1 to 4294967295. By default, its value is 60 seconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the undo synchronization command to remove the synchronization between BGP and IBGP. Example [3Com -bgp] undo synchronization 5.2 MBGP Configuration Commands Note: In the following command description, BGP unicast view indicates the common BGP view. For the specific configuration of MBGP multicast extension, refer to the "Multicast" module of this manual.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Use the undo ipv4-family multicast command to exit the multicast extended address family view, remove all configurations in the address family view and return to BGP unicast view. Use the undo ipv4-family vpn-instance vpn-instance-name command to remove the association between the specified VPN instance and IPv4 address family and delete all configurations in the address family and return to BGP unicast view.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 3Com Corporation 5-62
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.1 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.1.1 apply as-path Syntax apply as-path as-number-1 [ as-number-2 [ as-number-3 ... ] ] undo apply as-path View Routing policy view Parameter as-number-1... as-number-n: AS numbers to be added.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands undo apply community View Routing policy view Parameter aa:nn: Community number. no-export-subconfed: Indicates not to advertise matched routes outside the AS. no-advertise: Indicates not to advertise matched routes to any peer. no-export: Indicates not to advertise routes outside the AS but to other sub ASs. additive: Community attributes of additional routes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Parameter value: Specifies the route cost value of route information. Description Use the apply cost command to set the route cost value of route information. Use the undo apply cost command to cancel the apply clause.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.1.5 apply ip-address Syntax apply ip-address [ default ] { next-hop ip-address [ ip-address ] | acl acl-number } undo apply ip-address [ default ] { next-hop ip-address [ ip-address ] | acl acl-number } View Routing policy view Parameter default: Specifies the default next-hop address. It voids the acl argument. ip-address: Next-hop address. Two next-hop addresses can be specified at most.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Parameter level-1: Redistributes the matched route to Level-1 area. level-2: Redistributes the matched route to Level-2 area. level-1-2: Redistributes the matched route to both Level-1 and Level-2 area. Description Use the apply isis command to apply the level of a matched route to be redistributed to Level-1, Level-2 or Level-1-2. Use the undo apply isis command to remove the setting clause.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Example # Apply the local preference level of route information as 130 when this apply clause is used for setting route information attribute. [3Com -route-policy] apply local-preference 130 6.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands View Routing policy view Parameter value: Specifies the tag value of route information. Description Use the apply tag command to set the tag area of OSPF route information. Use the undo apply tag command to cancel the apply clause.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Display all the configured address prefix lists when no ip-prefix-name is specified. Related command: ip ip-prefix. Example # Display the information of the address prefix list named p1. <3Com > display ip ip-prefix p1 ip-prefix p1 index 10: permit 192.168.10.10/16 greater-equal 17 less-equel 18 6.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Parameter acl-number: Number of the access control list used for matching the destination address field of the routing information. ip-prefix-name: Address prefix list used for matching the routing information destination address field. protocol: Routing information of which kind of route protocol to be filtered.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands gateway ip-prefix-name: Prefix address list name of the neighbor router address. Its matching object is the routing information advertised by the specified neighbor router. Description Use the filter-policy gateway import command to filter the routing information advertised by a specified router. Use the undo filter-policy gateway import command to cancel the setting of the filtering condition.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Use the undo if-match acl command to cancel the setting of the match rule. Filtering is performed by quoting an ACL. Related command: if-match ip-prefix, if-match interface, if-match ip next-hop, if-match cost, if-match tag, route-policy, apply ip-address, apply cost, apply local-preference, apply origin, and apply tag. Example # Display how to define one if-match clause.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands [3Com -route-policy] if-match as-path 2 6.1.16 if-match community Syntax if-match community { standard-community-list-number [ whole-match ] | extended-community-list-number } undo if-match community View Routing policy view Parameter standard-community-list-number: Standard community list number, ranging from 1 to 99.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.1.17 if-match cost Syntax if-match cost value undo if-match cost View Routing policy view Parameter value: Specifies the required route cost value, ranging from 0 to 4294967295. Description Use the if-match cost command to configure one of the matching rules of route-policy to match the cost of the routing information.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Description Use the if-match interface command to match the route whose next hop is designated interface. Use the undo if-match interface command to cancel the setting of match condition. By default, no if-match clause is defined. This if-match clause of the route-policy is used to match the corresponding interface of the route next hop when it filters the route.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Related command: if-match interface, if-match acl, if-match ip-prefix, if-match cost, if-match tag, route-policy, apply ip-address, apply cost, apply local-preference, apply origin, and apply tag. Example # Define an if-match clause. It permits the routing information, whose route next hop address passes the filtering of the prefix address list p1, to pass this if-match clause.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands View Routing policy view Parameter value: Specifies the required tag value. Description Use the if-match tag command to match the tag field of OSPF route information. Use the undo if-match tag command to cancel the existing matching rules.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands index-number: Identifies an item in the prefix address list. The item with smaller index-number will be tested first. permit: Specifies the match mode of the defined address prefix list items as permit mode. In the permit mode, if the IP address to be filtered is in the defined range, it will not be tested by the next node. Otherwise, it has to go on with the test.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.1.23 route-policy Syntax route-policy route-policy-name { permit | deny } node { node-number } undo route-policy route-policy-name [ permit | deny | node node-number ] View System view Parameter route-policy-name: Specifies the route-policy name to identify one route-policy uniquely. permit: Specifies the match mode of the defined route-policy node as permit mode.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands Example # Display how to configure one route-policy policy1, whose node number is 10 and the match mode is permit, and enter route policy view.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 Route Capacity Configuration Commands Chapter 7 Route Capacity Configuration Commands 7.1 Route Capacity Configuration Commands 7.1.1 display memory Syntax display memory [ limit ] View Any view Parameter limit: Displays the lower limit and safety value of the router idle memory. Description Use the display memory command to view the memory setting and state information related to the routing capacity.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 Route Capacity Configuration Commands The information displayed by this command includes the router memory limit, the size of the idle memory, the times of connection disconnecting, the times of connection reestablishment and the current state.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 Route Capacity Configuration Commands By default, when the idle memory of the router recovers to a safety value, connections of all the routing protocols will always recover (when the idle memory of the router reduces to a lower limit, the connection will be disconnected forcibly). Use the memory auto-establish disable command to disable the above function.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 Route Capacity Configuration Commands Example # Enable memory resume of the current router and recover connections of all the protocols automatically. [3Com ] memory auto-establish enable [3Com ] %3/13/2003 15:48:2-RM-5-S1-RTLOG:You have changed the model of connection 7.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 Route Capacity Configuration Commands Example # Set the lower limit of the router idle memory to 25 Mbytes. [3Com ] memory limit 25 [3Com ] %Dec 15 16:51:29:987 2004 3Com RM/5/RTLOG:You have changed the memory limit/safety value # Set the lower limit of the router idle memory to 25 Mbytes and the safety value to 30 Mbytes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Multicast Commands 3Com Corporation i
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands ......................................................... 1-1 1.1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands ................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1 debugging multicast forwarding .............................................................................. 1-1 1.1.2 debugging multicast kernel-routing ............................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 3.1.3 c-rp .......................................................................................................................... 3-3 3.1.4 crp-policy ................................................................................................................. 3-4 3.1.5 debugging pim common.......................................................................................... 3-5 3.1.6 debugging pim dm...................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 4.1.18 peer sa-request-policy......................................................................................... 4-15 4.1.19 reset msdp peer .................................................................................................. 4-16 4.1.20 reset msdp sa-cache........................................................................................... 4-16 4.1.21 reset msdp statistics.................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 6.1.5 ip rpf-route-static .....................................................................................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands 1.1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands 1.1.1 debugging multicast forwarding Syntax debugging multicast forwarding undo debugging multicast forwarding View User view Parameter None Description Use the debugging multicast forwarding command to enable multicast packet forwarding debugging functions.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the debugging multicast kernel-routing command to enable multicast kernel routing debugging functions. Use the undo debugging multicast kernel-routing command to disable the debugging functions. By default, the multicast kernel routing debugging function is disabled. Example # Enable multicast kernel routing debugging functions.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands 1.1.4 display multicast forwarding-table Syntax display multicast forwarding-table [ group-address [ mask { mask | mask-length } ] | source-address [ mask { mask | mask-length } ] | incoming-interface { interface-type interface-number | register } ] * View Any view Parameter group-address: Multicast group address, used to specify a multicast group, ranging from 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter group-address: Multicast group address, used to specify a multicast group and display the corresponding routing table information of the group. The value ranges from 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255. source-address: Unicast IP address of the multicast source. mask: Mask. mask-length: Length of mask.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Total 1 entry (10.10.1.2, 225.1.1.1) UpTime: 00:01:28, Timeout in 278 sec Upstream interface: Ethernet0/0/0(10.10.1.20) Downstream interface list: LoopBack0(20.20.20.30), Protocol 0x1: IGMP 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands 1.1.7 display multicast rpf-info Syntax display multicast rpf-info source-address View Any view Parameter source-address: IP address of the multicast source. Description Use the display multicast rpf-info command to view the Reverse Path Forwarding (RPF) routing information for specified multicast source. Example # Display all the RPF routing information. <3Com> display multicast rpf-info 192.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Description Use the mtracert command to trace the network path from the multicast source to the destination receiver along Multicast Distribution Tree, according to either the multicast kernel routing table or RPF rule to the source. This command can help to locate the faults, such as information loss and configuration error. The trace mode to the group address of 0.0.0.0 is called weak trace mode.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands # Trace reversely the path information of multicast group 225.1.1.1 from the multicast source 10.10.1.3 to the destination address 12.110.0.2. <3Com>mtracert 10.10.1.3 12.110.0.2 225.1.1.1 Type Ctrl+C to abort Mtrace from 10.10.1.3 to 12.110.0.2 via group 225.1.1.1 Querying full reverse path... -1 12.110.0.2 Incoming Interface Address: 11.110.0.2 Previous-Hop Router Address: 11.110.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands By default, no minimum TTL value for multicast forwarding is configured. Example # Configure the minimum TTL value for multicast forwarding to 8. [3Com-Ethernet1/0/1] multicast minimum-ttl 8 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Parameter limit: Limit of multicast routing table capacity, ranging from 0 to MAX_MROUTE_LIMIT. In which, MAX_MROUTE_LIMIT differs with the different router types. Description Use the multicast route-limit command to limit the multicast routing table capacity. If the capacity exceeds the limit, the router will discard protocols and data packets of the newly-added (S, G).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Example # Enable IP multicast routing. <3Com> system-view [3Com] multicast routing-enable 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Related command: reset pim routing-table, reset multicast routing-table, display multicast forwarding-table. Example # Clear the forwarding entry whose group address is 225.5.4.3 from the MFC forwarding table. <3Com> reset multicast forwarding-table 225.5.4.3 # Clear the statistics of the forwarding entry whose group address is 225.5.4.3 from MFC forwarding table.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Multicast Common Configuration Commands Related command: reset pim routing-table, reset multicast forwarding-table, display multicast forwarding-table. Example # Clear the route entry whose group address is 225.5.4.3 from the multicast kernel routing table. <3Com> reset multicast routing-table 225.5.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 IGMP Configuration Commands Chapter 2 IGMP Configuration Commands 2.1 IGMP Configuration Commands 2.1.1 debugging igmp Syntax debugging igmp { all | event | host | packet | timer } undo debugging igmp { all | event | host | packet | timer } View User view Parameter all: All the debugging information of IGMP. event: Debugging information of IGMP event. host: Debugging information of IGMP host.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 IGMP Configuration Commands Parameter group-address: Multicast group address. interface-type interface-number: Interface type and interface number of the router, used to specify the interface. local: Information of the local interface which receives and sends multicast data. Description Use the display igmp group command to view the member information of the IGMP multicast group.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 IGMP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-number: Interface type and interface number of the router, used to specify the interface. If the parameters are not specified, information about all the interfaces running IGMP will be displayed. Description Use the display igmp interface command to view the IGMP configuration and running information on an interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 IGMP Configuration Commands 2.1.4 display igmp local Syntax display igmp local View Any view Parameter local: Information of the local interface which receives and sends multicast data. Description Use the display igmp local command to view the IGMP configuration and running information of the local interface which receives and sends multicast data.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 IGMP Configuration Commands Use the undo igmp enable command to disable IGMP on an interface. By default, IGMP is disabled on an interface. Only after multicast is enabled, can this command take effect. After this command is configured, the configuration of other attributes of IGMP can be performed. Related command: multicast routing-enable. Example # Enable IGMP on interface Ethernet0/0/0. [3Com-Ethernet0/0/0] igmp enable 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 IGMP Configuration Commands 2.1.7 igmp group-policy Syntax igmp group-policy acl-number [ 1 | 2 ] undo igmp group-policy View Interface view Parameter acl-number: Number of basic IP ACL, defining the range of a multicast group. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999. 1: IGMP Version 1. 2: IGMP Version 2. If IGMP version is not specified, IGMP Version 2 is used by default.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 IGMP Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameter group-address: Multicast address of the multicast group that an interface will join. Description Use the igmp host-join command to enable an interface of a router to join a multicast group. Use the undo igmp host-join command to disable the configuration. By default, an interface does not join any multicast group.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 IGMP Configuration Commands group membership on an interface. When the host in IGMP Version 2 leaves a group, the host should send IGMP Leave packet.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 IGMP Configuration Commands Related command: display igmp group. Example # Configure the maximum response time to 8 seconds. [3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] igmp max-response-time 8 2.1.11 igmp proxy Syntax igmp proxy interface-type interface-number undo igmp proxy View Interface view Parameter interface-type: Proxy interface type. interface-number: Proxy interface number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 IGMP Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameter robust-value: IGMP robust coefficient, indicating the times IGMP querier sends the IGMP specified group query packet when it receives IGMP Leave packet from the host. The value ranges from 2 to 5. By default, the value is 2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 IGMP Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameter seconds: IGMP querier present time, in second. The value ranges from 1 to 131070 seconds. By default, the value is twice of IGMP query messages interval. It is 120 seconds in general. Description Use the igmp timer other-querier-present command to configure the overtime value of presence of IGMP querier.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 IGMP Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameter seconds: Interval at which the router sends the IGMP query messages, in second. It ranges from 1 to 65535. By default, the value is 60 seconds. Description Use the igmp timer query command to configure the interval at which a router interface sends IGMP query messages. Use the undo igmp timer query command to restore the default value.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 IGMP Configuration Commands Example # Specify Ethernet1/0/0 to use IGMP Version 1. [3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] igmp version 1 2.1.16 reset igmp group Syntax reset igmp group { all | interface interface-type interface-number { all | group-address [ group-mask ] } } View User view Parameter all: All IGMP groups. interface interface-type interface-number: Interface type and interface number. group-address: IGMP group address.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands 3.1 PIM Configuration Commands 3.1.1 bsr-policy Syntax bsr-policy acl-number undo bsr-policy View PIM view Parameter acl-number: ACL number used by BSR filter policy , ranging from 2000 to 2999. Description Use the bsr-policy command to restrict the range for valid BSR, preventing BSR spoofing.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands not receive and forward other BSR information and legal BSR will not compete with it. The above two points can partially protect the security of BSR in the network. However, if a legal BSR router is controlled by an attacker, it will also lead to the above problem. The source parameter in the related rule command is translated as BSR address in bsr-policy command. Related command: acl, rule.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands Since BSR and other devices in PIM domain need to exchange a great deal of information during candidate BSR configuration, a relatively large bandwidth must be guaranteed. Related command: pim sm. Example # Configure the IP address of the router on Ethernet1/0/0 as a candidate BSR with the priority 2. <3Com> system-view [3Com] multicast routing-enable [3Com] pim [3Com-pim] c-bsr ethernet1/0/0 30 2 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands Example # Configure the interface Ethernet1/0/0 as the candidate RP for all groups. <3Com> system-view [3Com] multicast routing-enable [3Com] pim [3Com-pim] c-rp ethernet 1/0/0 3.1.4 crp-policy Syntax crp-policy acl-number undo crp-policy View PIM view Parameter acl-number: ACL number used by C-RP filter policy, ranging from 3000 to 3999.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands Example # Configure C-RP policy on C-BSR router. Only permit 1.1.1.1/32 to act as C-RP which only serves the group range 225.1.0.0/16. [3Com-pim] crp-policy 3100 [3Com-pim] quit [3Com] acl number 3100 [3Com-acl-adv-3100] rule 0 permit ip source 1.1.1.1 0 destination 225.1.0.0 0.0.255.255 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands undo debugging pim dm { alert | all | mrt | timer | warning | { recv | send } { all | assert | graft | graft-ack | join | prune } } View User view Parameter all: All the debugging information of PIM-DM. alert: Debugging information of PIM-DM interoperation event. mrt: Debugging information of PIM-DM multicast routing table. timer: Debugging information of PIM-DM timer.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands View User view Parameter mbr: Debugging information of PIM-SM multicast boundary router event. mrt: Debugging information of PIM-SM multicast routing table. msdp: Functions between PIM-SM and MSDP. timer: Debugging information of PIM-SM timer. warning: Debugging information of PIM-SM warning message. recv: Debugging information of PIM-SM receiving packets. send: Debugging information of PIM-SM sending packets.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands Example # Execute this command on a router running PIM-SM and display the current BSR information. <3Com> display pim bsr-info Current BSR Address: 20.20.20.30 Priority: 0 Mask Length: 30 Expires: 00:01:55 Local host is BSR 3.1.9 display pim interface Syntax display pim interface [ interface-type interface-number ] View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-number: Interface type and interface number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands Item Description The sending interval of Hello message is 30 seconds. PIM query interval is 30 seconds PIM DR 10.10.1.20 (designated router) is IP address of DR is 10.10.1.20. 3.1.10 display pim neighbor Syntax display pim neighbor [ interface interface-type interface-number ] View Any view Parameter interface-type interface-number: Interface type and interface number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter **rp: (*, *, RP) route entry. *g: (*, G) route entry. group-address: Address of the multicast group. source-address: IP address of the multicast source. incoming-address: Route entry of the specified incoming interface. interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands 3.1.12 display pim rp-info Syntax display pim rp-info [ group-address ] View Any view Parameter group-address: Group address. Description Use the display pim rp-info command to view the corresponding RP information of multicast group, BSR and static RP information. If no group address is specified in this command, the corresponding RP information of all groups will be displayed.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands Description Use the pim command to enter PIM view. Use the undo pim command to clear the configuration in PIM view. The global parameter which is related with the PIM must be configured in PIM view. Example <3Com> system-view [3Com] multicast routing-enable [3Com] pim [3Com-pim] 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands 3.1.15 pim dm Syntax pim dm undo pim dm View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the pim dm command to enable PIM-DM. Use the undo pim dm command to disable PIM-DM. By default, PIM-DM is disabled. Once PIM-DM is enabled on an interface, PIM-SM cannot be enabled on the same interface and vice versa. Example # Enable PIM-DM on the interface Ethernet1/0/0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands Description Use the pim neighbor-limit command to limit PIM neighbor number on an router interface. If the number exceeds the limit configured, no new neighbor can be added to the router. Use the undo pim neighbor-limit command to restore the default configuration. By default, the upper limit of PIM neighbor number on an interface is 128.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands [3Com-acl-basic-2001] rule deny source 10.10.1.1 0 3.1.18 pim sm Syntax pim sm undo pim sm View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the pim sm command to enable PIM-SM protocol on an interface. Use the undo pim sm command to disable PIM-SM protocol. By default, PIM-SM is disabled. Once PIM-SM is enabled on an interface, PIM-DM cannot be enabled on the same interface and vice versa.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands Description Use the pim timer hello command to configure the interval of sending PIM router Hello message. Use the undo pim timer hello command to restore the default value. Example # Configure the interval of sending Hello message on the interface Ethernet1/0/0 on the PIM router to 40 seconds. [3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] pim sm [3Com-Ethernet1/0/0] pim timer hello 40 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands 3.1.21 reset pim neighbor Syntax reset pim neighbor { all | { neighbor-address | interface interface-type interface-number } * } View User view Parameter all: All PIM neighbors. neighbor-address: Specifies neighbor address. interface: Specifies the interface. interface-type interface-number: Interface type and interface number. Description Use the reset pim neighbor command to clear PIM neighbor.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands source-address: Multicast source address. mask source-mask: Address mask of multicast source. source-mask-length: Address mask length of multicast source. null: Route entry with null incoming interface. incoming-interface: Incoming interface of the route entry in PIM routing table. interface-type interface-number: Interface type and interface number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands Parameter acl-number: Number of basic or advanced ACL. The value ranges from 2000 to 3999. Description Use the source-policy command to configure a router to filter the multicast data packet received according to source (group) address. Use the undo source-policy command to remove the configuration.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands Parameter traffic-rate: Switch rate threshold from the RPT to the SPT in Kbps, ranging from 0 to 65535. By default, the switch threshold value is 0, i.e., switching starts when the RPT receives the first data packet. infinity: Indicates never to switch to SPT. acl-number: Number of basic IP ACL, defining the range of a multicast group. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 PIM Configuration Commands Parameter rp-address: Static RP address. This address must be valid unicast IP address and cannot be configured as the address in 127 network segment. acl-number: Number of basic ACL, used in controlling the multicast group range that static RP serves. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999. Description Use the static-rp command to configure static RP. Use the undo static-rp command to remove the configuration.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands 4.1 MSDP Configuration Commands 4.1.1 cache-sa-enable Syntax cache-sa-enable undo cache-sa-enable View MSDP view Parameter None Description Use the cache-sa-enable command to enable the router to cache SA state. Use the undo cache-sa-enable command to remove the cache from the router. By default, the router caches the SA state, i.e.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands Parameter all: All the debugging information of MSDP. connect: Debugging information of MSDP peer connection reset. event: Debugging information of MSDP event. packet: Debugging information of MSDP packet. source-active: Debugging information of active MSDP source. Description Use the debugging msdp command to enable MSDP debugging functions.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands display msdp peer-status [ peer-address ] View Any view Parameter peer-address: Address of MSDP peer. Description Use the display msdp peer-status command to view the detailed information of MSDP peer. Related command: peer. Example # Display the detailed information of the MSDP peer 10.110.11.11. <3Com> display msdp peer-status 10.110.11.11 MSDP Peer 20.20.20.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands 4.1.5 display msdp sa-cache Syntax display msdp sa-cache [ group-address ] [ source-address ] [ autonomous-system-number ] View Any view Parameter group-address: Group address of (S, G) entry. source-address: Source address of (S, G) entry. With no source address specified, all the source information of the specified group will be displayed.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter autonomous-system-number: Number of sources and groups from the specified autonomous system. Description Use the display msdp sa-count command to view the number of sources and groups in MSDP cache. The cache-sa-enable command must be configured before the configuration of this command.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands Description Use the import-source command to configure which (S, G) entries in the domain need to be advertised when a MSDP originates an SA message. Use the undo import-source command to remove the configuration. By default, all the (S, G) entries in the domain are advertised by the SA message.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands [3Com] undo msdp 4.1.9 msdp-tracert Syntax msdp-tracert source-address group-address rp-address [ max-hops max-hops ] [ next-hop-info ] [ sa-info ] [ peer-info ] [ skip-hops skip-hops ] View Any view Parameter source-address: Multicast address address. group-address: Multicast group address. rp-address: IP address of RP. max-hops: The maximum number of hops that are traced, ranging from 1 to 255.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide C-bit: Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands set if this (S,G,RP) tuple is in the cache MSDP Traceroute path information: Router Address: 20.20.1.1 Fixed-length response info: Peer Uptime: 10 minutes, D-bit: 0, RP-bit: 1, Cache Entry Uptime: 30 minutes NC-bit: 0, C-bit: 1 Return Code: Reached-max-hops Next Hop info: Next-Hop Router Address: 0.0.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands Item Description Next-Hop Router Address: 0.0.0.0 If the parameter next-hop-info is used, Peer-RPF neighbor address will be displayed. Count of SA messages received for this (S,G,RP) Number of SA messages received for tracing this (S, G, RP) entry. Count of encapsulated data packets received for this (S,G,RP) Number of encapsulated data packets received for tracing this (S, G, RP) entry.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands [3Com] msdp [3Com-msdp] originating-rp ethernet 1/0/0 4.1.11 peer Syntax peer peer-address connect-interface interface-type interface-number undo peer peer-address View MSDP view Parameter peer-address: Address of MSDP peer.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands Parameter peer-address: Address of MSDP peer. text: Descriptive text, being case sensitive. The maximum length is 80 characters. Description Use the peer description command to configure descriptive text to MSDP peer. Use the undo peer description command to remove the descriptive text configured. By default, an MSDP peer has no descriptive text.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands Example # Configure the MSDP peer with address 125.10.7.6 to be a member of the Mesh Group Grp1. <3Com> system-view [3Com] msdp [3Com-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 mesh-group Grp1 4.1.14 peer minimum-ttl Syntax peer peer-address minimum-ttl ttl undo peer peer-address minimum-ttl View MSDP view Parameter peer-address: Address of the MSDP peer to which the TTL limitation applies.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands View MSDP view Parameter peer-address: Address of MSDP peer. Description Use the peer request-sa-enable command to enable the router to send SA request message to the specified MSDP peer when receiving a new group join message. Use the undo peer request-sa-enable command to remove the configuration.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands This configuration is recommended for all MSDP peers in the networks possibly attacked by DoS. Related command: display msdp, sa-count, display msdp peer-status, display msdp brief. Example # Limit the number of caches originated to 100 when the router receives SA messages from the MSDP peer 125.10.7.6. <3Com> system-view [3Com] msdp [3Com-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 sa-cache-maximum 100 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands [3Com-acl-adv-3100] rule permit ip source 170.15.0.0 0.0.255.255 destination 225.1.0.0 0.0.255.255 [3Com-acl-adv-3100] quit [3Com] msdp [3Com-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 connect-interface ethernet 0/0/0 [3Com-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 sa-policy export acl 3100 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands [3Com-msdp] peer 175.58.6.5 sa-request-policy acl 2001 4.1.19 reset msdp peer Syntax reset msdp peer peer-address View User view Parameter peer-address: Address of MSDP peer. Description Use the reset msdp peer command to reset TCP connection with the specified MSDP peer, and clear all the statistics of the specified MSDP peer. Related command: peer.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands <3Com> reset msdp sa-cache 225.5.4.3 4.1.21 reset msdp statistics Syntax reset msdp statistics [ peer-address ] View User view Parameter peer-address: Address of the MSDP peer whose statistics, resetting information and input/output information will be cleared. If no MSDP peer address is specified, all MSDP peers statistics will be cleared.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands Example # Disable the MSDP peer 125.10.7.6. <3Com> system-view [3Com] msdp [3Com-msdp] shutdown 125.10.7.6 4.1.23 static-rpf-peer Syntax static-rpf-peer peer-address [ rp-policy list ] undo static-rpf-peer peer-address View MSDP view Parameter peer-address: Address of the static RPF peer to receive SA messages. rp-policy list: Filter policy based on RP address, which filters the RP in SA messages.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 MSDP Configuration Commands [3Com-msdp] peer 130.10.7.5 connect-interface ethernet 1/0/0 [3Com-msdp] static-rpf-peer 130.10.7.6 rp-policy list1 [3Com-msdp] static-rpf-peer 130.10.7.5 rp-policy list2 4.1.24 timer retry Syntax timer retry seconds undo timer retry View MSDP view Parameter seconds: Value of connection request re-try period in second, ranging from 1 to 60.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands 5.1 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands # Create a multicast aggregated record in the BGP routing table and set the address of aggregated route is 192.213.0.0. [3Com-bgp-af-mul] aggregate 192.213.0.0 255.255.0.0 5.1.2 debugging bgp mp-update Syntax debugging bgp mp-update [ receive | send | verbose ] undo debugging bgp mp-update View User view Parameter receive: Enables incoming packet debugging of MBGP.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands Use the display bgp multicast group command to view the information about peer groups. Example # Display the information about the peer group named my_peer. <3Com> display bgp multicast group my_peer 5.1.4 display bgp multicast peer Syntax display bgp multicast peer [ ip-address | verbose ] View Any view Parameter ip-address: Displays information about the specified peer.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands Example # Display the network segment routing information that MBGP advertises. <3Com> display bgp multicast network 5.1.6 display bgp multicast routing Syntax display bgp multicast routing ip-address [ mask ] View Any view Parameter ip-address: MBGP routing information whose IP address is specified in the BGP routing table.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands # Display in the BGP routing table the MBGP routes that match the specified AS path list. [Router] display bgp multicast routing as-path-acl 1 5.1.8 display bgp multicast routing cidr Syntax display bgp multicast routing cidr View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display bgp multicast routing cidr command to view the routing information with non-natural network mask (i.e.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands Description Use the display bgp multicast routing community command to view the routing information that belongs to the specified MBGP community. Example # Display the routing information that belongs to the specified MBGP community. <3Com> display bgp multicast routing community 600:1 <3Com> display bgp multicast routing community no-export 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands Use the display bgp multicast routing different-origin-as command to view AS routes with different origins. Example # Display AS routes with different origins. <3Com> display bgp multicast routing different-origin-as 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands Use the display bgp multicast routing regular-expression command to view the routing information matching the specified AS regular expression. Example # Display the MBGP routing information matching the regular expression ^600$. <3Com> display bgp multicast routing regular-expression ^600$ 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands Description Use the import-route command to import routing information from other protocols to BGP. Use the undo import-route command to cancel the importing of routing information from other protocols. By default, BGP will not import routing information from other protocols. Example # Configure to import a static route. [3Com-bgp-af-mul] import-route static 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands undo network ip-address [ address-mask ] [ route-policy policy-name ] View IPv4 multicast subaddress family view Parameter ip-address: Network address that BGP advertises. address-mask: Mask of the network address. route-policy policy-name: Routing policy applied to the routes advertised. Description Use the network command to configure the network addresses to be sent by the local BGP.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands # Advertise community attributes to the peer group named test. [3Com-bgp-af-mul] peer test advertise-community 5.1.19 peer allow-as-loop Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } allow-as-loop [number] undo peer { group-name | peer-address } allow-as-loop View IPv4 multicast subaddress family view Parameter group-name: Peer group name. peer-address: Peer IP address.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands Parameter group-name: Name of the peer group. peer-address: IP address of the peer. as-path-acl number: Number of AS path list matched, ranging from 1 to 199. import: Filter list applied to incoming routes. export: Filter list applied to outgoing routes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands Use the peer enable command to enable the multicast peer or peer group. Use the undo peer enable command to disable the multicast peer or peer group. By default, the multicast peer (or peer group) is disabled. Only after the peer (peer group) is enabled, can it establish connection with the multicast peer. Example # Enable the multicast peer test.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands By default, MBGP does no filter the received or advertised routes. Related command: peer as-path-acl. Example # Set the filter policy list for a peer. [3Com-bgp] peer test as-number 100 [3Com-bgp] ipv4-family multicast [3Com-bgp-af-mul] peer test enable [3Com-bgp-af-mul] peer test filter-policy 2003 import 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands By default, MBGP does no filter the received or advertised routes. Example # Enable MBGP to filter the routes received from the specified peer group based on the specified address prefix list. [3Com-bgp-af-mul] peer group1 ip-prefix list1 import 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands Description Use the peer public-as-only command to configure only to carry public AS number rather than private AS number when BGP sends update packets. Use the undo peer public-as-only command to configure to carry private AS number when BGP sends update packets. By default, the private AS number is carried when BGP sends update packets.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MBGP Multicast Extension Configuration Commands 5.1.27 peer route-policy Syntax peer { group-name | peer-address } route-policy policy-name import undo peer { group-name | peer-address } route-policy policy-name import peer group-name route-policy policy-name export undo peer group-name route-policy policy-name export View IPv4 multicast subaddress family view Parameter group-name: Name of the peer group.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 Multicast Static Route Configuration Commands Chapter 6 Multicast Static Route Configuration Commands 6.1 Multicast Static Route Configuration Commands 6.1.1 delete rpf-route-static all Syntax delete rpf-route-static all View System view Parameter None Description Use the delete rpf-route-static all command to delete all the static multicast routes. When using this command, the system will prompt you to acknowledge.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 Multicast Static Route Configuration Commands Description Use the display multicast routing-table static command to view the active multicast static routes. If no multicast source address is specified, all active multicast static routes will be displayed. Related command: display multicast routing-table static config. Example # Display all active multicast static routes. <3Com> display multicast routing-table static 22.22.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 Multicast Static Route Configuration Commands # Display the multicast static routes that exactly match the address 1.0.0.0/8. <3Com> display multicast routing-table static config 1.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 6.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 Multicast Static Route Configuration Commands protocol: Indicates that matched routes must appear in the specified unicast routing protocol. Protocol can be such unicast routing protocols as bgp, isis, ospf, rip and static. route-policy: Match rule for static multicast routes. rpf-nbr: IP address of RPF neighbor router. interface-type interface-number: Specifies the interface connected to the neighbor running RPF.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide MPLS Commands 3Com Corporation i
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands..................................................................... 1-1 1.1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands ............................................................................. 1-1 1.1.1 debugging mpls lspm .............................................................................................. 1-1 1.1.2 display mpls interface...........................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands .............................................................. 2-1 2.1.1 apply access-vpn vpn-instance ............................................................................... 2-1 2.1.2 apply mpls-label ...................................................................................................... 2-1 2.1.3 description ......................................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 3.3.1 display mpls l2vc ..................................................................................................... 3-7 3.3.2 mpls l2vc ................................................................................................................. 3-8 3.4 Kompella MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands........................................................... 3-8 3.4.1 ce.....................................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands 1.1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands 1.1.1 debugging mpls lspm Syntax debugging mpls lspm { agent | all | event | ftn | interface | packet | policy | process | vpn } undo debugging mpls lspm { agent | all | event | ftn | interface | packet | policy | process | vpn } View User view Parameter agent: Enables all MPLS Agent debugging.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands <3Com > debugging mpls lspm vpn 1.1.2 display mpls interface Syntax display mpls interface View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display mpls interface command to view all MPLS-enabled interfaces. Related command: display mpls lsp, display mpls statistics, display static-lsp. Example # Display all MPLS-enabled interfaces. [3Com ] display mpls interface 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands [3Com ] display mpls lsp include incoming-interface serial3/0/0 1.1.4 display mpls static-lsp Syntax display mpls static-lsp [ verbose ] [ include text ] View Any view Parameter verbose: Displays detailed information. include text: Displays the information with the specified string included. Description Use the display mpls static-lsp command to view the information of all or one static LSP(s).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Description Use the display mpls statistics command to view statistics of all or one LSP(s) and LSP statistics on all or one interface(s).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands In Discard Packets of Mpls interface is: 0 The statistics of interface out : Out Octets of Mpls interface is: 0 Out Packets of Mpls interface is: 0 Out Errors of Mpls interface is: 0 Out Discard Packets of Mpls interface is: 0 The statistics of interface : Serial6/0/1 The statistics of interface in : In Octets of Mpls interface is: 0 In Packets of Mpls interface is: 0 In Errors of Mpls interface is: 0 In D
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Note: If no topology-triggered policy is configured, LSPs can be triggered at all host routes with 32-bit masks. If you import an IP-prefix rule without contents, LSPs can be triggered at all routes according to the IP-prefix usage convention in VRP. Related command: ip ip-prefix. Example # Triggers LSPs at all routes. [3Com -mpls] lsp-trigger all 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands # Execute the mpls command in interface view. [3Com -Ethernet6/0/0] mpls % Info: MPLS in the interface is starting, please wait...OK 1.1.8 mpls lsr-id Syntax mpls lsr-id ip-address undo mpls lsr-id View System view Parameter ip-address: LSR ID, with the format like IP address, used to identify an LSR. Description Use the mpls lsr-id command to configure an LSR ID.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Parameter all: All interfaces or all LSPs interface-type: Type of a network interface. Interface-num: Number of a network interface. lsp-Index: LSP index name lsp-name: Name of LSP. Description Use the reset mpls statistics command to clear MPLS statistics. You can use this command to clear the statistics on all or one interface(s); or the statistics on all or one LSP(s).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands 1.1.11 snmp-agent trap enable lsp Syntax snmp-agent trap enable lsp undo snmp-agent trap enable lsp View System view Parameter None Description Use the snmp-agent trap enable lsp command to enable Trap function in MPLS LSP creation. Use the undo snmp-agent trap enable lsp command to disable Trap function in MPLS LSP creation. By default, TRAP function is disabled during MPLS LSP creation.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Description Use the static-lsp egress command to configure a static LSP for an egress LSR. Use the undo static-lsp egress command to delete an LSP for an egress LSR. Related command: static-lsp ingress, debugging mpls. Example # Configure a static LSP named citya-cityb on the egress LSR. [3Com -mpls] static-lsp egress citya-cityb incoming-interface serial8/0/0 in-label 233 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Example # Configure a static LSP for the ingress LSR heading for the destination address 202.25.38.1. [3Com -mpls] static-lsp ingress citya-cityb destination 202.25.38.1 24 nexthop 202.55.25.33 out-label 237 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands 1.1.15 ttl expiration Syntax ttl expiration pop undo ttl expiration pop View MPLS view Parameter None Description Use the ttl expiration command to configure the router to forward ICMP responses by local IP routing when the MPLS TTL expires. Use the undo ttl expiration command to disable the function.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands vpn: Configures to apply TTL duplication to the VPN packets. Description Use the ttl propagate command to enable IP TTL duplication of MPLS. Use the undo ttl propagate command to disable IP TTL duplication of MPLS. Note: The ttl propagate command is only available with the NE16E, NE08E, and NE05. Caution: The configuration of TTL duplication must be the same on all the PEs.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands advertisement: Displays the debugging information during processing of LDP advertisement. session: Displays debugging information during processing of LDP session. pdu: Displays the debugging information during processing of PDU. notification: Displays the debugging information during processing of notification.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands 1.2.3 display mpls ldp buffer-info Syntax display mpls ldp buffer-info View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display mpls ldp buffer-info command to view the buffer information of LDP. Example # Display LDP buffer information.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands 1.2.4 display mpls ldp interface Syntax display mpls ldp interface View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display mpls ldp interface command to view the information of an LDP-enabled interface. Related command: mpls ldp enable, display mpls ldp session. Example # Display the information of an LDP-enabled interface. [3Com -Ethernet3/0/0] display mpls ldp interface 1.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands 1.2.6 display mpls ldp peer Syntax display mpls ldp peer View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display mpls ldp peer command to view peer information. Example # Display peer information. [3Com ] display mpls ldp peer 1.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands 1.2.8 display mpls ldp session Syntax display mpls ldp session View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display mpls ldp session command to display the session between peer entities. Related command: mpls ldp enable. Example # Display the session between peer entities. [3Com ] display mpls ldp session Local LDP ID: 1.1.1.9:5; Peer LDP ID: 4.4.4.9:0 TCP Connection: 1.1.1.9 <- 4.4.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Parameter explicit-null: Specifies at egress to distribute an explicit null label to the penultimate hop. implicit-null: Specifies at egress to distribute an implicit null label to the penultimate hop. non-null: Specifies at egress to distribute a normal label to the penultimate hop. Note: Label value 0 stands for IPv4 Explicit NULL Label, which is valid only at the bottom of label stack.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands 1.2.10 mpls ldp Syntax mpls ldp undo mpls ldp View System view Parameter None Description Use the mpls ldp command to enable LDP. Use the undo mpls ldp command to disable LDP. By default, LDP is disabled. Before enabling LDP, you must enable MPLS and configure LSR ID first. Related command: mpls lsr-id. Example # Enable LDP. [3Com ] mpls ldp 1.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands To enable an interface, you must enable LDP first. After LDP is enabled on an interface, peer discovery and session creation starts. Example # Enable LDP on the interface. [3Com -Ethernet3/0/0] mpls ldp enable 1.2.12 mpls ldp hops-count Syntax mpls ldp hops-count hop-number undo mpls ldp hops-count View System view Parameter hop-number: Maximum hops of loop detection, ranging from 1 to 32.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands View System view Parameter None Description Use the mpls ldp loop-detect command to enable loop detection. Use the undo mpls ldp loop-detect command to disable loop detection. By default, loop detection is disabled in the system. This command should be configured before LDP is enabled on any interface. Related command: mpls ldp hops-count and mpls ldp path-vectors. Example # Enable loop detection.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands [3Com -Ethernet0/0/0.1] mpls ldp password simple 123 1.2.15 mpls ldp path-vectors Syntax mpls ldp path-vectors pv-number undo mpls ldp path-vectors View System view Parameter pv-number: Maximum value of path vector, ranging from 1 to 32. Description Use the mpls ldp path-vectors command to set the maximum value of path vector.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Parameter Index: Index of remote peer entity, used to identify an entity. It ranges from 0 to 99. Description Use the mpls ldp remote-peer command to create a remote-peer entity and enter remote-peer view. Use the undo mpls ldp remote-peer command to delete a remote-peer entity. You can use this command to create a remote-peer and accordingly create remote session. Related command: remote-peer.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands [3Com -Ethernet0/0/0] mpls ldp reset-session 10.1.1.1 1.2.18 mpls ldp timer Syntax mpls ldp timer { session-hold session-holdtime | hello hello-holdtime } undo mpls ldp timer { session-hold | hello } View Interface view, remote-peer view Parameter hello hello-holdtime: Specifies timeout time of hello hold timer, in the range 6 to 65535 seconds. It defaults to 15 seconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands undo mpls ldp transport-ip View Interface view Parameter interface: Sets the IP address of the current interface as the transport address. ip-address: Sets the IP address as the transport address. Description Use the mpls ldp transport-ip command to configure an LDP session transport address. Use the undo mpls ldp transport-ip command to restore the default LDP transport address.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 MPLS Basic Configuration Commands Parameter ip-address: IP address of a remote peer. Description Use the remote-ip command to configure a remote IP address. The address should be the LSR ID of the remote LSR. As remote peers adopt LSR ID as their transport addresses, the last two remote peers use their LSR ID as their transport addresses for creating TCP connection.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands 2.1.1 apply access-vpn vpn-instance Syntax apply access-vpn vpn-instance [ vpn-name1 vpn-name2 … ] undo apply access-vpn vpn-instance [ vpn-name1 vpn-name2 … ] View Route-policy view Parameter vpn-name: Name of the configured VPN instance. At most, 6 VPN names can be configured.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Description Use the apply mpls-label command to assign MPLS labels for public network routes that match route-policy filter conditions. Use the undo apply mpls-label command to remove the configuration. By default, no label is assigned for public network routes. Related command: if-match mpls-label.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the display bgp routing label command to view routing information and label information in the BGP routing table. For common IPv4 routes without labels, “Null” is displayed. When you view the BGP routing information by using the display bgp routing address [ mask ] command, you can see the label information if the routes have labels.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter all: Displays all VPNv4 information, including group, network, peer, and routing-table. route-distinguisher rd-value: Displays the network layer reachable information (NLRI) that matches the route distinguisher (RD). vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Displays NLRI associated with the specified vpn-instance. group: Displays the information about peer groups.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Example Display the information about all BGP VPNv4 routing-table. [3Com ] display bgp vpnv4 all routing Flags: # - valid ^ - active I - internal D - damped H - history S - aggregate suppressed In/out As Dest/mask Next-hop Med Local-pref label path Route Distinguisher:1.1.1.1:1 (VPN instance:v1) #^ 1.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 1024/- Routes total: 49194533 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands 2.1.7 display ip vpn-instance Syntax display ip vpn-instance [ vpn-instance-name | verbose ] View Any view Parameter vpn-instance-name: Name assigned to vpn-instance. verbose: Displays detailed information. Description Use the display ip vpn-instance command to view the information related to vpn-instance, such as RD, description, and interfaces of the VPN instance.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands verbose: Displays verbose information. Description Use the display mpls l3vpn-lsp command to view the information of vpn-instance of MPLS L3VPN LSPs. Example # Display the information of vpn-instance of MPLS L3VPN LSPs.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands 2.1.10 domain-id Syntax domain-id { id-number | id-addr } undo domain-id View OSPF protocol view Parameter id-number: Domain ID for a VPN instance, an integer in the range of 0 to 4294967295. By default, it is 0. id-addr: IP address format of the domain ID of a VPN instance. By default, it is 0.0.0.0. Description Use the domain-id command to specify domain ID for a VPN instance.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands 2.1.11 if-match mpls-label Syntax if-match mpls-label undo if-match mpls-label View Route-policy view Parameter None Description Use the if-match mpls-label command to configure to match public network routes with MPLS labels only. Use the undo if-match mpls-label command to remove the match rules. Related command: apply mpls-label.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands med value: Route cost value route-policyname: Route policy name Description Use the import-route ospf command to enable to import OSPF route. Use the undo import-route ospf command to disable to import OSPF route. Caution: By default, the process ID is 1. Example # Enable to import an OSPF route with process ID 100. [3Com ] ip vpn-instance sphinx [3Com -vpn-sphinx] route-distinguisher 168.168.55.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands The IP address of the interface will be removed after you execute this command on it, so you need to reconfigure the IP address for the interface. Example # Bind VPN instance vpn1 to the interface atm0/0/0. [3Com ] interface atm1/0/0 [3Com -Atm1/0/0] ip binding vpn-instance vpn1 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Description Use the ip route-static vpn-instance command to configure a static route, by specifying a private network interface as the outgoing-interface of this static route. When using a multi-role host, you can configure a static route in a private network with an interface of another private network or public network as its outgoing-interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands 2.1.16 ipv4-family Syntax ipv4-family { multicast | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name | vpnv4 [ unicast ] } undo ipv4-family {multicast | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name | vpnv4 [ unicast ] } View BGP view Parameter multicast: It is used to enter MBGP multicast address family view. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: Associates the specified vpn-instance with the MBGP address family.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands [3Com ] bgp 100 [3Com –bgp] ipv4 family vpn-instance abc [3Com -bgp-af-vpn-instance] # Enter VPNv4 address family view. [3Com ] bgp 100 [3Com -bgp] ipv4 family vpnv4 unicast [3Com -bgp-af-vpn] 2.1.17 ospf vpn-instance Syntax ospf process-id [ router-id router-id-number ] vpn-instance vpn-instance-name undo ospf process-id View System view Parameter process-id: OSPF process ID.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands If you enable an OSPF process without specify router ID, and the process is to be bound to a VPN instance, the VPN instance should have an interface that is configured with an IP address. If you want to bind a process to a VPN instance, you must specify the VPN instance name. One VPN instance may include several processes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands # Enable OSPF protocol with process ID 120. [3Com ] router id 10.110.1.8 [3Com ] ospf 120 [3Com -ospf-120] # Enable OSPF process with process ID 100, specify its route ID to 2.2.2.2, and bind it to VPN instance vpn1. [3Com ] ospf 100 router-id 2.2.2.2 vpn-instance vpn1 [3Com -ospf-100] 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands View BGP view Parameter group-name: Indicates name of peer group. Description Use the peer label-route-capability command to enable the capability of a peer to process IPv4 routes with labels. Use the undo peer label-route-capability command to disable the capability. By default, BGP peer cannot process IPv4 routes with labels.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands The peer next-hop-invariable command is applicable to the networking application that adopts Multihop MP-BGP multi-AS VPN mode and uses Route Reflector (RR) to advertise VPNv4 routes. The invariable next hop is configured when VPNv4 routes are advertised between multi-AS RRs. Example # Configure the invariable next hop when sending VPNv4 routes to EBGP peers.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands BGP-VPNv4 subaddress family view Parameter None Description Use the policy vpn-target command to filter the received routing information according to the VPN-target extended community attributes. Use the undo policy vpn-target command to remove the filtering. By default, the received routing information is filtered according to the VPN-target extended community attributes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands 32-bit IP address (can be 0.0.0.0 here): a 16-bit number defined by user, for example, 192.168.122.15:1. Example # Configure RD for an MPLS VPN instance. [3Com ] ip vpn-instance vpn_blue [3Com -vpn-vpn_blue] route-distinguisher 100:3 [3Com ] ip vpn-instance vpn_red [3Com -vpn-vpn_red] route-distinguisher 173.13.0.12:200 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 2) Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Those configured with the route-tag command are in the second place in terms of priority level. 3) Those configure with the default tag command are of the lowest priority level. If the route-tag included in the type-5/-7 LSA is identical with its existing tag, the LSA received will be neglected in route calculation.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Use the undo routing-table limit command to remove the limitation. It is necessary to enter vpn-instance sub-view before using the routing-table limit command. Create a vpn-instance routing table in this view and allocate a route distinguisher (RD) in either of the following formats: 16-bit ASN: a 32-bit user-defined number, e.g. 100:1. 32-bit IP address: a 16-bit user-defined number, e.g. 172.1.1.1:1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands key: Specifies authentication string at the interface, 16 characters at most. It must be consistent with the authentication string of sham link peer. When the display current-configuration command is executed, the system displays the 24-character MD5 authentication string in cipher text. You can also input 24-character authentication string in cipher text.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Caution: z The source and destination addresses of a sham link are both loopback interface addresses with 32-bit mask, which must be bound to a VPN instance and imported into BGP through a direct-connect route. z The source and destination addresses of a sham link cannot be the same. z The same sham link cannot be configured for different OSPF processes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands After the display ospf brief command is executed successfully, the system prompts the information: “Multi-VPN-Instance enable on CE router.” Caution: OSPF processes will set up all peers again after this command is executed. Example # Configure OSPF procedure 100 as Multi-VPN-Instance CE. [3Com -ospf-100] vpn-instance-capability simple # Restore the OSPF procedure 100 as PE.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Commands Description Use the vpn-target command to create vpn-target extended community for vpn-instance. Use the undo vpn-target command to remove the vpn-target extended community attributes. By default, the default value is both. With the vpn-target command, you can create ingress and egress route target extended community list for a specified vpn-instance. Execute this command once for each target community.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands 3.1 CCC Configuration Commands 3.1.1 ccc interface transmit-lsp receive-lsp Syntax ccc ccc-connection-name interface interface-type interface-number transmit-lsp transmit-lsp-name receive-lsp receive-lsp-name undo ccc ccc-connection-name View System view Parameter interface-type interface-number: Interface for the remote connection.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands ccc ccc-connection-name interface interface-type interface-number out-interface outinterface-type outinterface-num undo ccc ccc-connection-name View System view Parameter ccc-connection-name: CCC connection name of 1 to 20 characters, which is used for uniquely identifying the CCC inside the PE.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands Parameter all: Enables/Disables all L2VPN debugging. advertisement: Enables/Disables BGP/LDP advertisement debugging of L2VPN. error: Enables/Disables L2VPN error debugging. event: Enables/Disables L2VPN event debugging. connections: Enables/Disables connection debugging. interface-type interface-num: Specifies a CE interface for connection debugging.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands static-lsp egress lsp-name l2vpn incoming-interface interface-type interface-num in-label in-label undo static-lsp egress lsp-name l2vpn View MPLS view Parameter lsp-name: LSP name interface-type Interface-num: Interface type and interface number in-label-value: Inbound label value, in range of 16 to 1024 Description Use the static-lsp egress l2vpn command to configure a static LSP used in L2VPN for egr
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands out-label-value: Outbound label value, in range of 16 to 1024 Description Use the static-lsp egress l2vpn command to configure a static LSP used in L2VPN for ingress LSR. Use the undo static-lsp egress l2vpn command to delete an LSP used in L2VPN of ingress LSR. With this command, you can configure a static LSP for ingress LSR, and set preference and measurement value for it.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands Use the undo static-lsp transit command to delete an LSP used in L2VPN of transit LSR. Two LSPs (one in each direction) should be created in advance and configured to the transit LSR before creating a remote CCC connection. Related command: static-lsp egress l2vpn and static-lsp ingress l2vpn.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands 3.2.2 mpls static-l2vc Syntax mpls static-l2vc destination destination-ip-address transmit-vpn-label transmit-label-value receive-vpn-label receive-label-value View Interface view Parameter destination-ip-address: IP address of the destination router. transmit-label-value: Label value of the transmitting VPN. receive-label-value: Label value of the receiving VPN.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands None 3.3.2 mpls l2vc Syntax mpls l2vc ip-address vc-id undo mpls l2vc View Interface view Parameter ip-address: lsr-id address of peer PE. vc-id: ID of the VC, ranging from 1 to 4294967295. Description Use the mpls l2vc command to create an LDP connection. Use the undo mpls l2vc command to delete the connection.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands name: CE name, unique in the current PE VPN. id: CE ID, unique in VPN, represents a CE, ranging from 1 to 65535. offset: Specifies default offset value of the original CE. range: CE range, that is, the maximum number of CEs that the current CE can connect to, ranging from 1 to 100. The default value is 10. Description Use the ce command to create a CE or modify the CE range.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands Description Use the connection command to create a CE connection. Use the undo connection command to delete a CE connection. Configure RD for MPLS L2VPN first before establishing a CE connection. Related command: mpls l2vpn encapsulation and ccc. Example # Establish a CE connection. [3Com ] mpls l2vpn vpna [3Com -l2vpn-vpna] ce ce-a id 1 range 4 [3Com -l2vpn-vpna-ce-ce-a] connection s0/0/0 ce-offset 2 3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands 2 100 I 800000 1.1.1.1 1 500000 1.1.1.1 200 600 3 100 1 I 200 600 Route Distinguisher: 100:2 1 100 1 I 700000 1.1.1.1 200 600 3.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands None Description Use the l2vpn-family command to create or enter an L2VPN address family view. Use the undo l2vpn-family command to delete an L2VPN address family view. By default, it is BGP unicast view. Execute the undo l2vpn-family command to exit multicast extended address family view. Delete the entire configuration in this address family and return to BGP unicast view.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands [3Com ] mpls l2vpn 3.4.7 mpls l2vpn encapsulation Syntax mpls l2vpn vpn-name encapsulation { atm-aal5 | ethernet | fr | hdlc | ppp | vlan } undo mpls l2vpn vpn-name View System view Parameter vpn-name: Unique VPN name in PE with 1 to 20 bytes. atm-aal5 | ethernet | fr | hdlc | ppp | vlan: VPN encapsulation types.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 MPLS L2VPN Configuration Commands Use the mtu command to configure MTU of Kompella MPLS L2VPN. When configuring VPN layer2 mtu, make sure that the mtu values of different PEs in the same VPN are the same in the whole SP network. Otherwise, VPN will not work normally. Related command: mpls l2vpn encapsulation. Example Configure the mtu of VPN “Huawei” as 1000. [3Com -l2vpn-huawei] mtu 1000 3.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide AAA Commands 3Com Corporation i
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands...................... 1-1 1.1 AAA Configuration Commands.......................................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1 access-limit.............................................................................................................. 1-1 1.1.2 accounting ..................................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 1.2.18 reset stop-accounting-buffer ............................................................................... 1-38 1.2.19 retry ..................................................................................................................... 1-39 1.2.20 retry realtime-accounting..................................................................................... 1-40 1.2.21 retry stop-accounting...........................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 2.1.5 portal fast-authentication....................................................................................... 2-10 2.1.6 portal free-ip .......................................................................................................... 2-10 2.1.7 portal free-user ...................................................................................................... 2-11 2.1.8 portal method ..........................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 4.2.8 display aspf session .............................................................................................. 4-13 4.2.9 display port-mapping............................................................................................. 4-15 4.2.10 firewall aspf ......................................................................................................... 4-15 4.2.11 log enable..................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 5.2.7 encrypt-card backuped.......................................................................................... 5-42 5.2.8 encrypt-card fast-switch ........................................................................................ 5-42 5.2.9 interface encrypt.................................................................................................... 5-43 5.2.10 ipsec card-proposal................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 6.1.24 remote-address ................................................................................................... 6-20 6.1.25 remote-name ....................................................................................................... 6-21 6.1.26 reset ike sa .......................................................................................................... 6-21 6.1.27 sa duration..............................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands 1.1 AAA Configuration Commands 1.1.1 access-limit Syntax access-limit { disable | enable max-user-number } undo access-limit View ISP domain view Parameter disable: No limit to the supplicant number in the current ISP domain.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands undo accounting View ISP domain view Parameter hwtacacs-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies the HWTACACS scheme for accounting. radius-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies the RADIUS scheme for accounting. none: Specifies not to perform accounting. Description Use the accounting command to configure an accounting scheme for the current ISP domain.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Parameter None Description Use the accounting optional command to enable optional accounting. Use the undo accounting optional command to disable it. By default, optional accounting is disabled.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Use the undo authentication command to restore the default authentication scheme of the domain. By default, no separate authentication scheme is available. Note that the RADIUS or HWTACACS authentication scheme you configure by using the authentication command must exist already.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies the HWTACACS scheme for authorization. none: Specifies not to perform authorization, that is, the system provides services without authorization. Description Use the authorization command to configure an authorization scheme for the current ISP domain.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Displays all the user connections connected to the RADIUS server specified by radius-scheme-name, a character string not exceeding 32 characters. ucibindex ucib-index: Displays information on a user connection by specifying its connection index number, that is, ucib-index ranging from 0 to 1047.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands isp-name: Specifies the ISP domain name, with a character string not exceeding 24 characters. The specified ISP domain must be an existing one. Description Use the display domain command to view the configuration of a specified ISP domain or display the summary information of all ISP domains. By default, the summary of all ISP domains is displayed.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands 1.1.8 display local-user Syntax display local-user [ domain isp-name | service-type { telnet | ssh | terminal | pad | ftp | ppp } | state { active | block } | user-name user-name ] View Any view Parameter domain isp-name: Displays all the local users in the ISP domain specified by isp-name, a character string not exceeding 24 characters.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Vlan ID: Disable IP address: Disable MAC address: Disable FTP Directory: flash: User Privilege: 3 The contents of local user quid: State: Active Idle-cut: Disable Access-limit: Disable Bind location: Disable Vlan ID: Disable IP address: Disable MAC address: Disable FTP Directory: flash: ServiceType Mask: F Current AccessNum: 0 The contents of local user xhy:
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Field Description Bind location Information on the binding of the service to port VLAN ID VLAN to which the user belongs IP address IP address of the user MAC address MAC address of the user User Privilege User’s privilege FTP Directory Directory authorized to the FTP user 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands An ISP domain is a group of users belonging to the same ISP. Generally, for a username in the userid@isp-name format, gw20010608@huawei163.net for example, the isp-name (”huawei163.net” in the example) following the “@” is the ISP domain name.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Description Use the ip pool command to configure a local address pool for assigning addresses to PPP users. Use the undo ip pool command to delete the specified local address pool. By default, no local IP address pool is configured.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Related command: local user. Note: If the configured authentication mode is none authentication or password authentication, the command level that a user can access after login depends on the priority of user interface. In the case of authentication requiring both username and password, however, the accessible command level depends on user priority level.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands [3Com] local-user huawei1 [3Com-luser-huawei1] 1.1.13 local-user password-display-mode Syntax local-user password-display-mode { cipher-force | auto } undo local-user password-display-mode View System view Parameter cipher-force: Forced cipher mode specifies that the passwords of all the accessed users must be displayed in cipher text.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Parameter simple: Specifies to display passwords in simple text. cipher: Specifies to display passwords in cipher text. password: Defines a password. When input in simple text, it is a string of 1 to 48 characters, for example, 1234567. When input in cipher text, it is a string of 24 or 64 characters, for example, _(TT8F]Y\5SQ=^Q`MAF4<1!!.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Parameter radius-scheme-name: RADIUS scheme, a character string not exceeding 32 characters hwtacacs-scheme-name: HWTACACS scheme, a character string not exceeding 32 characters local: Local authentication none: No authentication Description Use the scheme command to configure the AAA scheme to be referenced by the current ISP domain.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands View Local user view Parameter dvpn: Authorizes the user to use the DVPN service. telnet: Authorizes the user to use the Telnet service. ssh:Authorizes the user to use the SSH service. terminal: Authorizes the user to use the terminal service (login via the Console, AUX or Asyn port). pad: Authorizes the user to use the PAD service.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Use the undo service-type ftp ftp-directory command to restore the default directory accessible for the FTP user. By default, no services of any type are authorized to any user and access of anonymous FTP users is not allowed, but a user that is granted the FTP service is authorized to access the root directory "flash:/". Related command: service-type and service-type ppp.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands [3Com-luser-huawei1] service-type ppp callback-nocheck 1.1.19 state Syntax state { active | block } View ISP domain view, local user view Parameter active: Configured to allow users in the current ISP domain or the current local user to request for network services. block: Configured to block users in the current ISP domain or the current local user to request for network services.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands View RADIUS view Parameter times: Maximum times for sending Accounting-On packets, in the range 1 to 256. It defaults to 15. interval: Interval for sending Accounting-On packets, in the range 1 to 30 seconds. It defaults to 3 seconds. Description Use the accounting-on enable command to enable the user re-authentication at reboot function.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Note: z The primary attributes of an Accounting-On packet (that is, the NAS-ID, NAS-IP, and session ID) are often generated by the router automatically, where the NAS-IP attribute is the IP address for the outbound interface of the packet by default.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Description Use the data-flow-format command to configure the unit in which data flows are sent to a RADIUS Server. Use the undo data-flow-format command to restore the unit to the default setting. By default, data flows are sent in bytes and data packets in the units of one-packet. Related command: display radius.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands View User view Parameter all: Enables/disables debugging for all items. error: Enables/disables debugging for errors. event: Enables/disables debugging for events. packet: Enables/disables debugging for packets. Description Use the debugging local-server command to enable debugging for the local RADIUS authentication server.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Example # Display statistics of the local RADIUS authentication server. <3Com> display local-server statistics The localserver packet statistics: Receive: 82 Send: 61 Discard: 21 Receive Packet Error: 0 Auth Receive: 82 Auth Send: 61 Acct Receive: 0 Acct Send: 0 1.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Accounting method = required TimeOutValue(in second)=3 RetryTimes=3 RealtimeACCT(in minute)=12 Permitted send realtime PKT failed counts =5 Retry sending times of noresponse acct-stop-PKT =500 Quiet-interval(min) =5 Username format =without-domain Data flow unit =Byte Packet unit =1 -----------------------------------------------------------------Total 1 RADIUS scheme(s).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Field Description Packet unit Unit of packets 1.2.7 display radius statistics Syntax display radius statistics View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display radius statistics command to view the statistics information on RADIUS packets. The displayed packet information can help you troubleshoot RADIUS faults. Related command: radius scheme.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Running statistic: RADIUS received messages statistic: Normal auth request , Num=13 , Err=0 , Succ=13 EAP auth request , Num=0 , Err=0 , Succ=0 Account request , Num=1 , Err=0 , Succ=1 Account off request , Num=0 , Err=0 , Succ=0 PKT auth timeout , Num=36 , Err=12 , Succ=24 PKT acct_timeout , Num=0 , Err=0 , Succ=0 Realtime Account timer , Num=0 , Err=0 , Su
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Field Description Received and Sent packets statistic: Sent PKT total :38 total:2 Resend Times 1 12 2 12 Total Received PKT Statistics about transmitted/received packets, including: z Resend total z z Count of transmitted packets Count of received packets Count of retransmissions retransmitted packets and 24 RADIUS received packets statistic: Code= 2,Num=1 ,Err=0 Code=
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Field Description RADIUS received messages statistic: Normal auth request Err=0 , Succ=13 , Num=13 , EAP auth request Err=0 , Succ=0 , Num=0 , Account request Err=0 , Succ=1 , Num=1 , Statistics about received messages for RADIUS, providing count of messages, errors, and successes of each type.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands 1.2.8 display stop-accounting-buffer Syntax display stop-accounting-buffer { radius-scheme radius-scheme-name | session-id session-id | time-range start-time stop-time | user-name user-name } View Any view Parameter radius-scheme stop-accounting radius-scheme-name: requests related to Displays the information RADIUS scheme on buffered specified by radius-scheme-name.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Example # Display information on the buffered stop-accounting requests between 0:0:0 and 23:59:59 on August 31, 2002. <3Com> display stop-accounting-buffer time-range 0:0:0-08/31/2002 23:59:59-08/31/2002 Total find 0 record 1.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands [3Com-radius-huawei] key authentication hello # In the RADIUS scheme “huawei”, set the shared key for encrypting accounting packets to “ok”. [3Com-radius-huawei] key accounting ok 1.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Example # Configure a local RADIUS authentication server, setting the IP address to 10.110.1.2, the shared key to aabbcc. [3Com] local-server nas-ip 10.110.1.2 key aabbcc 1.2.11 nas-ip Syntax nas-ip ip-address undo nas-ip View RADIUS view Parameter ip-address: IP address in dotted decimal format.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands View RADIUS view Parameter ip-address: IP address in dotted decimal format. By default, IP address of the primary accounting server is 0.0.0.0. port-number: UDP port number of the primary accounting server, which is ranging from 1 to 65535 and defaults to 1813.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands port-number: UDP port number of the primary authentication/authorization server, which is ranging from 1 to 65535 and defaults to 1812. Description Use the primary authentication command to configure IP address and port number of the primary RADIUS authentication/authorization server.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands RADIUS protocol is configured scheme by scheme. Every RADIUS scheme must at least specify IP address and UDP port number of RADIUS authentication/authorization/accounting server and the parameters necessary for the RADIUS client (a router) to interact with the servers.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands This command specifies only one source address; therefore, the newly configured source address may overwrite the original one. Related command: nas-ip. Example # Configure the router to send RADIUS packets from 129.10.10.1. [3Com] radius nas-ip 129.10.10.1 1.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset radius statistics command to clear the statistic information related to the RADIUS protocol. Related command: display radius. Example # Clear the RADIUS protocol statistics. <3Com> reset radius statistics 1.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Description Use the reset stop-accounting-buffer command to clear the buffered stop-accounting requests that have no responses. If receiving no response after sending a stop-accounting request to a RADIUS server, the router buffers the request packet and retransmits it. The number of allowed transmission attempts can be set using the retry stop-accounting command.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Suppose the maximum number of retransmission attempts is set to N. If the primary RADIUS server does not respond after the number of request attempts exceeds (N – [N/2]), the NAS considers that the current RADIUS server is disconnected and turns to another RADIUS server. Appropriately set the retry-times parameter to maintain an acceptable system response speed.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands minutes. If no response is received after five attempts, the NAS assumes that this accounting fails. Normally, the result of retry-times multiple by T is smaller than t. Related command: radius scheme and timer realtime-accounting. Example # Configure the RADIUS scheme "huawei" to allow up to ten real-time accounting request attempts.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands 1.2.22 secondary accounting Syntax secondary accounting ip-address [ port-number ] undo secondary accounting View RADIUS view Parameter ip-address: IP address, in dotted decimal format. By default, the IP address of secondary accounting server is at 0.0.0.0. port-number: Specifies the UDP port number, ranging from 1 to 65535.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands port-number: UDP port number, ranging from 1 to 65535. By default, the authentication/authorization service is provided through UDP 1812 Description Use the secondary authentication command to configure the IP address and port number of the secondary RADIUS authentication/authorization/accounting server.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Related command: radius scheme. Example # Set RADIUS server type of RADIUS scheme huawei to huawei. [3Com-radius-huawei] server-type huawei 1.2.25 state Syntax state { primary | secondary } { accounting | authentication } { block | active } View RADIUS view Parameter primary: Sets the state of the primary RADIUS server. secondary: Sets the state of the secondary RADIUS server.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands [3Com-radius-huawei] state secondary authentication active 1.2.26 stop-accounting-buffer enable Syntax stop-accounting-buffer enable undo stop-accounting-buffer enable View RADIUS view Parameter None Description Use the stop-accounting-buffer enable command to enable the router to buffer the stop-accounting requests that have no responses.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands View RADIUS view Parameter minutes: Ranges from 1 to 255. By default, the primary server must wait five minutes before it can resume the active state. Description Use the timer quiet command to set the duration that the primary server must wait before it can resume the active state. Use the undo timer quiet command to restore the default (five minutes).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands You are therefore recommended to adopt a longer interval when there are a large number of users (more than 1000, inclusive). The following table recommends the ratio of minutes to the number of users.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Related command: radius scheme and retry. Example # Set the response timeout timer in the RADIUS scheme huawei to 5 seconds. [3Com-radius-huawei] timer response-timeout 5 1.2.30 user-name-format Syntax user-name-format { with-domain | without-domain } View RADIUS view Parameter with-domain: Includes the ISP domain name in the username sent to the RADIUS server.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Example # Send the username without the domain name to the RADIUS servers in the RADIUS scheme "huawei". [3Com-radius-huawei] user-name-format without-domain 1.3 HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Example # Set the unit of data flow destined for the HWTACACS server "huawei" to be kilo-byte and the data packet unit be kilo-packet. [3Com-hwtacacs-huawei] data-flow-format data kilo-byte packet kilo-packet 1.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Parameter hwtacacs-scheme-name: HWTACACS scheme name, a string of 1 to 32 case-insensitive characters, excluding forward slashes (/), colons (:), asterisks (*), question marks (?), less-than signs (<), and greater-than signs (>). If no HWTACACS scheme is specified, the system displays the configuration of all HWTACACS schemes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Field Description Primary-authentication-server IP address and port number of the primary authentication server Primary-authorization-server IP address and port number of the primary authorization server Primary-accounting-server IP address and port number of the primary accounting server Secondary-authentication-server IP address and port number of the secondary authenticati
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands 1.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands HWTACACS name Template authentication scheme 1.3.5 hwtacacs change-password self Syntax hwtacacs change-password self View User view Parameter None Description Use the hwtacacs change-password self command to enable the TACACS online user to change the password. After this command is configured, the system guides the TACACS online user through to change the password.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands 1.3.6 hwtacacs nas-ip Syntax hwtacacs nas-ip ip-address undo hwtacacs nas-ip View System view Parameter ip-address: Specifies a source IP address. Description Use the hwtacacs nas-ip command to specify the source address of the hwtacacs packet sent from NAS. Use the undo hwtacacs nas-ip command to restore the default setting.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Description Use the hwtacacs scheme command to enter HWTACACS Server view. If the specified HWTACACS server scheme does not exist, you can create a new HWTACACS scheme. Use the .undo hwtacacs scheme command to delete an HWTACACS scheme. Example # Create an HWTACACS scheme named "test1" and enter the relevant HWTACACS Server view. [3Com] hwtacacs scheme test1 [3Com-hwtacacs-test1] 1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands performed on two server devices with different shared keys, you must set one shared key for each. Related command: display hwtacacs. Example # Use hello as the shared key for HWTACACS accounting. [3Com] hwtacacs scheme test1 [3Com-hwtacacs-test1] key accounting hello 1.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands 1.3.10 primary accounting Syntax primary accounting ip-address [ port ] undo primary accounting View HWTACACS view Parameter ip-address: IP address of the server, a valid unicast address in dotted decimal format. port: Port number of the server, which is in the range 1 to 65535 and defaults to 49.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Parameter ip-address: IP address of the server, a valid unicast address in dotted decimal format. port: Port number of the server, which is in the range 1 to 65535 and defaults to 49. Description Use the primary authentication command to configure a primary TACACS authentication server. Use the undo primary authentication command to delete the configured authentication server.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Use the undo primary authorization command to delete the configured primary authorization server. By default, IP address of TACACS authorization server is all zeros. If TACACS authentication is configured for a user without TACACS authorization server, the user cannot log in regardless of its user type.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands 1.3.14 reset stop-accounting-buffer Syntax reset stop-accounting-buffer hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name View User view Parameter hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Configures to delete the stop-accounting requests from the buffer according to the specified HWTACACS scheme name.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Description Use the retry stop-accounting command to enable stop-accounting packet retransmission and configure the maximum number of stop-accounting request attempts. Use the undo retry stop-accounting command to restore the default setting. By default, stop-accounting packet retransmission is enabled and has 100 attempts for each request.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands You can remove an accounting server only when it is not being used by any active TCP connections. Example # Configure a secondary accounting server. [3Com] hwtacacs scheme test1 [3Com-hwtacacs-test1] secondary accounting 10.163.155.12 49 1.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands 1.3.18 secondary authorization Syntax secondary authorization ip-address [ port ] undo secondary authorization View HWTACACS view Parameter ip-address: IP address of the server, a legal unicast address in dotted decimal format. port: Port number of the server, ranging from 1 to 65535. By default, it is 49.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands View HWTACACS view Parameter minutes: Ranges from 1 to 255 minutes. By default, the primary server must wait five minutes before it resumes the active state. Description Use the timer quiet command to set the duration that a primary server must wait before it can resume the active state. Use the undo timer quiet command to restore the default (five minutes).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands You are therefore recommended to adopt a longer interval when there are a large number of users (more than 1000, inclusive). The following table recommends the ratio of minutes to the number of users.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Related command: display hwtacacs. Example # Set the response timeout time of the TACACS server to 30 seconds. [3Com] hwtacacs scheme test1 [3Com-hwtacacs-test1] timer response-timeout 30 1.3.22 user-name-format Syntax user-name-format { with-domain | without-domain } View HWTACACS view Parameter with-domain: Specifies to send the username with domain name to the TACACS server..
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 AAA and RADIUS/HWTACACS Protocol Configuration Commands Note: If a HWTACACS scheme is configured to reject usernames including ISP domain names, the TACACS scheme shall not be simultaneously used in more than one ISP domains. Otherwise, the TACACS server will regard two users in different ISP domains as the same user by mistake, if they have the same username (excluding their respective domain names.) Related command: hwtacacs scheme.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands 2.1 Portal Configuration Commands 2.1.1 debugging portal Syntax debugging portal undo debugging portal View User view Parameter None Description Use the debugging portal command to enable portal debugging. Use the undo debugging portal command to disable portal debugging. Example # Enable portal debugging.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands *0.2997540 3Com PORTAL/8/PT_DEBUG: User Index 11 State Change: DISCOVERED -> WAIT_AUTH_ACK *0.2997800 3Com PORTAL/8/PT_DEBUG: User Index 11 State Change: WAIT_AUTH_ACK -> WAIT_NEW_IP *0.3004080 3Com PORTAL/8/PT_DEBUG: User Index 11 State Change: WAIT_NEW_IP -> WAIT_LOGIN_ACK *0.3004400 3Com PORTAL/8/PT_DEBUG: User Index 11 State Change: WAIT_LOGIN_ACK -> ONLINE 3) The process for authentication failure: *0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands *0.1766700 3Com PORTAL/8/PT_DEBUG: User Index 15 State Change: WAIT_LOGIN_ACK -> WAIT_LEAVING_ACK *0.6419510 3Com PORTAL/8/PT_DEBUG: User Index 15 State Change: WAIT_LEAVING_A CK -> VOID 7) The process for no response when the request for a public IP address times out: *0.6904000 3Com PORTAL/8/PT_DEBUG: User Index 17 State Change: VOID -> DISCOV ERED *0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands Field Description WAIT_AUTH_ACK->VOID: The user migrates from the WAIT_AUTH_ACK state to the VOID state, that is, the user fails the authentication and is deleted. WAIT_LOGIN_ACK -> VOID : The user migrates from the WAIT_LOGIN_ACK state to the VOID state, that is, the user fails the accounting and is deleted.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands interface-type interface-num: Displays the specified Ethernet interface. server: Displays the information about all portal servers. server-name: Name of the portal server to be displayed. server statistics: Displays the portal server statistics. tcp-cheat statistics: Displays TCP-cheat statistics. Description Use the display portal command to display the information about portal servers.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands Index State MAC IP Interface 0 ONLINE 0000-0000-0000 172.33.0.2 Ethernet0/0/0 Table 2-2 Description on the fields of the display portal command Field Description Service Type Portal service type: portal or portal+ Run Method Operating mode of the portal server, which can be Direct for direct authentication, or Redhcp for re-DHCP authentication.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands WAIT_ACL_ACK 0 WAIT_NEW_IP 0 ONLINE 0 WAIT_LOGOUT_ACK 0 Message Statistics : MSG NAME RCV MSG NUM PT_MSG_AUTH_ACK 1 PT_MSG_LOGIN_ACK 1 PT_MSG_LOGOUT_ACK 1 PT_MSG_LEAVING_ACK 0 PT_MSG_CUT_REQ 0 PT_MSG_ARPPKT 16 PT_MSG_UPDATE 0 PT_MSG_TMR_AUT 0 PT_MSG_TMR_LGN 0 PT_MSG_TMR_LGT 0 PT_MSG_TMR_LEV 0 PT_MSG_TMR_NIP 0 PT_MSG_TMR_USERIPCHANGE 0 PT_MSG_TMR_REQAUTH 0 ERROR Statistics:
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands Field Description Message Statistics Statistics about received messages.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands Parameter server-name: Name of a configured portal server. Description Use the portal command to enable portal authentication on an interface. Use the undo portal command to disable portal authentication on an interface. Before enabling portal authentication on an interface, make sure that the interface is configured with a legal IP address, and the specified portal server exists.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands [3Com] portal auth-network 192.168.0.200 255.255.0.0 interface Ethernet0/0/0 2.1.5 portal fast-authentication Syntax portal fast-authentication server server-name user-name user-name password password undo portal fast-authentication server server-name View System view Parameter server-name: Name of the configured portal server. user-name: User name used for fast authentication.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands Parameter ip-address: Free IP address of the host to be configured. interface-type interface-num: Type and number of the Ethernet interface on which the free IP address of the host is configured. all: All the free IP addresses. Description Use the portal free-ip command to configure a free IP address. Use the undo portal free-ip command to remove a specified free IP addresses.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands Use the undo portal free-user interface command to delete all authentication-free users on a specified interface. Use the undo portal free-user all command to delete all set authentication-free users. In actual networking environments, you can configure some servers and the LAN network devices attached to the router as authentication-free users, enabling them to access all networks without authentication.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands Description Use the portal method command to specify a portal authentication method. Use the undo portal method command to restore the default authentication method, that is, direct authentication. Example # Set the portal authentication method to redhcp. [3Com] portal method redhcp # Restore the default authentication method. [3Com] undo portal method 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands Caution: z When configuring a portal server for the first time, you must specify its IP address. z To modify the parameters of a portal server which is referenced by an interface, you must first remove the portal server from the port. z The IP address of a portal server is a free IP address.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands 2.2 EAD Configuration Command 2.2.1 display portal update-resource Syntax display portal update-resource View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display portal update-resource command to display information about the update resources configured by the user. Example # Display information about the update resources configured by the user.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands Parameter number: All-resource ID. Description Use the portal all-resource-id command to configure the all-resource ID. Use the undo portal all-resource-id command to delete the all-resource ID. By default, no all-resource ID is configured. The all-resource ID is corresponding to the security ACL configured on the security policy server for the router.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands This resource name is used by the system in the security authentication failure prompt indicating that the resource with the specified name is accessible only after security authentication is passed. Example # Create an accessible-resource name to sina. [3Com] portal resource sina # Restore the default accessible-resource name. [3Com] undo portal resource 2.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands 2.2.5 portal update-resource Syntax portal update-resource ip ip-address [ mask mask ] undo portal update-resource { ip ip-address [ mask mask ] | all } View System view Parameter ip-address: IP address of update-resource. mask: Dotted decimal subnet mask or mask length of the IP address of update resource. all: All update resources.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands View System view Parameter number: Update-resource ID. Description Use the portal update-resource-id command to configure the update-resource ID. Use the undo portal update-resource-id command to delete the update-resource ID. By default, the update-resource ID is not configured. The update-resource ID is corresponding to the isolation ACL configured on the security policy server for the router.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands Description Use the portal upload-ip command to configure the IP address of the interface connected to the CAMS server. Use the undo portal upload-ip command to delete the IP address of the interface connected to the CAMS server. By default, the IP address of the interface connected to the CAMS server is not configured. Use this command only on the Ethernet interface enabled with portal authentication.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Portal Configuration Commands Example # Specify the security policy server with IP address 192.168.0.1. [3Com] radius scheme system [3Com-radius-system] security-policy-server 192.168.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Access Control List Configuration Commands Chapter 3 Access Control List Configuration Commands 3.1 ACL Configuration Commands 3.1.1 acl Syntax acl number acl-number [ match-order { config | auto } ] undo acl { number acl-number | all } View System View Parameter number: Defines a numbered access control list (ACL).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Access Control List Configuration Commands 3.1.2 display acl Syntax display acl { all | acl-number } View Any view Parameter all: All ACL rules. acl-number: ACL expressed by number. Description Use the display acl command to view the rules of access control list. The rule match order defaults to config or the configuration order. If it applies, the display command does not show information on the match order.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Access Control List Configuration Commands Example # Reset the statistics of access control list 1000. <3Com> reset acl counter 1000 3.1.4 rule Syntax 1) Create or delete a rule of a basic access control list.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Access Control List Configuration Commands exist, a new rule number with the specified rule-id will be created. If you do not specify the rule-id, A new rule will be created and the system will assign a rule-id to the ACL rule automatically. deny: Discards matched packets. permit: Permits matched packets. comment text: Specifies a comment for each rule. protocol: Protocol type over IP expressed by name or number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Access Control List Configuration Commands operator: Optional, comparison between port number of source or destination address. Their names and meanings are as follows: lt (lower than), gt (greater than), eq (equal to), neq (not equal to) and range (between). If the operator is range, two port numbers should follow it. Others only need one port number. port1, port2: Optional, port number of TCP or UDP, expressed by name or number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Access Control List Configuration Commands source-port: Optional. Only the information setting related to the source port part of the ACL rule number will be deleted, valid only when the protocol is TCP or UDP. destination-port: Optional. Only the information setting related to the destination port part of the ACL rule number will be deleted, valid only when the protocol is TCP or UDP. icmp-type: Optional.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Access Control List Configuration Commands [3Com] acl number 3001 [3Com-acl-adv-3001] rule deny udp destination-port eq rip # Add a rule to permit hosts in the network segment 129.9.0.0 to send WWW packet to hosts in the network segment 202.38.160.0. [3Com-acl-adv-3001] rule permit tcp source 129.9.0.0 0.0.255.255 destination 202.38.160.0 0.0.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Access Control List Configuration Commands Description Use the display time-range command to view the configuration and the status of time range. For the active time range at present, it displays "active" and for the inactive time range, it displays "inactive".
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Access Control List Configuration Commands from time1 date1: Optional, which is used to indicate the start time and date. The input format of time is hh:mm, which is shown in 24-hour notation. The range of hh is from 0 to 23 and the range of mm is from 0 to 59. The input format of date is MM/DD/YYYY. DD can be in the value range from 1 to 31. MM is one number in the range form 1 to 12 and YYYY is a 4-digit number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Access Control List Configuration Commands [3Com] time test 14:00 to 16:00 off-day from 20:00 04/01/2003 to 20:00 12/10/2003 # Configure the time range valid between 8:00 and 18:00 in each working day. [3Com] time-range test 8:00 to 18:00 working-day # Configure the time range valid between 14:00 and 18:00 in each weekend day.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands 4.1 Packet Filtering Firewall Configuration Commands 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands Example # Enable the debugging information about UDP packet filtering. <3Com> debugging firewall udp 4.1.2 display firewall-statistics Syntax display firewall-statistics { all | interface type number | fragments-inspect } View Any view Parameter all: Displays the filtering packet statistics of all the interfaces. interface type number: Specifies an interface by its type and number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands Description Use the firewall default command to configure the default filtering rule of the firewall, whether to be “permit” or “deny”. By default, the system permits packets. Example # Set the default filtering rule of the firewall to “deny”. [3Com] firewall default deny 4.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands Parameter none Description Use the firewall fragments-inspect command to enable fragment inspection switch. Use the undo firewall fragments-inspect command to disable fragment inspection switch. By default, fragment inspection switch is disabled. This command is the premise of realizing exact match. Only after fragment inspection switch is enabled, can fragment exact match be implemented.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands default: Default number of fragment status records. The default high threshold of the fragment status records is 2000 and the default low threshold of the fragment status records is 1500. Description Use the firewall fragments-inspect { high | low } command to configure the high and low thresholds of records for fragment inspection.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands match-fragments: Specify the matching mode of fragments. This parameter can only be applied to advanced ACLs. normally: Normal matching mode, the default mode. exactly: Exact matching mode. Description Use the firewall packet-filter command to apply the access control list to the corresponding interface. Use the undo firewall packet-filter command to delete the corresponding setting.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands View User view Parameter all: Clears the filtering packet statistics of all the interfaces. interface: Clears the filtering packet statistics of a certain interface. type number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. Description Use the reset firewall-statistics command to clear the firewall statistics. Example # Clear filtering packet statistics of the interface E3/1/0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands Example # Configure SYN status waiting timeout value of TCP as 20 seconds. [3Com-aspf-policy-1] aging-time syn 20 # Configure FIN status waiting timeout value of FIN as 10 seconds. [3Com-aspf-policy-1] aging-time fin 10 # Configure TCP idle timeout value as 3000 seconds. [3Com-aspf-policy-1] aging-time tcp 3000 # Configure UDP idle timeout value as 110 seconds. [3Com-aspf-policy-1] aging-time udp 110 4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands View User view Parameter all: All ASPF debugging switch. verbose: Detailed debugging switch. events: Event debugging switch. ftp: Debugging switch for FTP detect information . h323: Debugging switch for H.323 information detection. http: Debugging switch for HTTP information detection. rtsp: Debugging switch for RTSP information detection. session: Debugging switch for Session information .
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands Parameter protocol: Name of the protocol supported by ASPF. It can be an application layer protocol of ftp, http, h323, smtp, or rtsp, or a transport layer protocol of tcp or udp. seconds: Configures the idle timeout time of the protocol, ranging from 5 to 43200 seconds. The default TCP-based timeout time is 3600 seconds, and the default UDP-based timeout time is 30 seconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display aspf all command to view the information of all ASPF policies and sessions. Example # View the information of ASPF policy and session.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands Item Description http java-list 1 timeout Detect the HTTP traffic and filter the Java Applets from some particular sites by using ACL 1. The HTTP timeout time is set to 3000 seconds. “h323 timeout” indicates the timeout time of the h323 session entry. h323 timeout The policy inspects h323 traffic. The timeout time of h323 is 3600 seconds. tcp timeout The policy inspects tcp traffic.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands Table 4-2 ASPF interface configuration information Item Description Inbound ASPF policy ASPF policy in the inbound direction of the interface outbound ASPF policy ASPF policy in the outbound direction of the interface 4.2.7 display aspf policy Syntax display aspf policy aspf-policy-number View Any view Parameter aspf-policy-number: ASPF policy number, ranging from 1 to 99.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter verbose: Displays the detailed information of the sessions. Description Use the display aspf session command to view the information of the ASPF sessions. Example # Display information on current ASPF sessions. [3Com] display aspf session [Established Sessions] Session Initiator Responder Application Status 212BA84 169.254.1.121:1427 169.254.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands Item Description Interface: Ethernet1/0/0 ASPF policy is applied in outbound direction of the interface Ethernet1/0/0 Direction: outbound Bytes/Packets sent Bytes/Packets transmitted between the originating and responding sides of the connection Timeout 00:02:00(120) Timeout time set for the protocol is 120 seconds 4.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands Parameter aspf-policy-number: ASPF policy number used on the interface. inbound: Applies ASPF policy in inbound direction of the interface. outbound: Applies ASPF policy in outbound direction of the interface. Description Use the firewall aspf command to apply ASPF policy in specified direction to an interface. Use the undo firewall aspf command to delete the applied ASPF policy on the interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands Related command: display aspf all, display aspf policy, display aspf session, display aspf interface. Example # Enable ASPF session logging function. [3Com-aspf-policy-1] log enable 4.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Firewall Configuration Commands 3Com Corporation 4-18
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands 5.1 IPSec Configuration Commands 5.1.1 ah authentication-algorithm Syntax ah authentication-algorithm { md5 | sha1 } undo ah authentication-algorithm View IPSec proposal view Parameter md5: MD5 algorithm is adopted. sha1: SHA1 algorithm is adopted.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands 5.1.2 debugging ipsec Syntax debugging ipsec { all | sa | misc | packet [ policy policy-name [ seq-number ] | parameters ip-address protocol spi-number ] } undo debugging ipsec { all | sa | misc | packet [ policy policy-name [ seq-number ] | parameters ip-address protocol spi-number ] } View User view Parameter all: Displays all debugging information. sa: Displays debugging information of SA.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Parameter brief: Displays brief information about all the ipsec policies. name: Displays information of the ipsec policy with the name policy-name and sequence number seq-number. policy-name: Name of an ipsec policy. seq-number: Sequence number of an ipsec policy. If no argument has been specified, the details of all the IPSec policies will be displayed.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Item Description In ISAKMP negotiation mode, the IKE peer name referenced by the IPSec policy. This field is not available with manually-established IPSec policies.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands esp string-key: esp encryption hex key: 1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef1234567812345678 esp authentication hex key: 1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef outbound ah setting: ah spi: 54321 (0xd431) ah string-key: ah authentication hex key: 1122334455667788990011223344556677889900 outbound esp setting: esp spi: 65432 (0xff98) esp string-key: esp encryption hex key: 11223344556677889900aabbccddeeff12345678123
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands name: Displays information of the ipsec policy template with the name template-name and sequence number seq-number. template-name: Name of an ipsec policy template. seq-number: Sequence number of an ipsec policy template. If no parameter is specified, then the detail information about all the ipsec policy templates will be displayed.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter proposal-name: Name of the proposal. Description Use the display ipsec proposal command to view information about the proposal. If the name of the proposal is not specified, then information about all the proposals will be shown. Related command: ipsec proposal, display ipsec sa and display ipsec policy. Example # View all the proposals.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands 5.1.6 display ipsec sa Syntax display ipsec sa [ brief | remote ip-address | policy policy-name [ seq-number ] | duration ] View Any view Parameter brief: Displays brief information about all the SAs. remote: Displays information about the SA with remote address as ip-address. ip-address: Specifies the remote address in dotted decimal format.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands total phase-2 SAs: 2 Src Address Dst Address SPI Protocol Algorithm 10.1.1.1 10.1.1.2 300 ESP E:DES; A:HMAC-MD5-96 10.1.1.2 10.1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands spi: 3752719292 (0xdfadf3bc) transform: AH-SHA1HMAC96 sa remaining key duration (bytes/sec): (1887436384/3594) max received sequence-number: 4 [inbound esp SAs] spi: 74180629 (0x46be815) transform: ESP-ENCRYPT-3DES ESP-AUTH-MD5 sa remaining key duration (bytes/sec): (1887436528/3594) max received sequence-number: 4 [outbound esp SAs] spi: 1394075637 (0x5317e7f5) transform: ESP-ENCRYPT-3DES ESP-AUTH-MD5 sa remai
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Item Description maximum sequence number of the sent packets (the anti-replay function provided by the security protocol) max sent sequence-number 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Table 5-7 IPSec packet statistics Item Description input/output security packets input/output packets under the security protection input/output security bytes input/output bytes under the security protection input/output discarded security packets input/output packets under the security protection discarded by the router 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands The transport mode is suitable for communication between two hosts, or for communication between a host and a security gateway (like the network management communication between the gateway workstation and a router). In transport mode, two devices responsible for encrypting and decrypting packets must be the original sender and receiver of the packet.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands The undo esp authentication-algorithm command is not used to restore the authentication algorithm to the default; instead it is used to set the authentication algorithm to vacant, i.e. not authentication. When the encryption algorithm is not vacant, the undo esp authentication-algorithm command is valid.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands 3DES can meet the requirement of high confidentiality and security, but it is comparatively slow. And DES can satisfy the normal security requirements. ESP permits a packet to be encrypted or authenticated or both. The encryption and authentication methods used by ESP cannot be set to a vacant value at the same time.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands any of the access control lists used by all the ipsec policies, it will be directly transmitted (that is, IPSec will not protect the packet). To prevent transmitting any unencrypted packet from the interface, it is necessary to use the firewall together with IPSec; the firewall is for dropping all the packets that do not need to be encrypted. Related command: ipsec policy(system view).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Use the undo ipsec policy policy-name seq-number command to delete an IPSec policy whose name is policy-name and sequence number is seq-number. By default, no ipsec policy exists. To establish an ipsec policy, it is necessary to specify the negotiation mode (manual or isakmp). To modify the ipsec policy, it is not necessary to specify a negotiation mode.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands [3Com-ipsec-policy-isakmp-newpolicy1-100] 5.1.13 ipsec policy-template Syntax ipsec policy-template template-name seq-number undo ipsec policy-template template-name [ seq-number ] View System view Parameter template-name: Name of the IPSec policy template, an alphanumeric string of 1 to 15 characters, case insensitive, excluding minus signs (-).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Example # Establish an IPSec policy template with the name of template1 and the serial number of 100. [3Com] ipsec policy-template template1 100 [3Com-ipsec-policy-template- template1-100] 5.1.14 ipsec proposal Syntax ipsec proposal proposal-name undo ipsec proposal proposal-name View System view Parameter proposal-name: Name of the specified proposal.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands 5.1.15 ipsec sa global-duration Syntax ipsec sa global-duration { time-based seconds | traffic-based kilobytes } undo ipsec sa global-duration { time-based | traffic-based } View System view Parameter time-based seconds: Time-based global SA duration in second, ranging 30 to 604800 seconds. It is 3600 seconds (1 hour) by default.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Example # Set the global SA duration to 2 hours. [3Com] ipsec sa global-duration time-based 7200 # Set the global SA duration to 10M bytes transmitted. [3Com] ipsec sa global-duration traffic-based 10000 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands [3Com-ipsec-policy-isakmp-shanghai-200] pfs group1 5.1.17 proposal Syntax proposal proposal-name1 [ proposal-name2...proposal-name6 ] undo proposal [ proposal-name ] View IPSec policy view, IPSec policy template view Parameter proposal-name1,…, proposal-name6: Name of the proposals adopted. Description Use the proposal command to set the proposal used by the IPSec policy.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands 5.1.18 reset ipsec sa Syntax reset ipsec sa [ remote ip-address | policy policy-name [ seq-number ] | parameters dest-addr protocol spi ] View User view Parameter remote ip-address: Specifies remote address, in dotted decimal format. policy: Specifies the IPSec policy. policy-name: Specifies the name of the IPSec policy.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands The keyword parameters will take effect only after the spi of the outbound SA is defined. Because SAs appear in pairs, the inbound SA will also be deleted after the outbound SA is deleted. Related command: display ipsec sa. Example # Delete all the SAs. <3Com> reset ipsec sa # Delete an SA whose remote IP address is 10.1.1.2. <3Com> reset ipsec sa remote 10.1.1.2 # Delete all the SAs in policy1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands 5.1.20 sa authentication-hex Syntax sa authentication-hex { inbound | outbound } { ah | esp } hex-key undo sa authentication-hex { inbound | outbound } { ah | esp } View Manually-established IPSec policy view Parameter inbound: Configures the authentication-hex parameter for the inbound SA. IPSec uses the inbound SA for processing the packet in the inbound direction (received).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands ways, are available, the one specified the last takes effect. At both ends of a security tunnel, the key should be input in the same way. If the key is input in character string at one end, and it is input in hex at the other end, then a security tunnel cannot be set up correctly.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Use the undo sa duration command to cancel the SA duration, i.e., restore the use of the global SA duration. When IKE negotiates to establish a SA, if the adopted IPSec policy is not configured with its own duration, the system will use the global SA duration to negotiate with the peer.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Parameter inbound: Sets the encryption-hex parameter for the inbound SA. IPSec uses the inbound SA for processing the packet in the inbound direction (received). outbound: Sets the encryption-hex parameter for outbound SA. IPSec uses the outbound SA for processing the packet in the outbound direction (sent). esp: Sets the encryption-hex parameter for the SA using ESP.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands [3Com-ipsec-policy-manual-tianjin-100] sa spi inbound esp 1001 [3Com-ipsec-policy-manual-tianjin-100] sa encryption-hex inbound esp 1234567890abcdef [3Com-ipsec-policy-manual-tianjin-100] sa spi outbound esp 2001 [3Com-ipsec-policy-manual-tianjin-100] sa encryption-hex outbound esp abcdefabcdef1234 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands When configuring the SA of manual mode, the SA parameters of inbound and outbound directions must be set separately. The SA parameters set at both ends of the security tunnel must be fully matching. The SPI and key for the SA input at the local end must be the same as those output at the remote. The SA SPI and key output at the local end must be the same as those input at the remote.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands string-key: Specifies the key for an SA input in the character string format, with a length ranging 1 to 256 characters. For different algorithms, you can input character strings of any length in the specified range, and the system will generate keys meeting the algorithm requirements automatically according to the input character strings.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands [3Com-ipsec-policy-manual-tianjin-100] proposal prop_ah [3Com-ipsec-policy-manual-tianjin-100] sa spi inbound ah 10000 [3Com-ipsec-policy-manual-tianjin-100] sa string-key abcdef [3Com-ipsec-policy-manual-tianjin-100] sa spi outbound ah 20000 [3Com-ipsec-policy-manual-tianjin-100] sa string-key efcdab 5.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands 5.1.26 transform Syntax transform { ah | ah-esp | esp } undo transform View IPSec proposal view Parameter ah: Uses AH protocol specified in RFC2402. ah-esp: Uses ESP specified in RFC2406 to protect the packets and then uses AH protocol specified in RFC2402 to authenticate packets. esp: Uses ESP specified in RFC2406. Description Use the transform command to set a security protocol used by a proposal.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Security protocol Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Transfer mode transport ah IP AH esp IP ESP ah-esp IP AH tunnel data data ESP IP ESP-T data ESP-T AH IP IP ESP IP IP AH data data ESP IP ESP-T data ESP-T Figure 5-1 Data encapsulation formats of security protocols “data” in the figure is the original IP datagram.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands As for the ipsec policy in manual mode, it is necessary to set the local address before the SA can be established. A security tunnel is set up between the local and remote end, so the local address and remote address must be correctly configured before a security tunnel can be set up.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Example # Set the remote address of the ipsec policy to 10.1.1.2. [3Com] ipsec policy shanghai 10 manual [3Com-ipsec-policy-shanghai-10] tunnel remote 10.1.1.2 5.2 Encryption Card Configuration Commands 5.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands 5.2.2 display encrypt-card fast-switch Syntax display encrypt-card fast-switch View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display encrypt-card fast-switch command to view the entries in the fast forwarding cache for the encryption cards. Example # Display the entries in the fast forwarding cache for the encryption cards.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands 5.2.3 display encrypt-card sa Syntax display encrypt-card sa [ slot-id ] View Any view Parameter slot-id: Slot ID for the encryption card, whose range depends on the slot number on the router. It is in 3-dimentional format, for example, x/y/z, where x stands for slot ID on the router, y and z are fixed to 0 for the encryption card. Description Use the display encrypt-card sa command to view SA information.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands proposal: ESP-ENCRYPT-3DES proposal: ESP-AUTH-SHA1HMAC96 local address: 20.0.0.1 remote address: 20.0.0.2 sa remaining key duration (bytes/sec): 1887436532/2401 spi: 3024247997 (0xb4425cbd) Uses Encrypt5/0/0 AH SAs proposal: ESP-AUTH-SHA1HMAC96 local address: 20.0.0.1 remote address: 20.0.0.2 sa remaining key duration (bytes/sec): 1887436464/2401 spi: 2937733563 (0xaf1a41bb) Uses Encrypt5/0/0 5.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Encrypt5/0/0 security packets statistics : input/output security packets: 8/4 input/output security bytes: 1472/604 dropped security packet detail: no enough memory: 0 can't find SA: 0 queue is full: 0 authentication is failed: 0 wrong length: 0 replay packet: 0 too long packet: 0 wrong SA: 0 invalid proposal: 0 invalid protocol: 0 buffer error: 0 wrap error: 0 crypto error: 0 pad error: 0 5.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands [Router] display encrypt-card syslog 5/0/0 Date: 2004-03-27, Time: 11:45 Encrypt5/0/0 : receive time config cmd. Date: 2004-03-27, Time: 11:50 Encrypt5/0/0 : receive add tdb cmd. Date: 2004-03-27, Time: 11:50 Encrypt5/0/0 : receive add tdb cmd. Date: 2004-03-27, Time: 11:50 Encrypt5/0/0 : receive link tdb cmd. Date: 2004-03-27, Time: 11:50 Encrypt5/0/0 : receive add tdb cmd.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Dropped packets : 0 Statistics during last 5 seconds Packets sent to card : 0 Packets received from card : 0 Bytes sent to card : 0 Bytes received from card : 0 Dropped packets : 0 5.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands undo encrypt-card fast-switch View System view Parameter None Description Use the encrypt-card fast-switch command to enable the fast forwarding function of the encryption card. Use the undo encrypt-card fast-switch command to disable the fast forwarding function of the encryption card. By default, the fast forwarding function of the encryption card is disabled.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands In encryption card interface view, you only can the shutdown and undo shutdown commands, respectively to shut down the encryption card or turn the card up. Example # Enter the interface mode of the encryption card at slot 5/0/0. [Router] interface encrypt 5/0/0 [Router-Encrypt5/0/0] 5.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands [Router-ipsec-card-proposal-card] transform ah-esp [Router-ipsec-card-proposal-card] ah authentication-algorithm sha1 [Router-ipsec-card-proposal-card] esp authentication-algorithm sha1 [Router-ipsec-card-proposal-card] esp encryption-algorithm 3des [Router-ipsec-card-proposal-card] quit [Router] 5.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands slot-id: Slot ID for the encryption card, whose range depends on the slot number on the router. It is in 3-dimentional format, for example, x/y/z, where x stands for slot ID on the router, y and z are fixed to 0 for the encryption card. Description Use the reset encrypt-card sa command to clear the SAs on the encryption card.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Syntax reset encrypt-card syslog [ slot-id ] View User view Parameter slot-id: Slot ID for the encryption card, whose range depends on the slot number on the router. It is in 3-dimentional format, for example, x/y/z, where x stands for slot ID on the router, y and z are fixed to 0 for the encryption card.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Use the undo snmp-agent trap enable encrypt-card command to disable SNMP agent trap function on the card. When combined with appropriate NM configuration, the trap function allows you to view information about card reboot, state transition and packet loss processing on the Console of the NM station or router. Example # Enable the trap function on the encryption card.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands 5.3 IPSec DPD Configuration Commands 5.3.1 debugging ike dpd Syntax debugging ike dpd undo debugging ike dpd View User view Parameter None Description Use the debugging ike dpd command to enable IKE DPD debugging. Use the undo debugging ike dpd command to disable IKE DPD debugging. The following table describes the fields of the debugging ike dpd command.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands <3Com> debugging ike dpd peer1 RESPONSE(recv dpd request): received a message (seqno:1249119552) peer1 RESPONSE(send dpd response): send a message (seqno:1249119552) peer1 REQUEST(send dpd request): send a message (seqno:1249119550) peer1 REQUEST(recv dpd response): received a message (seqno:1249119550) 5.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Field Description time_out Timeout time for a DPD query 5.3.3 dpd Syntax dpd dpd-name undo dpd View IKE peer view Parameter dpd-name: DPD structure name. Description Use the dpd command to reference a DPD structure. Use the undo dpd command to remove the referenced DPD structure. The DPD structure referenced by an IKE peer must be one that has existed.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands Parameter dpd-name: Name of dead peer detection (DPD) structure. Description Use the ike dpd command to create a DPD structure and enter its view. Use the undo ike dpd command to delete the specified DPD structure. If a DPD structure has been referenced by an IKE peer, it cannot be deleted. Related command: dpd. Example # Create a DPD structure named aaa.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 IPSec Configuration Commands 5.3.6 time-out Syntax time-out seconds undo time-out View DPD structure view Parameter seconds: Time waiting for a DPD acknowledgement, in the range 1 to 60 seconds. It defaults to 5 seconds. Description Use the time-out command to configure the time waiting for a DPD acknowledgement. Use the undo time-out command to restore the default. Example # Set time-out to two seconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands 6.1 IKE Configuration Commands 6.1.1 authentication-algorithm Syntax authentication-algorithm { md5 | sha } undo authentication-algorithm View IKE proposal view Parameter md5: Selects the authentication algorithm: HMAC-MD5. sha: Selects the authentication algorithm: HMAC-SHA1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands Parameter pre-share: Specifies the pre-shared key authentication as the Internet Key Exchange (IKE) proposal authentication method. rsa-signature: specifies to authenticate through PKI digital signature. Description Use the authentication-method command to select the authentication method used by an IKE proposal.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands Parameter all: All IKE debugging functions. error: IKE error debugging information. exchange: IKE exchange mode debugging information. message: IKE message debugging information. misc: All the other IKE debugging information. transport: IKE transport debugging information. Description Use the debugging ike command to enable IKE debugging. Use the undo debugging ike command to disable IKE debugging.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands Use the undo dh command to restore the Diffie-Hellman group for an IKE proposal to the default. By default, group1, that is, 768-bit Diffie-Hellman group is used. Related command: ike proposal, display ike proposal. Example # Specify 768-bit Diffie-Hellman for IKE proposal 10. [3Com] ike proposal 10 [3Com-ike-proposal-10] dh group1 6.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands 6.1.6 display ike proposal Syntax display ike proposal View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display ike proposal command to view the parameters configured for each IKE proposal. This command shows IKE proposals in the sequence of the priority. Related command: authentication-method, ike proposal, encryption-algorithm, authentication-algorithm, dh, sa duration.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands 6.1.7 display ike sa Syntax display ike sa [ verbose ] View Any view Parameter verbose: Specifies to display detailed information. Description Use the display ike sa command to view the current security tunnels established by IKE. Related command: ike proposal. Example # View detailed information about the security tunnels established by IKE.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands Table 6-2 Description on the fields of the display ike sa verbose command Field Description connection id Security tunnel ID transmitting entity IKE negotiation initiator or responder local ip IP address of the local SA peer local id type ID type of the local SA peer local id ID of the local SA peer remote IP address of the remote SA peer remote id type ID type of the remote SA peer remote id ID
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide 2 Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands 202.38.0.2 RD|ST 2 IPSEC flag meaning: RD--READY ST--STAYALIVE RL--REPLACED FD—FADING TO-TIMEOUT The descriptions of the items displayed are listed in the following table.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands undo encryption-algorithm View IKE proposal view Parameter des-cbc: Selects the 56-bit DES-CBC encryption algorithm for an IKE proposal. DES algorithm adopts 56-bit keys for encryption. 3des-cbc: Sets the encryption algorithm to the 3DES algorithm in CBC mode. The 3DES algorithm uses 168-bit keys for encryption. aes-cbc [ 128 | 192 | 256 ]: Sets the encryption algorithm to AES in CBC mode.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands Use the undo exchange-mode command to restore the default negotiation mode. By default, main mode is adopted. In main mode, you can only use IP address to perform IKE negotiation and to create an SA. It is applicable to the situation in which both ends of a tunnel have fixed IP addresses. In IKE aggressive mode, you can use both IP addresses and name to perform IKE negotiation and to create an SA.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands Example # Set name as the ID used in IKE negotiation. [Router] ike peer new_peer [Router-ike-peer-new_peer] id-type name 6.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands View System view Parameter name: Name of the local GW in IKE negotiation, which contains 1 to 32 characters. Description Use the ike local-name command to set the name of the local GW. Use the undo ike local-name command to restore the default name of the local GW. By default, router name is used as the name of the local GW.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands 6.1.14 ike peer (In IPSec policy view or IPSec policy template view) Syntax ike peer peer-name undo ike peer peer-name View IPSec policy view, IPSec policy template view Parameter peer-name: IKE peer name, which is a string of up to 15 characters. Description Use the ike peer command to quote an IKE peer in an IPSec policy or IPSec policy template.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands Use the undo ike proposal command to delete an IKE proposal. The system provides a default IKE proposal with the lowest priority.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands Parameter seconds: Specifies the interval for sending Keepalive packet to the remote end through ISAKMP SA. It can be set to a value in the range 20 to 28800. Description Use the ike sa keepalive-timer interval command to configure the interval for sending Keepalive packet to the remote end through ISAKMP SA. Use the undo ike sa keepalive-timer interval command to disable the function.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands Description Use the ike sa keepalive-timer timeout command to configure a timeout for ISAKMP SA to wait for the Keepalive packet. Use the undo ike sa keepalive-timer timeout command to disable the function. By default, this function is disabled. This command is used to configure the timeout for the remote end to send the Keepalive packet.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands The NAT keepalive interval must be less than the translation timeout of NAT. By default, NAT keepalive of IKE is disabled. Example # Set the NAT keepalive interval to 30 seconds for IKE peers. [3Com] ike sa nat-keepalive-timer interval 30 6.1.19 local Syntax local { multi-subnet | single-subnet } undo local View IKE-peer view Parameter multi-subnet: Sets the subnet type to multiple.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands Parameter ip-address: IP address of the local GW in IKE negotiation. Description Use the local-address command to configure the IP address of the local GW in IKE negotiation. Use the undo local-address command to delete the IP address of the local GW. Normally, you do not need to configure the local-address command, unless you want to specify a special address for the local GW.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands [Router] ike peer new_peer [Router-ike-peer-new_peer] nat traversal 6.1.22 pre-shared-key Syntax pre-shared-key key undo pre-shared-key View IKE-peer view Parameter key: Specifies a pre-shared key, which is a string of 1 to 128 characters. Description Use the pre-shared-key command to configure a pre-shared key to be used in IKE negotiation.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands Use the undo peer command to restore the default subnet type. You can use this command to enable interoperability between the router and a Netscreen device. The default is single-subnet. Example # Set the subnet type in IKE negotiation to multiple. [Router-ike-peer-xhy] peer multi-subnet 6.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands 6.1.25 remote-name Syntax remote-name name undo remote-name View IKE-peer view Parameter name: Specifies a name for the peer in IKE negotiation. It is a string of 1 to 32 characters. Description Use the remote-name command to specify a name for the remote GW. Use the undo remote-name command to remove the remote GW.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands If connection-id is not specified, all the SAs at phase 1 will be deleted. If ISAKMP SA at phase 1 exists when deleting the local security tunnel, a Delete Message notification will be sent to the remote under the protection of this security tunnel to notify the remote to delete the corresponding SA.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 6 IKE Configuration Commands Parameter seconds: Specifies the ISAKMP Sa duration. When the sa duration expires, ISAKMP SA will update automatically. It can be set to a value in the range 60 to 604800 seconds. Description Use the sa duration command to specify the ISAKMP Sa duration for an IKE proposal. Use the undo sa duration command to restore it to the default. By default, the value of ISAKMP Sa duration is 86400 seconds (one day).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands 7.1 PKI Domain Configuration Commands 7.1.1 ca identifier Syntax ca identifier name undo ca identifier View PKI domain view Parameter name: CA identifier this device trusts, within the range of 1 to 63 characters Description Use the ca identifier command to specify the CA this device trusts and have the "name" CA bound with this device.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands Parameter entity-name: Name of the entity for certificate request, a string consisting 1 to 15 characters. It must be identical to the entity name specified by using the pki entity command. Description Use the certificate request entity command to specify the name of the entity for certificate request. Use the undo certificate request entity command to delete the entity for certificate request.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands By default, no registration agent is specified. PKI security policy recommends RA as registration agent. Example # Specify that the entity registers by CA for certificate request [RouterCA-pki-domain-1] certificate request from ca 7.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands [RouterCA-pki-domain-1] certificate request mode auto 7.1.5 certificate request polling Syntax certificate request polling { interval minutes | count count } undo certificate request polling { interval | count } View PKI domain view Parameter minutes: renders the interval between two polls. Specified in minutes, it ranges from 5 to 60 minutes, and by default, it is 20 minutes; count: indicates the retry times.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands Parameter string: refers to the server URL of the registration authority. Ranging from 1 to 127 characters, it composes server location and CA CGI command interface script location in the format of http: //server_location /ca_script_location.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands [3ComCA-pki-domain-1] crl check disable 7.1.8 crl update-period Syntax crl update-period hours undo crl update-period View PKI domain view Parameter hours: Update period in hours. Description Use the crl update-period command to specify the update period of CRL, which is the interval between local downloads of CRLs from CRL access server.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands Use the undo crl url command to undo the specification. By default, no CRL distribution point URL is specified. Example # Specify the URL location of CRL database [RouterCA-pki-domain-1] crl url ldap: // 169.254.0 30 7.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands Parameter name: PKI domain name specified for the quotation of other commands, indicating the PKI domain to which this device belongs. It can contain 1 to 15 characters. Description Use the pki domain command to enter PKI domain view, and configure the parameters of LDAP server and for certificate request and authentication. Use the undo pki domain command to delete the specified PKI domain.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide [3ComCA-pki-domain-1] Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands root-certificate fingerprint md5 12EF53FA355CD23E12EF53FA355CD23E # Configure an SHA1 fingerprint for authenticating the CA root certificate. [3ComCA-pki-domain-1] root-certificate fingerprint sha1 D1526110AAD7527FB093ED7FC037B0B3CDDDAD93 7.2 PKI Entity Configuration Commands 7.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands Parameter name-str: common name of an entity, within the range of 1 to 31 character Description Use the common-name command to specify the common name of an entity, take User name for example. Use the undo common-name command to delete the common name of this entity. By default, no common name is specified for any entity.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands View PKI entity view Parameter ip-address: IP address of an entity in the form of dotted decimal like A.B.C.D Description Use the ip command to specify the IP address of an entity. Use the undo ip command to delete the specified IP address. By default, no entity IP address is specified. Example # Configure the IP address of an entity [RouterCA-pki-entity-1] ip 161.12.2.3 7.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands Syntax organization org-str undo organization View PKI entity view Parameter org-str: organization name in the range of 1~31 characters Description Use the organization command to specify the name of the organization to which the entity belongs. Use the undo organization command to delete that name. By default, no organization name is specified for any entity.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands Example # Configure the name of the organization unit to which an entity belongs [RouterCA-pki-entity-1] organizational-unit soft plat 7.2.8 state Syntax state state-str undo state View PKI entity view Parameter state-str: state name within the range of 1 to 31 characters. Description Use the state command to clarify the name of the state where an entity lies.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands Use the undo pki entity command to delete the name and cancel all configurations under the name space. A variety of attributes can be configured in PKI entity view. name-str plays only for the convenience in being quoted by other commands. No field of certificate is concerned. By default, entity name is not specified. Example # Enter PKI entity view [RouterCA] pki entity en [RouterCA-pki-entity-en] 7.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands Parameter local: Indicates the local certificate. ca: Indicates the CA certificate. domain-name: PKI domain where the certificate locates. der: Specifies the certificate file format as DER. p12: Specifies the certificate file format as P12. pem: Specifies the certificate file format as PEM. filename: Name of the certificate file, a string consisting of 1 to 127 characters.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands Description Use the pki request-certificate command to deliver certificate request through SCEP to CA for the generated RSA key pair. If SCEP fails to go through normal communication, you can print the local certificate request in base64 format using the optional parameter PKCS#10, copy it, and send one to CA in an outband mode. This operation is not saved within the configuration. Related command: pki domain.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands View System view Parameter domain-name: contains CA or RA related information. It is configured by using the pki domain command. Description Use the pki retrieval-crl command to obtain the latest CRL from CRL server for the verification of the validity of a current certificate. Related command: pki domain. Example # Retrieve a CRL [RouterCA] pki retrieval-crl domain 1 7.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands [RouterCA] pki validate-certificate domain 1 7.4 PKI Displaying and Debugging Commands 7.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands The trusted CA's finger print is: MD5 fingerprint: 74C9 B71D 406B DDB3 F74A 96BC E05B 40E9 SHA1 fingerprint: 770E 2937 4E32 ACD4 4ACC 7CF1 0FF0 6FB8 6C34 E24A Is the finger print correct?(Y/N): y Saving the CA/RA certificate to flash.....................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands PKCS#7 develope: finding signed attributes PKCS#7 develope: finding attribute transId PKCS#7 develope: allocating 32 bytes for attribute PKCS#7 develope: reply transaction id: PKCS#7 develope: finding attribute messageType PKCS#7 develope: allocating 1 bytes for attribute PKCS#7 develope: reply message type is good PKCS#7 develope: finding attribute senderNonce PKCS#7 develope: allocating 16 byte
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands L=Beijing O=hw3c OU=bjs CN=myca Subject: C=CN ST=bei jing O=hua wei - 3com CN=pki test Verify result: ok Table 7-1 Description of PKI debugging information fields Field Description Create PKCS#10 request Encapsulation of PKCS#10 format PKCS#7 envelope Data encapsulation encryption format inner PKCS#7 PKCS#7 encryption of datagram outer PKCS#7 Signing of PKCS#7 datagram PKCS#7 develope De-encapsulatio
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands Field Description SCEP send message The entity sends a certificate operation packet to CA through SCEP Signed Certificates Certificates signed by CA 7.4.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands O=hw3c OU=bjs CN=new-ca Validity Not Before: Jan 13 08: 57: 21 2004 GMT Not After : Jan 20 09: 07: 21 2005 GMT Subject: C=CN ST=beijing L=beijing CN=pki test Subject Public Key Info: Public Key Algorithm: RSA Public Key: rsaEncryption (512 bit) Modulus (512 bit): 00D41D1F … Exponent: 65537 (0x10001) X509v3 extensions: X509v3 Subject Alternative Name: DNS: hyf.huawei-3com.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 7 PKI Configuration Commands Example # Display a CRL [RouterCA] display pki crl domain 1 Certificate Revocation List (CRL): Version 2 (0x1) Signature Algorithm: sha1WithRSAEncryption Issuer: C=CN O=h3c OU=soft CN=A Test Root Last Update: Jan 5 08: 44: 19 2004 GMT Next Update: Jan 5 21: 42: 13 2004 GMT CRL extensions: X509v3 CRL Number: 2 X509v3 Authority Key Identifier: keyid:0F71448E E075CAB8 ADDB3A12 0B747387 45D612EC Revoked Cer
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide VPN Commands 3Com Corporation i
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands................................................................................. 1-1 1.1.1 allow l2tp ................................................................................................................. 1-1 1.1.2 debugging l2tp......................................................................................................... 1-2 1.1.3 display l2tp session ..
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 3.1.2 authentication-client method ................................................................................... 3-2 3.1.3 authentication-server method.................................................................................. 3-2 3.1.4 data algorithm-suite................................................................................................. 3-3 3.1.5 data ipsec-sa duration...................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 allow l2tp Syntax allow l2tp virtual-template virtual-template-number remote remote-name [ domain domain-name ] undo allow View L2TP group view Parameter virtual-template-number: Specifies the virtual-template used when creating new virtual access interface, an integer ranging from 0 to 1023.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands requests sent by this kind of unknown peer ends, or for the test purpose, a default L2TP group can be configured. The allow l2tp command is used on LNS side. If the peer end name of the tunnel is configured, it must be the name of the local end configured on LAC side. Related command: l2tp-group.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands Example # Enable all L2TP debugging. debugging l2tp all 1.1.3 display l2tp session Syntax display l2tp session View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display l2tp session command to view the current L2TP sessions. The output information of the command facilitates the user to learn information of the current L2TP sessions. Related command: display l2tp tunnel.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands 1.1.4 display l2tp tunnel Syntax display l2tp tunnel View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display l2tp tunnel command to view information of the current L2TP tunnels. The output information of the command facilitates the user to learn information of the current L2TP tunnels. Related command: display l2tp session. Example # Display information of the current L2TP tunnels.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands 1.1.5 display l2tp user Syntax display l2tp user View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display l2tp user command to view information about the current L2TP users. Related command: display l2tp tunnel, display l2tp session. Example # Display information about the current L2TP users.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands System view Parameter virtual-template-number: Number of a virtual template, an integer in the range 0 to 1023. Description Use the interface virtual-template command to create a virtual template. Use the undo interface virtual-template command to delete the virtual template. By default, no virtual template is created.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands # Enable the LAC client to set up L2TP tunnel. [Quidway-Virtual-Template1] l2tp-auto-client enable 1.1.8 l2tp enable Syntax l2tp enable undo l2tp enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the l2tp enable command to enable the L2TP function. Use the undo l2tp enable command to disable the L2TP function. By default, the L2TP function is disabled.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands Description This command serves the LNS side of L2TP. Use the l2tpmoreexam enable command to enable the multi-instance function of L2TP. Use the undo l2tpmoreexam enable command to disable the function. By default, L2TP multi-instance function is disabled. Only after the multi-instance function is enabled, can the service be deployed. Related command: l2tp enable.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands 1.1.11 mandatory-chap Syntax mandatory-chap undo mandatory-chap View L2TP group view Parameter None Description Use the mandatory-chap command to force LNS to perform CHAP authentication again with the client. Use the undo mandatory-chap command to disable CHAP re-authentication. By default, CHAP re-authentication is not performed.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands Description Use the mandatory-lcp command to allow LNS and client to renegotiate Link Control Protocol (LCP) between them. Use the undo mandatory-lcp command to disable LCP renegotiation. By default, LCP is not renegotiated. Concerning NAS-Initialized VPN client, PPP negotiation will be first performed with Network Access Server (NAS) at the beginning of a PPP session.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands Syntax reset l2tp tunnel { remote-name | tunnel-id } View User view Parameter remote-name: Name of the peer end of the tunnel, a character string with the length ranging from 1 to 30. tunnel-id: Local ID of the tunnel. Description Use the reset l2tp tunnel command to clear the specified tunnel connection and all sessions on the tunnel.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands Related command: reset l2tp tunnel, reset l2tp session. Example # Disconnect the current L2TP user. reset l2tp user quidway@h3c 1.1.16 session idle-time Syntax session idle-time time undo session idle-time View L2TP group view Parameter time: Timeout period in the range 0 to 10000 seconds. It defaults to 0, meaning the session never expires.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands Parameter ip ip-addr: IP address of the peer end of the tunnel (LNS). Five IP addresses can be set at most to provide LNS backup for each other. domain-name: Domain name triggering connection requests, a case sensitive character string with the length ranging from 1 to 30. user-name: Full username triggering connection requests, a case sensitive character string with the length ranging from 1 to 32.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands View L2TP group view Parameter None Description Use the start l2tp tunnelcommand to enable the L2TP LAC to start L2TP tunnel connection. This command is used only on LAC side. Related command: tunnel keepstanding. Example # Enable the LAC to start L2TP tunnel connection. It requests the LNS at 1.1.1.1 first and then the LNS at 2.2.2.2 if no response is received. [Quidway-l2tp1] start l2tp ip 1.1.1.1 2.2.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands Use the undo l2tp tunnel authentication command to disable L2TP tunnel authentication. By default, L2TP tunnel authentication is performed. L2TP tunnel authentication is permitted by default. Normally, authentication needs to be performed on both ends of the tunnel for security’s sake. In case of network connectivity test or receiving connection sent by nameless peer end, tunnel authentication is not required.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands Syntax tunnel flow-control undo tunnel flow-control View L2TP group view Parameter None Description Use the tunnel flow-control command to enable L2TP tunnel flow-control. Use the undo tunnel flow-control command to disable the flow-control function. By default, the L2TP tunnel flow-control function is not performed. Example # Enable the flow-control function. [Quidway-l2tp1] tunnel flow-control 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands Caution: To have this command take effect on a tunnel, you must configure it at both ends of the tunnel. Example # Enter L2TP group view. [Quidway] l2tp-group 1 # Enable the tunnel-hold function of L2TP. [Quidway-l2tp1] tunnel keepstanding 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands tunnel password { simple | cipher } password undo tunnel password View L2TP group view Parameter simple: Password in plain text. cipher: Password in ciphertext. password: Password used for tunnel authentication, a character string with the length ranging from 1 to 16. Description Use the tunnel password command to specify a password for tunnel authentication.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 L2TP Configuration Commands Different Hello packet time intervals can be configured on LNS and LAC sides. Example # Set Hello packet forwarding interval to 99 seconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 GRE Configuration Commands Chapter 2 GRE Configuration Commands 2.1.1 debugging tunnel Syntax debugging tunnel undo debugging tunnel View User view Parameter None Description Use the debugging tunnel command to enable tunnel debugging. Use the undo debugging tunnel command to disable tunnel debugging. Example None 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 GRE Configuration Commands The specified tunnel destination address is IP address of the real physical interface receiving GRE packets, which should be the same as the specified source address at the opposite tunnel interface, and the route to the opposite physical interface should be ensured reachable.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 GRE Configuration Commands Tunnel2/0/4 is up, line protocol is up Description : HUAWEI, Quidway Series, Tunnel2 Interface The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 Internet Protocol processing is disable Encapsulation is TUNNEL, loopback not set Tunnel source 1.1.254.88 (Ethernet2/0/0), destination 1.1.254.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 GRE Configuration Commands Field Description key Identification keyword of the tunnel interface, which is not specified here. Checksumming of packets End-to-end check of the tunnel, being disabled here.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 GRE Configuration Commands Related command: interface tunnel. Example # Set up a tunnel between the interface serial 3/0/1 of the router Quidway1 and the interface serial 2/1/1 of the router Quidway2 and enable checksum on both ends of the tunnel. [Quidway1-Tunnel3] gre checksum [Quidway2-Tunnel2] gre checksum 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 GRE Configuration Commands 2.1.6 interface tunnel Syntax interface tunnel number undo interface tunnel number view System view Parameter number: Tunnel interface number, in the range 0 to 1023. Description Use the interface tunnel command to create a tunnel interface and enter the view of this tunnel interface. Use the undo interface tunnel command to delete the specified tunnel interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 GRE Configuration Commands times: The maximum number of keepalive message sending attempts. It is in the range 1 to 255 and defaults to 3. Description Use the keepalive command to enable the keepalive function of GRE and configure the interval for sending keepalive messages and the maximum number of sending attempts as well. Use the undo keepalive command to disable the keepalive function.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 GRE Configuration Commands Use the undo tunnel source command to delete the defined source address or source interface. By default, source address or source interface of tunnel is not specified in the system. The specified source address of the tunnel is the real interface address sending GRE packets, which should keep accordance with the specified destination address at the opposite tunnel interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 GRE Configuration Commands Example # Create a tunnel between routers Quidway1 and Quidway2, with encapsulation protocol being GRE and transport protocol being IP.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands Example # Specify AES for encryption, SHA1 for authentication, and DHGROUP1 for key negotiation. [Quidway-dvpn-class-abc] algorithm-suite 11 3.1.2 authentication-client method Syntax authentication-client method { chap | none | pap } View dvpn-policy view Parameter pap: Specifies the DVPN server to authenticate clients using PAP (password authentication protocol).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands pre-share: Specifies the client to authenticate the DVPN server using a pre-shared key. Description Use the authentication-server method command to specify a client whether or not to authenticates the DVPN server it accesses. A client does not authenticate the DVPN server it accesses by default. Example # Specify the client to authenticate the DVPN server using a pre-shared key.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands Description Use the data algorithm-suite command to specify the algorithm suite used by IPSec SA (security association) to forward data. Use the undo data algorithm-suite command to revert to the default algorithm suite. The default algorithm suite number used by IPSec SA is 1, which stands for DES (for encryption), MD5 (for authentication), and DHGROUP1 (for key negotiation).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands undo debugging dvpn { all | error | event { all | register | session | misc } | hexadecimal | packet { all | control | data | ipsec } } View User view Parameter all: Enables all types of DVPN debugging. error: Enables debugging for DVPN errors. event: Enables debugging for DVPN events, such as register events, session events, and misc events. hexadecimal: Enables debugging for hexadecimal packets.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands Example # Display the IPSec SA information about DVPN 1. display dvpn ipsec-sa dvpn-id 1 --------------------------Session dvpn-id : 1 Session local : 10.0.0.3 Session remote : 10.0.0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands Description Use the display dvpn map command to display information about maps in a DVPN domain, such as private IP address, public IP address, port number, DVPN connection state, DVPN connection type, and control ID. Example # Display all the map information.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands 3.1.10 display dvpn info Syntax display dvpn info { dvpn-id dvpn-id | global } View Any view Parameter dvpn-id: ID of the DVPN domain ranging from 1 to 65,535. global: Displays the global configuration information about DVPN. Description Use the display dvpn info command to display the configuration and operating information about a specified DVPN.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands data ipsecsa duration byte : 0 input packets : 17160 input dropped packets : 0 output packets : 87 output direct send packets : 42 output error dropped packets : 3 output send ipsec packets : 42 output send ipsec fail packets : 0 # Display the global configuration about DVPN.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands Description Use the display dvpn online-user command to display the information about online DVPN users. When the DVPN server authenticates clients, you can use this command to check the users that pass AAA (authentication, authorization, and accounting) authentication and are accessing the DVPN domains. Example # Display the information about online DVPN users.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands 3.1.13 dvpn client register-dumb Syntax dvpn client register-dumb time undo dvpn client register-dumb View System view Parameter time: Time when a client turns to dumb state after it fails to register with the DVPN server continuously. This argument ranges from 60 seconds to 3,600 seconds and defaults to 300 seconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands A client attempts to register with a DVPN server once within each register interval until it succeeds. If it fails for specified retries, the client turns to dumb state. The default register interval is 10 seconds. Example # Set the register interval to 20 seconds. [Quidway] dvpn client register-interval 20 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands Parameter dvpn-id: ID of the DVPN domain ranging from 1 to 65,535. Description Use the dvpn dvpn-id command to specify the DVPN domain the tunnel interface belongs to. This command is valid when the tunnel interface is encapsulated as DVPN. Use the undo dvpn dvpn-id command to remove the DVPN domain ID assigned to the tunnel interface. No DVPN domain ID is assigned to a tunnel interface by default.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands 3.1.18 dvpn policy Syntax dvpn policy dvpn-policy-name undo dvpn policy dvpn-policy-name View System view Parameter dvpn-policy-name: Name of the DVPN policy to be created, a string with a maximum of 31 characters in length. Description Use the dvpn policy command to create and enter a DVPN policy view. Use the undo dvpn policy command to remove a DVPN policy view.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands Description Use the dvpn policy command to apply a specified DVPN policy to a tunnel interface that is of server type. Use the undo dvpn policy command to disable a DVPN policy applied to a tunnel interface. Only one DVPN policy can be applied to each tunnel interface. Therefore, to apply a new DVPN policy, you must disable the existing one first. You can apply a DVPN policy to multiple tunnel interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands If the additional information is of forward type, the client cannot establish sessions with other clients in the DVPN domain. If the additional information is of undistributed type, the DVPN server does not notify any client in the DVPN domain of the redirecting packets about the client. (But the DVPN server can still notify the client of redirecting packets about other clients.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands Note: The dvpn security acl command needs to be used together with the acl and rule commands. If you provide the deny keyword for the rule command and specify the corresponding ACL in the dvpn security acl command, all packets that match the ACL are not to be encrypted by IPSec. Example # On tunnel interface 0 encrypt data streams except for those denied by ACL 3100.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands Example # Apply the DVPN class named abc to the tunnel interface. [Quidway-Tunnel0] dvpn server abc 3.1.23 dvpn server authentication-client method Syntax dvpn server authentication-client method { chap | none | pap } View System view Parameter none: Specifies the DVPN server not to authenticate clients. pap: Specifies the DVPN server to authenticate clients by using PAP (password authentication protocol).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands View System view Parameter time: Map age time of a DVPN server. This argument ranges from 10 seconds to 180 seconds and defaults to 30 seconds. Description Use the dvpn server map age-time command to set the map age time of a DVPN server. Use the undo dvpn server map age-time command to revert to the default map age time.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands Example # Set the pre-shared key of the DVPN server to 123. [Quidway] dvpn server pre-shared-key 123 3.1.26 dvpn service Syntax dvpn service { enable | disable } View System view Parameter enable: Enables DVPN. disable: Disables DVPN. Description Use the dvpn service enable command to enable DVPN on a device. Use the dvpn service disable command to disable DVPN on a device. DVPN is enabled by default.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands Description lUse the local-user command to configure the user name and password of a client. Use the undo local-user command to remove the existing user name and password. Example # Configure the user name and password of a client to user and test respectively. [Quidway-Serial0/0/0] local-user user password simple test 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands Parameter key: Pre-shared key of a DVPN server, a string with a maximum of 127 bytes in length. Description Use the pre-shared-key command to set the pre-shared key used when a client needs to authenticate a DVPN server. Use the undo pre-shared-key command to remove the pre-shared key of the DVPN server configured on the client side. Example # Set the pre-shared key of the DVPN server on a client side to 123.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands 3.1.31 reset dvpn all Syntax reset dvpn all dvpn-id View User view Parameter dvpn-id: ID of a DVPN domain. Description Use the reset dvpn all command to clear all operating information about a specified DVPN domain and to initiate the DVPN domain. Example # Reset DVPN 2. reset dvpn all 2 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands reset dvpn map 10.0.0.2 9876 123456 3.1.33 reset dvpn session Syntax reset dvpn session dvpn-id private-ip View User view Parameter dvpn-id: ID of a DVPN domain ranging from 1 to 65,535. private-ip: Private IP address. Description Use the reset dvpn session command to clear a specified session.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands 3.1.35 session algorithm-suite Syntax session algorithm-suite suite-number undo session algorithm-suite View dvpn-policy view Parameter suite-number: Algorithm suite number ranging from 0 to 12 and defaulting to 1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands 3.1.36 session idle-timeout Syntax session idle-timeout time-interval undo session idle-timeout View dvpn-policy view Parameter time-interval: Idle timeout time ranging from 60 seconds to 86,400 seconds and defaulting to 300 seconds. Description Use the session idle-timeout command to set the idle timeout time for sessions. Use the undo session idle-timeout command to revert to the default idle timeout time.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands Use the undo session keepalive-interval command to revert to the default keepalive interval. Keepalive packets are used to check the connection state of sessions. After a session is established, the active side sends keepalive packets regularly if no packet passes through the session, and the passive side responds with keepalive-ack packets. Example # Set the keepalive interval to 30 seconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 DVPN Configuration Commands View Tunnel interface view Parameter udp dvpn: Specifies the tunnel interface to be encapsulated with UDP DVPN. Description Use the tunnel-protocol udp dvpn command to encapsulate a tunnel interface with UDP DVPN. In this case, the tunnel interface is of Multipoint attribute and NBMA (non-broadcast multiple access) type. A tunnel interface is encapsulated with GRE by default.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide QoS Commands 3Com Corporation i
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Traffic Policing and Shaping Configuration Commands......................................... 1-1 1.1 Traffic Policing (TP) Configuration Commands ................................................................. 1-1 1.1.1 display qos car interface ......................................................................................... 1-1 1.1.2 display qos carl...........................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 2.5.4 display qos policy .................................................................................................. 2-19 2.5.5 display qos policy interface ................................................................................... 2-20 2.5.6 display traffic behavior .......................................................................................... 2-23 2.5.7 display traffic classifier ......................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 2.6.1 display qos rtpq interface ...................................................................................... 2-56 2.6.2 qos reserved-bandwidth........................................................................................ 2-57 2.6.3 qos rtpq ................................................................................................................. 2-57 2.7 QoS Token Commands ...............................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Traffic Policing and Shaping Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Traffic Policing and Shaping Configuration Commands 1.1 Traffic Policing (TP) Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display qos car interface Syntax display qos car interface [ interface-type interface-number ] View Any view Parameter interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide CIR 8000(Bps), Chapter 1 Traffic Policing and Shaping Configuration Commands CBS 15000(Bit), EBS 0(Bit) Conform Action: pass Exceed Action: discard Conformed: 0/0(Packets/Bytes) Exceeded: 0/0(Packets/Bytes) 1.1.2 display qos carl Syntax display qos carl [ carl-index ] View Any view Parameter carl-index: Committed Access Rate List (CARL) number, in the range of 1 to 199.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Traffic Policing and Shaping Configuration Commands Parameter inbound: Limits rate for the packets received by the interface. outbound: Limits rate for the packets sent by the interface. any: Limits rates for all packets that match any rules. acl acl-number: Limits the rate of packets matching the ACL, with acl-number ranging 2000 to 3999. carl carl-index: Limits the rate of packets matching the CARL, with carl-index ranging 1 to 199.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Traffic Policing and Shaping Configuration Commands Example # Configure traffic policing for outbound packets that conform to CARL rule 1 at the interface Ethernet6/0/0. The normal traffic is 38400 bps. The burst size, twice of the normal traffic, is allowed at the first time; then packets are normally transmitted when the rate is less than or equal to 38400 bps.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Traffic Policing and Shaping Configuration Commands 1.2 Traffic Shaping Configuration Commands 1.2.1 display qos gts interface Syntax display qos gts interface [ interface-type interface-number ] View Any view Parameter interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface number. Description Use the display qos gts interface command to view GTS configuration and accounting information of certain interface or all interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Traffic Policing and Shaping Configuration Commands Parameter any: Performs TS on all the IP packets. acl acl-number: Performs traffic shaping of packets matching the ACL, with acl-number being the ACL number in the range of 2000 to 3999. cir committed-information-rate: CIR, in the range 8000 to 155,000,000 bps. cbs committed-burst-size: CBS, in the range 15,000 to 155,000,000 bits.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Traffic Policing and Shaping Configuration Commands View Any view Parameter interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface number. Description Use the display qos lr interface command to view LR configuration and statistics of an interface. If no interface is specified, the LR configuration and running statistics of all interfaces will be displayed.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Traffic Policing and Shaping Configuration Commands Description Use the qos lr command to limit the transmitting rate of the interface. Use the undo qos lr command to remove the limit. You can use this command on a tunnel interface to limit its interface rate and implement congestion management along with other queue scheduling algorithms. Before configuring queuing on the tunnel interface, you must configure the qos lr command.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands 2.1 FIFO Queuing Configuration Commands 2.1.1 qos fifo queue-length Syntax qos fifo queue-length queue-length undo qos fifo queue-length View Interface view Parameter queue-length: Length limit of a queue, in the range of 1 to 1024. Description Use the qos fifo queue-length command to set the length limit of FIFO queue.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Parameter interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface number. Description Use the display qos pq interface command to view the configuration and statistics of priority queues (PQ) at interfaces. If no interfaces are specified when this command is used, the configuration and statistics of the priority queues at all interfaces will be displayed. Related command: qos pq.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands 1 Top Protocol ip less-than 1000 2 Normal Length 60 2 Bottom Length 40 3 Middle Inbound-interface Ethernet5/0/0 2.2.3 qos pq Syntax qos pq pql pql-index undo qos pq View Interface view Parameter pql-index: PQL index, ranging 1 to 16. Description Use the qos pq command to apply a group of priority list to an interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Related command: qos pql, display qos pq interface, display qos pql, and display interface. Example # Apply the priority list 12 to the Ethernet 0/0/0. [3Com -Ethernet0/0/0] qos pq pql 12 2.2.4 qos pql default-queue Syntax qos pql pql-index default-queue { top | middle | normal | bottom } undo qos pql pql-index default-queue View System view Parameter pql-index: PQL index, ranging 1 to 16.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands 2.2.5 qos pql inbound-interface Syntax qos pql pql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number queue { top | middle | normal | bottom } undo qos pql pql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number View System view Parameter pql-index: PQL index, ranging 1 to 16. Interface-type: Interface type. Interface-number: Interface number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands undo qos pql pql-index protocol protocol-name [ queue-key key-value ] View System view Parameter pql-index: PQL index, ranging 1 to 16. top, middle, normal, bottom: Priority queues, in descending order. protocol-name: Protocol type, which can only be IP by far.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands For the same pql-index, this command can be repeatedly used, establishing multiple classification rules for IP packets. Related command: display qos pql. Example # Specify PQ rule 1 to make IP packets matching ACL 3100 be put into the top queue. [3Com ] qos pql 1 protocol ip acl 3100 queue top 2.2.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands 2.3 CQ Configuration Commands 2.3.1 display qos cq interface Syntax display qos cq interface [ interface-type interface-number ] View Any view Parameter interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface number. Description Use the display qos cq interface command to view configuration and statistics of customized queues (CQ) at interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands None Description Use the display qos cql command to view contents of customized queue lists (CPL). Default values will not be displayed. Related command: qos cq cql and qos cq. Example # Display information about a CQL. [3Com ] display qos cql Current CQL Configuration: List Queue Params 2 3 Protocol ip fragments 3 0 Length 100 3 1 Inbound-interface Ethernet0 2.3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Caution: Except for interfaces encapsulated with X.25 or LAPB, all physical interfaces can use CQ. You can apply CQ to a dialer interface successfully only when default queuing is configured on its physical interfaces. The configuration, however cannot update to its physical interfaces immediately if they have connections with their respective connected devices.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Example # Assign default queue 2 to CQL 5. [3Com ] qos cql 5 default-queue 2 2.3.5 qos cql inbound-interface Syntax qos cql cql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number queue queue-number undo qos cql cql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number View System view Parameter cql-index: CQL index, in the range 1 to 16. Interface-type: Interface type.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide qos cql Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands cql-index protocol protocol-name queue-key key-value queue queue-number undo qos cql cql-index protocol protocol-name [ queue-key key-value ] View System view Parameter cql-index: CQL index, ranging 1 to 16. protocol-name: Protocol name, which can only be IP by far. queue-number: Queue number, ranging 0 to 16.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands The system matches a packet to a rule according to the order that rules are configured. When the packet matches a certain rule, the search process is completed. For the same cql-index, this command can be repeatedly used, establishing multiple classification rules for IP packets. Related command: qos cql inbound-interface, qos cql protocol, qos cql queue serving, qos cql queue queue-length.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Syntax qos cql cql-index queue queue-number serving byte-count undo qos cql cql-index queue queue-number serving View System view Parameter cql-index: CQL index, ranging 1 to 16. queue-number: Queue number, ranging 0 to 16. byte-count: Number of bytes in packets that the given queue sends in each poll, ranging 1 to 16,777,215 bytes. The default setting is 1500 bytes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Description Use the display qos wfq interface command to view WFQ (weighted fair queuing) configuration and statistics of an interface. If no interface is specified, the WFQ configuration and statistics of all interfaces will be displayed. Related command: qos wfq. Example # Display the WFQ configuration and statistics of Ethernet 6/0/0 interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Description Use the qos wfq command to apply WFQ to and configure WFQ parameters on the interface or modify WFQ parameters on the interface. Use the undo qos wfq command to restore the default congestion management mechanism FIFO. If the qos wfq command is configured without any parameters being specified, traffic is classified based on IP quintuple and precedence.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands cir committed-information-rate: Committed information rate of traffic. It should not exceed CBS x 20. Note that in policy embedding, the CIR specified in a child policy could be less than 8 kbps. cbs committed-burst-size: Committed burst size, number of bits that can be sent in each interval, in the range of 15000 to 155000000 bits.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands 2.5.2 classifier behavior Syntax classifier tcl-name behavior behavior-name undo classifier tcl-name View Policy view Parameter tcl-name: Must be the name of the defined class, the system-defined or user-defined class. behavior–name: Must be the name of the defined behavior, the system-defined or user-defined behavior.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands pvc: Used for ATM interface only, i.e., policy configuration of specified PVC on specified ATM interface can be displayed. pvc-name: PVC name. vpi/vci: VPI/VCI value pair. For detailed description, refer to the Parameter Description about pvc command.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Example # Display information about user-defined policy.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Parameter interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface number. pvc: Used for ATM interface only, i.e., policy configuration of specified PVC on specified ATM interface can be displayed. pvc-name: PVC name. vpi/vci: VPI/VCI value pair. For details, refer to the parameter description about the pvc command.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Operator: AND Rule(s) : if-match ip-precedence 5 Behavior: HUAWEI Marking: Remark IP Precedence 3 Remarked: 0 (Packets) Committed Access Rate: CIR 20000 (bps), CBS 15000 (bit), EBS 0 (bit) Conform Action: pass Exceed Action: discard Conformed: 0/0 (Packets/Bytes) Exceeded : 0/0 (Packets/Bytes) Expedited Forwarding: Bandwidth 50 (Kbps), CBS 1500 (Bytes) Matched : 0/0 (Packets/Bytes) Enqueued
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands 2.5.6 display traffic behavior Command display traffic behavior { system-defined | user-defined } [ behavior-name ] View Any view Parameter system-defined: Behavior pre-defined by the system. user-defined: Behavior pre-defined by the user. behavior-name: Behavior name. If it is not specified, the information of the behaviors pre-defined by the system or by the user will be displayed.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands 2.5.7 display traffic classifier Syntax display traffic classifier { system-defined | user-defined } [ tcl-name ] View Any view Parameter system-defined: Class pre-defined by the system. user-defined: Class pre-defined by the user. tcl-name: Class name. If it is not specified, the information of all classes pre-defined by the system or by the user.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Parameter flow-interval: QoS policy traffic statistical interval, in the range 1 to 30 minutes. The default is 5 minutes. update-interval seconds: Optional, QoS policy rate updating interval in seconds. It takes the value of 10, 15, 20, 30, or 60 and defaults to 10. The smaller the interval, the faster the updating rate.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands -none- 2.5.9 gts Syntax gts cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size [ queue-length queue-length ] ] ] undo gts View Traffic behavior view Parameter cir committed-information-rate: CIR, in the range of 8000 to 155,000,000 bps. Note that in policy embedding, the CIR specified in a child policy could be less than 8 kbps.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands [3Com -behavior-database] gts cir 38400 cbs 76800 ebs 0 queue-length 100 2.5.10 if-match Syntax if-match [ not ] match-criteria undo if-match [ not ] match-criteria View Class view Parameter not: Not match the class. match-criteria: Class match rules.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Atm1/0/0, pvc Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands 0/99 Direction: Outbound Policy: test Classifier: test Matched : 0/0 (Packets/Bytes) 1 Min Rate: 0 bps Operator: AND Rule(s) : if-match destination-mac ffff-ffff-ffff if-match inbound-interface e0/0/0 Behavior: test -none- In fact, if-match destination-mac is ineffective on ATM PVC.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Use the undo if-match { destination-mac | source-mac } command to delete the match rule of destination or source MAC address. The match rules of the destination MAC address are only meaningful for the policies of the outbound direction and the interface of Ethernet type.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands 2.5.13 if-match any Syntax if-match [ not ] any undo if-match [ not ] any View Class view Parameter not: Not match the class. Description Use the if-match any command to define the rule matching all packets. Use the undo if-match any command to delete the rule matching all packets. Related command: traffic classifier. Example # Define the rule matching all packets.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands CLP is the last bit in the fourth byte of ATM cell headers. As it can only take on 1 or 0, setting CLP bit match rule is simple. When congestion occurs, ATM cells with CLP bit set to 1 are more likely to be dropped than those with CLP bit set to 0. Related command: traffic classifier. Example # Define a rule, setting that all ATM cells with CLP bit set to 1 are matched.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands For example: classA needs to match: rule1 & rule2 | rule3 traffic classifier classB operator and if-match rule1 if-match rule2 traffic classifier classA operator or if-match rule3 if-match classifier classB Related command: traffic classifier. Example # Define match rule of class2 and class1 must be used. Therefore, class1 is configured first.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands You can specify up to eight COS values in one if-match dot1p-cos command. In case the same value is specified multiple times, only one of them is valid. If the COS value of a VLAN packet matches one of the specified COS values, the system regards that a match is found. Related command: traffic classifier.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands 2.5.18 if-match fr-de Syntax if-match [not] fr-de undo if-match [not] fr-de View Class view Parameter None Description Use the if-match fr-de command to define an FR DE matching rule. Use the undo if-match fr-de command to delete the FR DE matching rule.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Description Use the if-match inbound-interface command to define ingress interface match rule of a class. Use the undo if-match inbound-interface command to delete ingress interface match rule of a class. Before specifying an interface, make sure that it has been created. If the specified interface is a dynamic one, removing the interface can delete the rule.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Example # Define the match rule of class1 as matching the packets with the precedence value as 1 or 6. [3Com ] traffic classifier class1 [3Com -classifier-class1] if-match ip-precedence 1 6 2.5.21 if-match outbound-interface Syntax if-match [ not ] outbound-subinterface interface-type interface-number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands 2.5.22 if-match protocol Syntax if-match [ not ] protocol protocol-name undo if-match [ not ] protocol protocol-name View protocol-name Protocol name. IP is used. Parameter Class view Description Use the if-match protocol command to define protocol match rule. Use the undo if-match protocol command to delete protocol match rule. Related command: traffic classifier.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands end-port-number >. If this command is frequently used under a class, the last configuration will overwrite the previous ones. Related command: traffic classifier. Example # Define the match rule of class1 as matching the packets whose RTP port number is the even UDP port number between 16384 and 32767.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands [3Com -behavior-database] lr cir 38400 cbs 76800 2.5.25 lr percent Syntax lr percent cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ] undo lr View Traffic behavior view Parameter committed-information-rate: CIR in percentages, in the range 1 to 100. committed-burst-size: CBS in the range 50 to 2000 milliseconds. The default CBS is 500 milliseconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands 2.5.26 qos apply policy Syntax qos apply policy policy-name { inbound | outbound [ dynamic ] } undo qos apply policy { inbound | outbound } View Interface view Parameter inbound: Inbound direction. outbound: Outbound direction. policy-name: Policy name. dynamic: Dynamically applies the policy, but only when MP is enabled.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Example # Apply the policy huawei in the outbound direction of interface Ethernet6/0/0. [3Com -Ethernet6/0/0] qos apply policy HUAWEI outbound 2.5.27 qos max-bandwidth Syntax qos max-bandwidth bandwidth undo qos max-bandwidth View Interface view Parameter bandwidth: Available bandwidth of the interface. It is in kbps (1 to 1000000).
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands View System view Parameter policy-name: Policy name. Description Use the qos policy command to define a policy and enter policy view. Use the undo qos policy command to delete a policy. The policy cannot be deleted if it is applied on an interface. It is necessary to remove application of the policy on the current interface before deleting it via the undo qos policy command.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands When associating the class with the queue af behavior in the policy, the following must be satisfied. z The sum of the bandwidth specified for the classes in the same policy to assured forwarding (queue af) and expedited forwarding (queue ef) must be less than or equal to the available bandwidth of the interface where the policy is applied.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Use the undo queue ef command to cancel the configuration. The command can not be used together with queue af, queue-length, and wred in traffic behavior view. In the policy the default class default-class cannot be associated with the traffic behavior queue ef belongs to.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands The traffic behavior configured with the command can only be associated with the default class. It can also be used together with the command like queue-length or wred. Related command: qos policy, traffic behavior, and classifier behavior. Example # Configure WFQ for default-class and the queue number is 16.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands [3Com -behavior-database] queue af bandwidth 200 [3Com -behavior-database] queue-length 16 2.5.33 remark atmclp Syntax remark atmclp atmclp-value undo remark atmclp View Traffic behavior view Parameter atmclp-value: Value of the cell loss priority (CLP) bit in ATM packets, 0 or 1. Description Use the remark atmclp command to have the system remark the CLP bit of ATM packets in the class.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Description Use the remark dot1p command to configure the 802.1p priority value in the VLAN packets of a class. Use the undo remark dot1p command to remove the 802.1p priority value from the VLAN packets. By default, VLAN packets have no 802.1p priority value. 802.1p priority value is the CoS domain value in VLAN packets.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands af31 011010 26 af32 011100 28 af33 011110 30 af41 100010 34 af42 100100 36 af43 100110 38 cs1 001000 8 cs2 010000 16 cs3 011000 24 cs4 100000 32 cs5 101000 40 cs6 110000 48 cs7 111000 56 default 000000 0 Description Use the remark dscp command to set a remarked DSCP value for IP packets belonging to the class.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Parameter fr-de-value: Value of the DE flag bit in the frame relay packet, 0 or 1. Description Use the remark fr-de command to set the remarked DE bit of frame relay packets. Use the undo remark fr-de command to remove the setting. By default, DE bit remark is disabled. Related command: qos policy, traffic behavior, and classifier behavior.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands 2.5.38 traffic behavior Command traffic behavior behavior–name undo traffic behavior behavior–name View System view Parameter behavior-name: Behavior name. Description Use the traffic behavior command you can define a traffic behavior and enter the behavior view. Use the undo traffic behavior command to delete a traffic behavior.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Description Use the traffic classifier command to define a class and enter the class view. Use the undo traffic classifier command to delete a class. By default, the relation is operator and. tcl-name shall not be the classes pre-defined by the system.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands [3Com -behavior-database] traffic-policy Child 2.5.41 wred Syntax wred [ dscp | ip-precedence ] undo wred View Traffic behavior view Parameter dscp: Uses DSCP value for calculating drop probability for a packet. ip-precedence: Uses IP precedence value for calculating drop probability for a packet.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands 2.5.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Keyword DSCP value(binary) DSCP value(decimal) cs7 111000 56 default 000000 0 low-limit: Lower threshold value, in the range of 1 to 1024. It is 10 by default. high-limit: Upper threshold value, in the range of 1 to 1024. It is 30 by default. discard-prob: Denominator of drop probability, in the range of 1 to 255. It is 10 by default.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Parameter precedence: Precedence of IP packet, in the range of 0 to 7. low-limit: Lower threshold value, in the range of 1 to 1024. It is 10 by default. high-limit: Upper threshold value, in the range of 1 to 1024. It is 30 by default. discard-prob: Denominator of drop probability, in the range of 1 to 255. It is 10 by default.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Description Use the wred weighting-constant command to set exponential for the calculation of average queue length by WRED. This command can be used only after the queue af command has been configured and the wred command has been used to enable WRED drop mode. The configuration of wred weighting-constant will be deleted if random-detect is deleted.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands RTP Queuing: (Output queue: Size/Max/Outputs/Discards) RTPQ: 0/0/0/0 2.6.2 qos reserved-bandwidth Syntax qos reserved-bandwidth pct percentage undo qos reserved-bandwidth View Interface view Parameter percentage: Percentage of the reserved bandwidth to the available bandwidth. It is in the range of 1 to 100 and the default value is 80.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands Parameter first-rtp-port-number: Specifies the first UDP port number to initiate RTP messages. last-rtp-port-number: Specifies the last UDP port number to initiate RTP messages. bandwidth: Bandwidth for RTP priority queue, which is part of the maximum reserved bandwidth in Kbps. committed-burst-size: Committed burst size, in the range 1500 to 2000000 bytes.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands destination port use 64Kbps bandwidth. If network convergence happens, the packets will enter IP RTP Priority queue. [3Com -Serial1/0/0] qos rtpq start-port 16384 end-port 32767 bandwidth 64 2.7 QoS Token Commands 2.7.1 qmtoken Syntax qmtoken token-number undo qmtoken View Interface view Parameter token-number: The number of transmitted tokens, in the range 1 to 50.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Congestion Management Configuration Commands 3Com Corporation 2-60
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 WRED Configuration Commands Chapter 3 WRED Configuration Commands 3.1 WRED Configuration Commands 3.1.1 display qos wred interface Syntax display qos wred interface [ interface-type interface-number ] View Any view Parameter interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface number. Description Use the display qos wred interface command to view WRED (weighed random early detection) configuration and statistics of an interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 WRED Configuration Commands 3.1.2 qos wred Syntax qos wred undo qos wred View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the qos wred command to apply WRED at an interface. Use the undo qos wred command to restore the default dropping method. By default, the dropping method of a queue is tail drop.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 WRED Configuration Commands high-limit: Upper limit. It ranges from 1 to 1024 and defaults to 30. discard-prob: Drop probability denominator. It ranges from 1 to 255, and defaults to 10. Description Use the qos wred dscp command to set the lower limit, upper limit, and drop probability denominator of a WRED DSCP. Use the undo qos wred dscp command to restore the default settings.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 WRED Configuration Commands Use the undo qos wred ip-precedence command to restore the default value. WRED parameters can be set only after the command qos wred has been used to apply WRED at the interface. The thresholds are for the average quantity of packets in queue. Related command: qos wred, display qos wred interface.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Reference source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 4 Protocol Priority Configuration Commands 4.1.1 display protocol-priority Syntax display protocol-priority View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display protocol-priority command to view protocol priorities. Example # Display the IP precedence of ICMP packets.
Error! Reference source not found.Error! Reference source not found. 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide dscp dscp-value: DSCP priority, in the range 0 to 63. Description Use the protocol-priority command to set a priority for a protocol globally. Use the undo protocol-priority command to restore the default priority of a protocol. Example # Set the IP precedence of OSPF packets to 3.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MPLS QoS Configuration Commands Chapter 5 MPLS QoS Configuration Commands 5.1 MPLS QoS Configuration Commands 5.1.1 if-match mpls-exp Syntax if-match [ not ] mpls-exp { mpls-experimental-value } undo if-match [ not ] mpls-exp View Class view Parameter mpls-experimental-value: EXP value, in the range of 0 to 7. Description Use the if-match mpls-exp command to configure the matching rule for EXP domain of MPLS.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MPLS QoS Configuration Commands View System view Parameter cql-index: Group number of precedence list, in the range of 1 to 16. mpls-experimental-number: EXP domain of MPLS packet, in the range of 0 to 7. queue-number: Queue number, in the range of 0 to 16. Description Use the qos cql protocol mpls exp command to configure classification rule based on the MPLS protocol.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 5 MPLS QoS Configuration Commands Description Use the qos pql protocol mpls exp command to establish the classification rule based on MPLS protocol. Use the undo qos pql protocol mpls exp command to delete corresponding classification rules. The system matches packets in the sequence that rules are configured. When the packet is found to match a rule, the entire searching process comes to an end.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Reliability Commands 3Com Corporation i
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Backup Center Configuration Commands ................................................................ 1-1 1.1 Backup Center Configuration Commands ......................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1 debugging standby event ........................................................................................ 1-1 1.1.2 display standby flow ................................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Backup Center Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Backup Center Configuration Commands 1.1 Backup Center Configuration Commands 1.1.1 debugging standby event Syntax debugging standby event undo debugging standby event View User view Parameter event: Enables event debugging. Description Use the debugging standby event command to enable debugging of the backup center.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Backup Center Configuration Commands Example # Set Serial 1/0/0, Serial 0/0/0 and Logic-channel0 to back up interface Serial 3/0/0 and configure backup load sharing on Serial 3/0/0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Backup Center Configuration Commands 1.1.3 display standby state Syntax display standby state View Any view Description Use the display standby state command to view information about the main and standby interfaces. The following table describes the information that the command provides and the possible values.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Backup Center Configuration Commands [3Com -Serial3/0/0] standby threshold 80 50 # Display information about the main and standby interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Backup Center Configuration Commands Example # Configure interface Serial 0/0/0 to use interface Serial 1/0/0 for back up, and assign it bandwidth for backup load sharing. [3Com ] interface serial0/0/0 [3Com -Serial0/0/0] standby interface serial1/0/0 50 [3Com -Serial0/0/0] standby bandwidth 10000 [3Com -Serial0/0/0] standby threshold 80 50 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Backup Center Configuration Commands standby threshold enable-threshold disable-threshold undo standby threshold View Interface view Parameter enable-threshold: Percentage of the available bandwidth that the traffic load must exceed to bring up a standby interface or logical channel. It is in the range 2 to 99.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Backup Center Configuration Commands Parameter enable-delay: Failover delay, or the delay for the interface to switch its state from main to standby. It is in the range 0 to 65535 seconds. disable-delay: Fallback delay, or the delay for the interface to switch from backup to main. It is in the range 0 to 65535 seconds. It defaults to 0, meaning switching without delay.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 Backup Center Configuration Commands When the main interface participates in backup load sharing, the backup center automatically checks the traffic size on the main interface at intervals configured using this command. Before you can use this command, you must use the standby interface command to specify physical interfaces or logical channels to back up the interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 VRRP Configuration Commands Chapter 2 VRRP Configuration Commands 2.1 VRRP Configuration Commands 2.1.1 debugging vrrp Syntax debugging vrrp { packet | state } undo debugging vrrp { packet | state } View User view Parameter packet: Enables VRRP packet debugging. state: Enables VRRP state debugging. Description Use the debugging vrrp command to enable VRRP debugging. Use the undo debugging vrrp command to disable VRRP debugging.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 VRRP Configuration Commands Description Use the display vrrp command to view current configuration and state information about VRRP. If the interface name and standby group number are not specified, the state information about all the standby groups on the router is displayed. If the interface name is specified, the state information about all the standby groups on the interface is displayed.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 VRRP Configuration Commands simple: Simple text authentication. md5: Authentication header (AH) authentication using the MD5 algorithm. key: Authentication key. When simple authentication applies, the authentication key is in clear text with a length of 1 to 8 characters. When md5 authentication applies, the authentication key is in MD5 ciphertext and the length of the key depends on its input format.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 VRRP Configuration Commands Use the vrrp ping-enable command to enable users to ping the virtual IP addresses of standby groups. Use the undo vrrp ping-enable command to disable users to ping the virtual IP addresses of standby groups. By default, users cannot ping the virtual IP addresses of standby groups. Example # Enable users to ping the virtual IP addresses of standby groups. [3Com ] vrrp ping-enable 2.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 VRRP Configuration Commands undo vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID preempt-mode View Interface view Parameter virtual-router-ID: Virtual router ID or VRRP standby group number, in the range 1 to 255. delay-value: Delay in the range 0 to 255 seconds. It defaults to 0 seconds. Description Use the vrrp vrid preempt-mode command to enable preemption on the router and configure its preemption delay in the specified standby group.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 VRRP Configuration Commands priority-value: Priority value of the router in the specified standby group, in the range 1 to 254. It defaults to 100. Description Use the vrrp vrid priority command to configure the priority of the router in the specified standby group. Use the undo vrrp vrid priority command to restore the default. In VRRP, the role that a router plays in a standby group depends on its priority.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 VRRP Configuration Commands 2.1.9 vrrp vrid track Syntax vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID track interface-name [ reduced priority-reduced ] undo vrrp vrid virtual-router-ID track [ interface-name ] View Interface view Parameter virtual-router-ID: VRRP standby group number, in the range 1 to 255. interface-name: Interface to be tracked. priority-reduced: Value by which the priority is reduced. It is in the range 1 to 255 and defaults to 10.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 VRRP Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameter virtual-router-ID: VRRP standby group number, in the range 1 to 255. virtual-address: Virtual IP address. Description Use the vrrp vrid virtual-ip command to create a standby group the first time that you add a virtual IP address or add a virtual IP address to it after that. Each standby group can accommodate up to 16 virtual IP addresses.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Dial-Up Commands 3Com Corporation i
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands.................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 DCC Configuration Commands ......................................................................................... 1-1 1.1.1 debugging dialer...................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1.2 dialer bundle.....................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Table of Contents 3.1.3 modem auto-answer ............................................................................................... 3-2 3.1.4 script trigger connect............................................................................................... 3-3 3.1.5 script trigger dial ...................................................................................................... 3-4 3.1.6 script trigger init ........................
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands 1.1 DCC Configuration Commands 1.1.1 debugging dialer Syntax debugging dialer { all | event | packet } View System view Parameter event: Enables DCC event debugging. packet: Enables DCC packet debugging. Description Use the debugging dialer command to enable DCC debugging. Example None 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands This command can be applied only on a dialer interface for configuring the dialer bundle that the interface will use. Furthermore, a dialer interface can only use a dialer bundle. This command can be used to specify a dialer bundle used by a dialer interface, no matter what link-protocol, PPP or Frame Relay, runs on the interface. Related command: dialer bundle-member.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands Note: To enable the B channel of ISDN interface (BRI or PRI) to configure its link layer protocol dynamically in terms of the Dialer interface it belongs to, link layer protocol that the interface uses should be specified as PPP. Related command: dialer bundle. Example # Make Bri1/0/0 a member of dialer bundle1 and dialer bundle2, and assigns it a priority of 50.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands DCC will call back the remote end according to the callback-number configured in the local-user command. When both user and dial-number are applied concurrently, the router will first attempt to place a return call according to the first parameter. If the callback attempt fails, it will try the second parameter for callback. Related command: ppp callback, ppp authentication-mode.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands permitted to access. If the PBX switch does not provide the caller number, refuse the call directly. Related command: dialer callback-center. Example # Configure the router to call back the calling number 8810152. [3Com -Bri0/0/0] dialer route ip 100.1.1.2 8810152 [3Com -Bri0/0/0] dialer call-in 8810152 callback 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands 1.1.7 dialer disconnect Syntax dialer disconnect interface [ interface-type interface-number ] View Any view Parameter interface-type: Specifies an interface together with interface-number. interface-number: Specifies an interface together with interface-type. Description Use the dialer disconnect command to clear the dial-up link or the session link on the specified interface at the PPPoE/PPPoA client.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands Use the dialer enable-circular command to enable Circular DCC. Use the undo dialer enable-circular command to disable Circular DCC. By default, Circular DCC is enabled on the ISDN interfaces and disabled on other interfaces. The user must use this command to enable it before using Circular DCC. Related command: dialer circular-group. Example # Enable Circular DCC on Serial 0/0/0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands Related command: dialer isdn-leased (in the “Link Layer Protocol” part of this manual). Example # Configure the first B channel on the interface Bri0/0/0 to be the leased line. [3Com -Bri0/0/0] dialer isdn-leased 1 1.1.10 dialer number Syntax dialer number dial-number undo dialer number View Physical or dialer interface view Parameter dial-number: Dial number for calling a remote end.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands Note: z If dialer-group command is not configured, DCC will not dial even if dialer number command is configured. z When using Resource-Shared DCC, the same dialer number can be configured on different dialer interfaces at the calling side; but it is not the case at the called side; otherwise, the call will fail.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands [3Com -Serial3/0/0] dialer circular-group 0 [3Com -Serial3/0/0] dialer priority 5 1.1.12 dialer queue-length Syntax dialer queue-length packets undo dialer queue-length View Physical or dialer interface view Parameter packets: Indicates the packet numbers buffered on this interface, ranging from 1 to 100. By default, the value of max-threshold is 30.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands Parameter protocol: Network protocol. At present, it can be IP only. next-hop-address: Host or network address of the dialed destination. mask network-mask-length: Optional, mask length of the network address of the dialed destination, in the range 0 to 32. If no mask length is specified, the default, 32, applies, where the next-hop-address argument is handled as a host address.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands Related command: dialer enable-circular, dialer autodial-interval. Example # Dial 888066 to set up link for the packets destined to network segment 192.168.1.0/24. [3Com ] dialer route ip 192.168.1.0 mask 24 888066 # Dial 888066 to set up link for the packets destined to host address 192.168.1.1 (not recommended). [3Com ] dialer route ip 192.168.1.1 888066 1.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands On the contrary, when the ratio of the traffic on N (N is an integer greater than or equal to 2) links to the bandwidth of N-1 links is less than the specified threshold, a link is dropped. When only one link is left in the MP bundle, whether and when to disconnect it depends on the timer configured using the dialer timer idle command. So far, this command is not available with physical interfaces.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands Example # Set the DCC automatic calling interval on Serial0/0/0 to 60 seconds. [3Com -Serial0/0/0] dialer timer autodial 60 1.1.16 dialer timer compete Syntax dialer timer compete seconds undo dialer timer compete View Physical or dialer interface view Parameter Seconds: Idle interval when contention occurs, ranges from 0 to 65535 seconds. By default, the idle interval is 20 seconds.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands Parameter seconds: Interval for originating the next call, ranges from 5 to 65535 seconds. By default, the interval is 5 seconds. Description Use the dialer timer enable command to configure an interval for the next call attempt on an interface after the link is disconnected. Use the undo dialer timer enable command to restore the default interval.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands 1.1.19 dialer timer wait-carrier Syntax dialer timer wait-carrier seconds undo dialer timer wait-carrier View Physical or dialer interface view Parameter seconds: Waiting time in seconds, ranges from 0 to 65535. By default, the time waiting for a call connection is 60 seconds. Description Use the dialer timer wait-carrier command to configure the timeout time of wait-carrier timer.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands Description Use the dialer timer warmup command to set the length of the warmup timer on the router configured with the dial-up backup function. It is the time that the router must wait for bringing the dial-up backup function into effect after a reboot. Use the dialer timer warmup command to restore the default.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands Example # Set the remote username to “RouterB”. [3Com -Dialer3] dialer user RouterB 1.1.22 dialer-group Syntax dialer-group group-number undo dialer-group View Physical or dialer interface view Parameter group-number: sequence number of dialer access number, ranges from 1 to 255. This group is set through the dialer-rule command.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands [3Com ] interface serial1/0/0 [3Com -Serial1/0/0] dialer-group 1 1.1.23 dialer-rule Syntax dialer-rule dialer-number { protocol-name { permit | deny } | acl acl-number } undo dialer-rule dialer-number { acl | protocol-name } View System view Parameter dialer-number: Number of the dialer access group, corresponding to the parameter group-number in the dialer-group group number command in DCC interface view.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands [3Com -acl-adv-3101] rule permit ip source 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255 destination 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255 [3Com -acl-adv-3101] quit [3Com ] dialer-rule 1 acl 3101 [3Com ] interface serial1/0/0 [3Com -Serial1/0/0] dialer-group 1 1.1.24 display dialer Syntax display dialer [ interface interface-type interface-number ] View Any view Parameter interface-type: Interface type. interface-number: Interface number.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display dialer command Field Description NextHop address Remote address associated with a dialer route on the interface Dialer Number Dial string corresponding to the dialer route Dialer Timers(Secs) Setting of the dialer timer Auto-dial Time set by the dialer timer autodial command Compete Time set by the dialer timer compete command Enable Time set by the
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands In Resource-Shared DCC, any dialer interface can use the services provided by multiple physical interfaces, and individual physical interfaces can provide services for multiple dialer interfaces at the same time. Therefore, authentication must be configured on these physical interfaces, so as to use the user name of a dial-in party to locate the corresponding dialer interface for the call.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands 1.1.27 ppp callback Syntax ppp callback { client | server } undo ppp callback { client | server } View Physical or dialer interface view Parameter client: As the client end, sends callback requests. server: As the server end, accepts callback requests. Description Use the ppp callback command to enable an interface to send or accept PPP callback requests.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 1 DCC Configuration Commands Description Use the ppp callback ntstring command to configure the dial number required for a Windows NT server to call back the router. Use the undo ppp callback ntstring command to cancel the configured callback dial number. By default, no callback dial number is set for the Windows NT server.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Dynamic Routing Standby Configuration Commands Chapter 2 Dynamic Routing Standby Configuration Commands 2.1.1 standby timer routing-disable Syntax standby timer routing-disable seconds undo standby timer routing-disable View Dial interface view Parameter seconds: Delay for the dynamic routing standby module to disconnect the secondary link. It is in the range 1 to 65535 and defaults to 0.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Dynamic Routing Standby Configuration Commands 2.1.2 standby routing-group Syntax standby routing-group group-number undo standby routing-group group-number View Dial interface view Parameter group-number: Number of the dynamic routing standby group, ranging from 1 to 255. Description Use the standby routing-group command to apply a dynamic routing standby group on the secondary interface.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 2 Dynamic Routing Standby Configuration Commands Description Use the standby routing-rule command to create a dynamic routing standby group and assign a monitored network segment to it. Use the undo standby routing-rule command to delete a monitored network segment from the specified dynamic routing standby group or to delete the dynamic routing standby group.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Modem Configuration Commands Chapter 3 Modem Configuration Commands 3.1 Modem Configuration Commands 3.1.1 debugging modem Syntax debugging modem View User view Parameter None Description Use the debugging modem command to enable Modem debugging. According to the information output after executing this command, the user can make sure whether the correct Modem script has been specified for a particular event. Example None 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Modem Configuration Commands Use the undo modem and undo modem both command to disable modem call-in and call-out. Use the undo modem [ call-in | call-out ] command to disable modem call-in or call-out. By default, both modem call-in and call-out are disabled on the interface. This command can be used to set the authority of Modem dial-in and dial-out on an interface. Example # Enable receiving incoming Modem calls on interface u-tty1..
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Modem Configuration Commands Note: If the configuration of this command is not consistent with the current answer state of the connected modem, anomalies may occur. Related command: modem. Example # Set the answer mode of the modem connected to the asynchronous serial interface UI-TTY1 to auto. [3Com -ui-tty1] modem auto-answer 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Modem Configuration Commands 3.1.5 script trigger dial Syntax script trigger dial script-name undo script trigger dial View User interface view Parameter script-name: Name of Modem script. Description Use the script trigger dial command to configure the Modem script that is used for DCC dialing. Use the undo script trigger dial command to cancel the feature. By default, the system does not specify the script.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Modem Configuration Commands Use the undo script trigger init command to cancel this feature. By default, the system does not specify the script. If this command is configured, the specified Modem script will be executed for initializing the asynchronous device connected to the interface when the system is powered on or rebooted.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Modem Configuration Commands [3Com -ui-tty1] script trigger login example 3.1.8 script trigger logout Syntax script trigger logout script-name undo script trigger logout View User-interface view Parameter script-name: Name of Modem script. Description Use the script trigger logout command to configure the Modem script that is executed when a link is reset. Use the undo script trigger logout command to cancel this feature.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Modem Configuration Commands script-content: Script content. Description Use the script-string command to configure a Modem script. Use the undo script-string command to cancel the Modem script. By default, the system does not have a Modem script. 3Com series routers provide the Modem script, which is mainly used for: z Providing flexibility in controlling the Modems of different models.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide z Chapter 3 Modem Configuration Commands The default timeout time waiting for a receiving string is 5 seconds. TIMEOUT seconds can be inserted into the script to adjust the timeout time waiting for the receiving string, which is valid till a new TIMEOUT is set in the same script. For its meanings, refer to the following table.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Modem Configuration Commands Table 3-2 Script escape characters Escape character Description \c It means that only the specified string can be sent and the character "Enter" will not be sent. The character of "\c" must be at the end of the sending strings. Otherwise, it is invalid at other location. \d Represents pausing 2 seconds. \n Represents the character "newline". \r Represents the character "Enter".
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Chapter 3 Modem Configuration Commands When a modem line is active, that is, when the modem detects the carrier or data is being received, you may enable callback. As the service modem-callback command uses modem scripts to implement callback before entering PPP, it enables callback before accounting is started. This can thus help you save cost. Example # Enable the callback function. [3Com ] service modem-callback 3.1.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index Appendix A Command Index The command index includes all the commands in the 3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide arranged alphabetically.
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ ani Voice 3-1 ani-offset Voice 3-2 annexg Link Layer Protocol 6-1 answer Voice 3-2 apply access-vpn vpn-instance MPLS 2-1 apply as-path Routing Protocol 6-1 apply community Routing Protocol 6-1 apply cost Routing Protocol 6-2 apply cost-type Routing Protocol 6-3 apply default output-interface Network Protocol 12-1 apply ip-address Routing Protocol 6-4 apply ip-addre
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ asbr-summary Routing Protocol 3-2 ascii System Management 4-28 aspf-policy Security 4-8 async mode Interface 4-1 async mode padpos System Management 11-1 async mode pos System Management 11-1 async mode posapp System Management 11-3 atm class Link Layer Protocol 7-1 atm-class Link Layer Protocol 7-1 atm-link check Link Layer Protocol 7-2 authentication Security 1-3
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ bims interval System Management 8-2 bims ip address System Management 8-3 bims request System Management 8-4 bims sharekey System Management 8-4 bims source ip-address System Management 8-5 bims specify-time System Management 8-5 bims-server Network Protocol 9-6 binary System Management 4-28 bootfile backup System Management 4-4 bootfile dir System Management 4-1 bootf
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ busytone-t-th Voice 1-3 bye System Management 4-29 bye System Management 10-36 ca identifier Security 7-1 cable Interface 4-13 cable Interface 5-4 cable Interface 5-18 cable (CT1/PRI Interface) Interface 4-26 cable (CT3 Interface) Interface 4-71 cache-sa-enable Multicast Protocol 4-1 callednumber receive-method Voice 5-4 caller-permit Voice 1-4 call-mode Voice
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ channel-set (CE1/PRI Interface) Interface 4-14 channel-set (CT1/PRI Interface) Interface 4-27 channel-set timeslot (for ISDN BRI Leased Line) Link Layer Protocol 3-15 checkzero Routing Protocol 2-1 cid display Voice 1-6 cid enable Voice 1-7 cid select-mode Voice 2-3 cid send Voice 1-7 cid type Voice 1-8 cir QoS 5-2 cir allow QoS 5-3 classifier behavior QoS 2-18 c
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ clock datetime Getting Started 1-1 clock summer-time Getting Started 1-1 clock timezone Getting Started 1-3 close System Management 4-30 cngced-detection Voice 4-1 cng-on Voice 1-9 code (CEI/PRI Interface) Interface 4-16 code (CT1/PRI Interface) Interface 4-29 code nrzi Interface 4-4 code nrzi Non-IP Architecture 4-2 command-alias enable Getting Started 1-23 command
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ crc Interface 4-73 crc Interface 4-119 crl check disable Security 7-5 crl update-period Security 7-6 crl url Security 7-6 c-rp Multicast Protocol 3-3 crp-policy Multicast Protocol 3-4 dampening Routing Protocol 5-7 data algorithm-suite VPN 3-3 data ipsec-sa duration VPN 3-4 databits System Management 5-5 data-coding (CT1/PRI Interface) Interface 4-30 datafill Sy
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ debugging bridge Link Layer Protocol 9-13 debugging clns clnp Non-IP Architecture 2-8 debugging clns echo Non-IP Architecture 2-7 debugging clns rd Non-IP Architecture 2-8 debugging clns routing Non-IP Architecture 2-9 debugging dhcp client Network Protocol 9-56 debugging dhcp relay Network Protocol 9-48 debugging dhcp server Network Protocol 9-6 debugging dialer Dial-up 1
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ debugging ipx packet Non-IP Architecture 3-1 debugging ipx ping Non-IP Architecture 3-2 debugging ipx rip Non-IP Architecture 3-3 debugging ipx rtpro-flash Non-IP Architecture 3-4 debugging ipx rtpro-interface Non-IP Architecture 3-5 debugging ipx rtpro-routing Non-IP Architecture 3-6 debugging ipx sap packet Non-IP Architecture 3-7 debugging isdn Link Layer Protocol 3-1 deb
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ debugging pos System Management 11-3 debugging pos-app System Management 11-4 debugging pos-interface System Management 11-5 debugging ppp compression iphc rtp Link Layer Protocol 1-21 debugging ppp compression iphc tcp Link Layer Protocol 1-22 debugging pppoe-client Link Layer Protocol 2-6 debugging pppofr Link Layer Protocol 6-6 debugging qllc Network Protocol 14-1 debuggi
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ debugging voice rcv r2 Voice 3-6 debugging voice sip Voice 7-2 debugging voice vas Voice 1-21 debugging voice vas fax Voice 4-3 debugging voice vcc Voice 5-6 debugging voice vmib Voice 1-22 debugging voice vofr Voice 2-3 debugging voice vpp Voice 1-23 debugging voice vpp r2 Voice 3-6 debugging vrrp Reliability 2-1 debugging vty System Management 5-6 debugging x25 L
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ delete System Management 4-31 delete System Management 10-37 delete rpf-route-static all Multicast Protocol 6-1 delete static-routes all Routing Protocol 1-15 description System Management 3-3 description Interface 1-2 description Interface 3-1 description MPLS 2-2 description (in Voice Entity View) Voice 1-27 description (in Voice Subscriber-Line View) Voice 1-28 dest
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ dhcp server expired (in Interface View) Network Protocol 9-15 dhcp server expired interface (in System View) Network Protocol 9-16 dhcp server forbidden-ip Network Protocol 9-17 dhcp server ip-pool Network Protocol 9-18 dhcp server nbns-list (in Interface View) Network Protocol 9-19 dhcp server nbns-list interface (in System View) Network Protocol 9-19 dhcp server netbios-type (in
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ dialer timer idle Dial-up 1-15 dialer timer wait-carrier Dial-up 1-16 dialer timer warmup Dial-up 1-16 dialer user Dial-up 1-17 dialer-group Dial-up 1-18 dialer-rule Dial-up 1-19 dial-prefix Voice 1-28 dial-program Voice 1-30 differential-delay Interface 5-6 dir System Management 4-8 dir System Management 4-32 dir System Management 10-37 disconnect System Manage
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ display bgp multicast routing Multicast Protocol 5-4 display bgp multicast routing as-path-acl Multicast Protocol 5-4 display bgp multicast routing cidr Multicast Protocol 5-5 display bgp multicast routing community Multicast Protocol 5-5 display bgp multicast routing community-list Multicast Protocol 5-6 display bgp multicast routing different-origin-as Multicast Protocol 5-6 dis
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ display channel System Management 1-14 display clipboard Getting Started 1-5 display clns Non-IP Architecture 2-11 display clns interface Non-IP Architecture 2-13 display clns routing-table Non-IP Architecture 2-14 display clns statistics Non-IP Architecture 2-18 display clock Getting Started 1-6 display configure-user System Management 6-6 display command-alias Getting Sta
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ display diagnostic-information System Management 1-5 display dialer Dial-up 1-20 display dlsw bridge-entry Non-IP Architecture 4-7 display dlsw circuits Non-IP Architecture 4-8 display dlsw ethernet-backup circuit Non-IP Architecture 4-52 display dlsw ethernet-backup map Non-IP Architecture 4-54 display dlsw ethernet-backup neighbour Non-IP Architecture 4-54 display dlsw inform
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ display esis interface Non-IP Architecture 2-21 display esis peer Non-IP Architecture 2-22 display esis statistics Non-IP Architecture 2-22 display fcm System Management 11-5 display fe1 serial Interface 4-41 display fib Network Protocol 10-6 display fib acl Network Protocol 10-7 display fib begin Network Protocol 10-8 display fib ip-prefix Network Protocol 10-9 display f
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ display history-command Getting Started 1-9 display hwping System Management 3-4 display hwtacacs Security 1-51 display icmp statistics Network Protocol 10-11 display igmp group Multicast Protocol 2-1 display igmp interface Multicast Protocol 2-2 display igmp local Multicast Protocol 2-4 display ike dpd Security 5-50 display ike peer Security 6-4 display ike proposal Sec
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ display ip interface brief Network Protocol 10-15 display ip ip-prefix Routing Protocol 6-7 display ip multicast-fast-forwarding cache Network Protocol 10-31 display ip multicast-policy Network Protocol 13-3 display ip policy Network Protocol 12-5 display ip policy setup Network Protocol 12-5 display ip policy statistic Network Protocol 12-6 display ip routing-table Routing Pr
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ display isdn parameters Link Layer Protocol 3-8 display isdn spid Link Layer Protocol 3-10 display isis brief Routing Protocol 4-5 display isis interface Routing Protocol 4-5 display isis lsdb Routing Protocol 4-6 display isis mesh-group Routing Protocol 4-7 display isis peer Routing Protocol 4-8 display isis routing Routing Protocol 4-8 display isis routing clns Non-IP Arc
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ display mpls lsp MPLS 1-2 display mpls static-l2vc MPLS 3-6 display mpls static-lsp MPLS 1-3 display mpls statistics MPLS 1-3 display msdp brief Multicast Protocol 4-2 display msdp peer-status Multicast Protocol 4-3 display msdp sa-cache Multicast Protocol 4-4 display msdp sa-count Multicast Protocol 4-5 display multicast forwarding-table Multicast Protocol 1-3 display mu
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ display pim neighbor Multicast Protocol 3-9 display pim routing-table Multicast Protocol 3-9 display pim rp-info Multicast Protocol 3-11 display pki certificate Security 7-22 display pki crl Security 7-23 display port Interface 3-4 display portal Security 2-5 display portal update-resource Security 2-15 display port-mapping Security 4-15 display pos-app System Management
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ display radius statistics Security 1-26 display rip Routing Protocol 2-3 display rip interface Routing Protocol 2-4 display rip routing Routing Protocol 2-5 display rip vpn-instance Routing Protocol 2-6 display rmon alarm System Management 9-1 display rmon event System Management 9-2 display rmon eventlog System Management 9-3 display rmon history System Management 9-4 di
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ display status interface Interface 1-5 display status interface ima-group Interface 5-10 display stop-accounting-buffer Security 1-30 display stop-accounting-buffer Security 1-53 display tcp statistics Network Protocol 10-18 display tcp status System Management 10-1 display tcp status Network Protocol 10-21 display telnet-server source-ip System Management 10-2 display tftp
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ display voice ipp Voice 1-36 display voice number-substitute Voice 1-38 display voice r2 call-statistics Voice 3-14 display voice rcv ccb Voice 1-39 display voice rcv statistic Voice 1-42 display voice rcv statistic r2 Voice 3-16 display voice sip call-statistics Voice 7-2 display voice sip register-state Voice 1-44 display voice subscriber-line Voice 1-45 display voice s
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ dlsw ethernet-backup timer Non-IP Architecture 4-59 dlsw ethernet-frame-filter Link Layer Protocol 9-24 dlsw filter acl Non-IP Architecture 4-45 dlsw local Non-IP Architecture 4-14 dlsw max-transmission Non-IP Architecture 4-46 dlsw multicast Non-IP Architecture 4-45 dlsw reachable Non-IP Architecture 4-15 dlsw reachable-cache Non-IP Architecture 4-16 dlsw remote Non-IP Arc
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ dvpn client register-retry VPN 3-12 dvpn dvpn-id VPN 3-12 dvpn interface-type VPN 3-13 dvpn policy VPN 3-14 dvpn policy VPN 3-14 dvpn register-type VPN 3-15 dvpn security VPN 3-16 dvpn server VPN 3-17 dvpn server authentication-client method VPN 3-18 dvpn server map age-time VPN 3-18 dvpn server pre-shared-key VPN 3-19 dvpn service VPN 3-20 e1 channel-set Interf
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ encapsulation-mode Security 5-12 encrypt-card backuped Security 5-42 encrypt-card fast-switch Security 5-42 encryption-algorithm Security 6-8 entity Voice 1-62 escape-key System Management 5-9 esis Non-IP Architecture 2-23 esis enable Non-IP Architecture 2-24 esp authentication-algorithm Security 5-13 esp encryption-algorithm Security 5-14 exchange-mode Security 6-9
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ file prompt System Management 4-10 filename System Management 3-7 filter-policy export Routing Protocol 2-7 filter-policy export Routing Protocol 3-32 filter-policy export Routing Protocol 4-11 filter-policy export Routing Protocol 5-31 filter-policy export Routing Protocol 6-8 filter-policy import Routing Protocol 2-7 filter-policy import Routing Protocol 3-32 filter-pol
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ fr bump Link Layer Protocol 6-22 fr class QoS 5-12 fr compression frf9 Link Layer Protocol 6-22 fr compression iphc Link Layer Protocol 6-23 fr congestion-threshold QoS 5-13 fr de del QoS 5-14 fr del inbound-interface QoS 5-15 fr del protocol ip QoS 5-16 fr dlci Link Layer Protocol 6-24 fr dlci-switch Link Layer Protocol 6-24 fr inarp Link Layer Protocol 6-25 fr int
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ fr traffic-policing QoS 5-18 fr traffic-shaping QoS 5-19 fragment QoS 5-19 frame-format Interface 4-111 frame-format Interface 4-121 frame-format Interface 5-12 frame-format Interface 5-20 frame-format Interface 5-24 frame-format (CE1/PRI Interface) Interface 4-19 frame-format (CT1/PRI Interface) Interface 4-36 frame-format (CT3 Interface) Interface 4-76 frame-lengt
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ ftp update System Management 4-27 ftp-operation System Management 3-8 ftp-server source-interface System Management 4-25 ftp-server source-ip System Management 4-26 gateway-list Network Protocol 9-39 get System Management 4-37 get System Management 10-39 gk-2nd-id Voice 6-4 gk-client Voice 6-3 gk-id Voice 6-5 gk-security call Voice 6-5 gk-security register-pwd Voic
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ hwping-agent enable System Management 3-11 hwping-agent max-requests System Management 3-11 hwping-server enable System Management 3-23 hwping-server tcpconnect System Management 3-23 hwping-server udpecho System Management 3-24 hwtacacs change-password self Security 1-54 hwtacacs nas-ip Security 1-55 hwtacacs scheme Security 1-55 icmp redirect send Network Protocol 10-23
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ if-match ip-precedence QoS 2-35 if-match ip-prefix Routing Protocol 6-15 if-match mpls-exp QoS 6-1 if-match mpls-label MPLS 2-9 if-match outbound-interface QoS 2-36 if-match packet-length Network Protocol 12-8 if-match protocol QoS 2-37 if-match rtp QoS 2-37 if-match tag Routing Protocol 6-15 igmp enable Multicast Protocol 2-4 igmp group-limit Multicast Protocol 2-5
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ import-route Routing Protocol 2-9 import-route Routing Protocol 3-34 import-route Routing Protocol 4-14 import-route Routing Protocol 5-33 import-route Multicast Protocol 5-8 import-route isis Routing Protocol 4-15 import-route ospf MPLS 2-9 import-source Multicast Protocol 4-5 info-center channel System Management 1-21 info-center console channel System Management 1-22
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ interface mp-group Interface 6-11 interface null Interface 6-15 interface serial [ p2p | p2mp ] Link Layer Protocol 6-45 interface tunnel VPN 2-5 interface virtual-ethernet Interface 6-12 interface virtual-template Interface 6-10 interface virtual-template VPN 1-5 interval-time Security 5-52 invert receive-clock Interface 4-8 invert transmit-clock Interface 4-9 ip Sec
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ ip multicast-policy route-policy Network Protocol 13-5 ip option source-routing System Management 1-8 ip policy route-policy Network Protocol 12-9 ip pool Security 1-11 ip relay address (in Interface View) Network Protocol 9-53 ip relay address cycle Network Protocol 9-53 ip relay address interface (in System View) Network Protocol 9-54 ip route-static Routing Protocol 1-15
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ ipx rip multiplier Non-IP Architecture 3-23 ipx rip timer update Non-IP Architecture 3-24 ipx route load-balance-path Non-IP Architecture 3-26 ipx route max-reserve-path Non-IP Architecture 3-26 ipx route-static Non-IP Architecture 3-24 ipx sap disable Non-IP Architecture 3-27 ipx sap gns-disable-reply Non-IP Architecture 3-28 ipx sap gns-load-balance Non-IP Architecture 3-28
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ isdn spid auto_trigger Link Layer Protocol 3-35 isdn spid nit Link Layer Protocol 3-35 isdn spid resend Link Layer Protocol 3-38 isdn spid service Link Layer Protocol 3-37 isdn spid timer Link Layer Protocol 3-36 isdn spid1 Link Layer Protocol 3-38 isdn spid2 Link Layer Protocol 3-39 isdn statistics Link Layer Protocol 3-40 isdn two-tei Link Layer Protocol 3-42 isis Rout
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ L l2tp enable VPN 1-7 l2tp-auto-client enable VPN 1-6 l2tp-group VPN 1-8 l2tpmoreexam enable VPN 1-7 l2vpn-family MPLS 3-11 language-mode Getting Started 1-16 lapb modulo Link Layer Protocol 8-17 lapb retry Link Layer Protocol 8-18 lapb timer Link Layer Protocol 8-19 lapb window-size Link Layer Protocol 8-20 lcd System Management 4-37 ldap-server Security 7-7 le
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ llc2 timer poll Non-IP Architecture 4-26 llc2 timer reject Non-IP Architecture 4-26 loadbandwidth Routing Protocol 1-19 local Security 6-17 local-address Security 6-17 locality Security 7-11 local-server Security 1-32 local-user Security 1-13 local-user VPN 3-20 local-user password-display-mode Security 1-14 lock Getting Started 1-17 log enable Security 4-16 log
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ ls System Management 4-38 ls System Management 10-40 lsp-trigger MPLS 1-5 mac-address Interface 6-13 mac-address timer aging Interface 3-7 mandatory-chap VPN 1-9 mandatory-lcp VPN 1-9 map bridge Link Layer Protocol 7-19 map bridge-group Link Layer Protocol 7-20 map clns Non-IP Architecture 1-8 map ip Link Layer Protocol 7-20 map ppp Link Layer Protocol 7-21 map r
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ mkdir System Management 4-12 mkdir System Management 4-38 mkdir System Management 10-41 mode Voice 3-28 Mode (SIP Client) Voice 7-6 modem System Management 5-12 modem Dial-up 3-1 modem auto-answer System Management 5-13 modem auto-answer Dial-up 3-2 modem timer answer System Management 5-14 more System Management 4-12 motorola base-svc Voice 2-9 motorola encapsul
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ msdp Multicast Protocol 4-6 msdp-tracert Multicast Protocol 4-7 mtracert Multicast Protocol 1-6 mtu Link Layer Protocol 7-25 mtu MPLS 3-13 mtu (ATM Interface) Interface 5-3 mtu (Ethernet/GE Interface) Interface 2-7 mtu (POS Interface) Interface 4-123 mtu (Serial Interface) Interface 4-10 multicast minimum-ttl Multicast Protocol 1-8 multicast packet-boundary Multicast
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ network Network Protocol 9-42 network Routing Protocol 2-11 network Routing Protocol 3-36 network Routing Protocol 5-37 network Multicast Protocol 5-10 network-entity Routing Protocol 4-29 nslookup type Network Protocol 3-7 nssa Routing Protocol 3-38 ntp-service access System Management 6-5 ntp-service authentication enable System Management 6-6 ntp-service authenticat
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ ospf Routing Protocol 3-40 ospf authentication-mode Routing Protocol 3-41 ospf cost Routing Protocol 3-42 ospf dr-priority Routing Protocol 3-42 ospf mib-binding Routing Protocol 3-43 ospf mtu-enable Routing Protocol 3-44 ospf network-type Routing Protocol 3-45 ospf timer dead Routing Protocol 3-46 ospf timer hello Routing Protocol 3-47 ospf timer poll Routing Protocol
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ peer as-path-acl Routing Protocol 5-39 peer as-path-acl Multicast Protocol 5-12 peer connect-interface Routing Protocol 5-40 peer default-route-advertise Routing Protocol 5-41 peer default-route-advertise MPLS 2-16 peer description Routing Protocol 5-41 peer description Multicast Protocol 4-10 peer ebgp-max-hop Routing Protocol 5-42 peer enable Routing Protocol 5-43 peer
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ peer shutdown Routing Protocol 5-51 peer timer Routing Protocol 5-52 peer upe MPLS 2-18 peer-public-key end System Management 10-16 pfs Security 5-21 phy-mru Interface 4-11 physical-mode Interface 4-11 pim Multicast Protocol 3-11 pim bsr-boundary Multicast Protocol 3-12 pim dm Multicast Protocol 3-13 pim neighbor-limit Multicast Protocol 3-13 pim neighbor-policy Mu
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ portal Security 2-9 portal all-resource-id Security 2-16 portal auth-network Security 2-9 portal fast-authentication Security 2-10 portal free-ip Security 2-11 portal free-user Security 2-12 portal method Security 2-13 portal resource Security 2-17 portal server Security 2-14 portal service-type Security 2-17 portal update-resource Security 2-18 portal update-resour
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ ppp ipcp dns request Link Layer Protocol 1-9 ppp ipcp remote-address forced Link Layer Protocol 1-9 ppp lcp mru consistent Link Layer Protocol 1-10 ppp lqc Link Layer Protocol 1-11 ppp mp Link Layer Protocol 1-12 ppp mp binding-mode Link Layer Protocol 1-4 ppp mp lfi Link Layer Protocol 1-14 ppp mp lfi Link Layer Protocol 1-28 ppp mp lfi delay-per-frag Link Layer Protocol
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ primary authentication Security 1-35 primary authentication Security 1-59 primary authorization Security 1-59 priority Voice 1-77 priority Voice 2-12 pri-set Voice 3-31 pri-set (CE1/PRI Interface) Interface 4-22 pri-set (CT1/PRI Interface) Interface 4-38 private-ip VPN 3-22 private-line Voice 1-78 probe-failtimes System Management 3-14 process-config Voice 5-18 p
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ qos carl QoS 1-4 qos cq QoS 2-9 qos cql default-queue QoS 2-10 qos cql inbound-interface QoS 2-11 qos cql protocol QoS 2-11 qos cql protocol mpls exp QoS 6-1 qos cql queue QoS 2-13 qos cql queue serving QoS 2-13 qos fifo queue-length QoS 2-1 qos gts QoS 1-5 qos lr QoS 1-7 qos max-bandwidth QoS 2-41 qos policy QoS 2-41 qos pq QoS 2-3 qos pql default-queue Q
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ R radius nas-ip Security 1-36 radius scheme Security 1-35 radius trap Security 1-37 ras-on Voice 6-8 re-answer Voice 3-32 re-authentication System Management 5-16 reboot System Management 1-11 receive gain Voice 1-79 redialtimes Voice 5-20 redirect bind vpn-instance System Management 10-3 redirect disconnect System Management 10-7 redirect enable System Management
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ remote-ip MPLS 1-26 remote-name Security 6-20 remove System Management 10-43 remove slot System Management 1-40 rename System Management 4-15 rename System Management 4-42 rename System Management 10-43 renew Voice 3-36 reset Routing Protocol 2-13 reset acl counter Security 3-2 reset alarm urgent System Management 1-40 reset arp Network Protocol 2-5 reset atm In
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ reset dlsw tcp Non-IP Architecture 4-48 reset dns dynamic-host Network Protocol 3-8 reset dvpn all VPN 3-23 reset dvpn map VPN 3-23 reset dvpn session VPN 3-24 reset dvpn statistics VPN 3-24 reset encrypt-card sa Security 5-45 reset encrypt-card statistics Security 5-46 reset encrypt-card syslog Security 5-47 reset esis statistics Non-IP Architecture 2-27 reset fcm Sy
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ reset mpls statistics MPLS 1-7 reset msdp peer Multicast Protocol 4-16 reset msdp sa-cache Multicast Protocol 4-16 reset msdp statistics Multicast Protocol 4-17 reset multicast forwarding-table Multicast Protocol 1-11 reset multicast routing-table Multicast Protocol 1-12 reset nat Network Protocol 11-15 reset ospf Routing Protocol 3-51 reset pim neighbor Multicast Protocol
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ reset voice sip Voice 7-8 reset voice vcc Voice 5-22 reset voice voip data-statistic Voice 1-82 reset voice vpp Voice 1-81 reset x25 Link Layer Protocol 8-23 reset xot Link Layer Protocol 8-22 restart Interface 1-13 retry System Management 2-4 retry Security 1-39 retry realtime-accounting Security 1-40 retry stop-accounting Security 1-41 retry stop-accounting Secur
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ rmon statistics System Management 9-11 root-certificate fingerprint Security 7-8 routed-bridge protocol Link Layer Protocol 7-35 route-distinguisher MPLS 2-19 route-policy Network Protocol 12-10 route-policy Network Protocol 13-6 route-policy Routing Protocol 6-18 router id Routing Protocol 3-52 route-tag MPLS 2-20 routing-table limit MPLS 2-21 rsa local-key-pair creat
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ script trigger dial Dial-up 3-4 script trigger init Dial-up 3-4 script trigger login Dial-up 3-5 script trigger logout Dial-up 3-6 script-string Dial-up 3-6 sdlc controller Non-IP Architecture 4-28 sdlc mac-map local Non-IP Architecture 4-29 sdlc mac-map remote Non-IP Architecture 4-30 sdlc max-pdu Non-IP Architecture 4-31 sdlc max-send-queue Non-IP Architecture 4-31 s
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ select-stop Voice 1-88 send System Management 5-17 send-busytone Voice 1-89 sendloopcode Interface 4-40 send-number (in Voice Entity View) Voice 1-90 send-number (in Voice Subscriber-Line View) Voice 1-90 sendpacket passroute System Management 3-15 sendring Voice 3-41 send-ring Voice 1-91 send-trap System Management 3-15 seq-number Voice 2-13 server-type Security
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ shdsl psd Interface 5-37 shdsl rate Interface 5-28 shdsl snr-margin Interface 5-37 shdsl wire Interface 5-38 shell System Management 5-19 shutdown Interface 1-14 shutdown Interface 3-12 shutdown Interface 4-113 shutdown Link Layer Protocol 6-52 shutdown Multicast Protocol 4-17 shutdown (in Voice Entity View) Voice 1-92 shutdown (in Voice Subscriber-Line View) Voice
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ snmp-agent trap enable ospf Routing Protocol 3-54 snmp-agent trap life System Management 7-18 snmp-agent trap queue-size System Management 7-19 snmp-agent trap source System Management 7-20 snmp-agent usm-user System Management 7-20 sot counter keepalive Network Protocol 15-3 sot gather Network Protocol 15-4 sot group-set Network Protocol 15-5 sot peer Network Protocol 15-
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ ssh server authentication-retries System Management 10-21 ssh server compatible_ssh1x enable System Management 10-22 ssh server rekey-interval System Management 10-23 ssh server timeout System Management 10-25 ssh user System Management 10-25 ssh user assign System Management 10-26 ssh user authentication-type System Management 10-27 ssh user service-type System Management 10
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ static-lsp ingress l2vpn MPLS 3-4 static-lsp transit MPLS 1-11 static-lsp transit l2vpn MPLS 3-5 static-rp Multicast Protocol 3-20 static-rpf-peer Multicast Protocol 4-18 stop-accounting-buffer enable Security 1-45 stopbits System Management 5-21 stub Routing Protocol 3-56 subscriber-line Voice 1-95 subscriber-line Voice 3-44 substitute Voice 1-96 substitute incomin
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ t1 show Interface 4-87 t1 shutdown Interface 4-89 t1 shutdown Interface 4-117 t1 unframed Interface 4-90 t1 unframed Interface 4-118 tcp mss Network Protocol 10-26 tcp timer fin-timeout Network Protocol 10-27 tcp timer syn-timeout Network Protocol 10-28 tcp window Network Protocol 10-28 telnet System Management 10-7 telnet source-interface System Management 10-10 te
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ timer dtmf (R2) Voice 3-46 timer first-dial Voice 1-101 timer hold Link Layer Protocol 1-20 timer hold Link Layer Protocol 5-1 timer hold Link Layer Protocol 6-53 timer holding Non-IP Architecture 2-28 timer keep-alive hold Routing Protocol 5-58 timer loop System Management 2-5 timer lsp-max-age Routing Protocol 4-35 timer lsp-refresh Routing Protocol 4-36 timer quiet
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ traffic-policy QoS 2-51 traffic-shaping adaptation QoS 5-23 traffic-share-across-interface Routing Protocol 2-24 transform Security 5-33 translate ip Link Layer Protocol 8-24 translate X25 Link Layer Protocol 8-25 transmit gain Voice 1-103 transmit-priority Link Layer Protocol 7-39 trunk-direction Voice 3-52 trunk-id Voice 2-14 ts Voice 3-53 ttl System Management
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ undo synchronization Routing Protocol 5-59 upgrade System Management 1-43 upgrade System Management 4-58 upgrade second Interface 5-47 use encrypt-card Security 5-48 user System Management 4-43 user privilege System Management 5-21 user-interface System Management 5-22 username System Management 3-21 user-name-format Security 1-48 user-name-format Security 1-67 usin
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ voice-setup Voice 1-110 voip calledtunnel Voice 1-111 voip call-start Voice 1-111 voip h323-descriptor Voice 1-112 voip timer Voice 1-113 vpninstance System Management 3-22 vpn-instance-capability simple MPLS 2-24 vpn-target MPLS 2-25 vqa data-statistic Voice 1-113 vqa dscp Voice 1-114 vqa dsp-monitor Voice 1-116 vqa jitter-buffer Voice 1-117 vrbd Getting Starte
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ x25 default-protocol Link Layer Protocol 8-30 x25 default-protocol Non-IP Architecture 1-8 x25 hunt-group Link Layer Protocol 8-30 x25 ignore called-address Link Layer Protocol 8-31 x25 ignore calling-address Link Layer Protocol 8-32 x25 local-cug Link Layer Protocol 8-33 x25 map Link Layer Protocol 8-34 x25 map bridge Link Layer Protocol 9-29 x25 map clns Non-IP Architectu
3Com Router 3000 Ethernet Family Command Reference Guide Appendix A Command Index ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ x25 window-size Link Layer Protocol 8-56 x25 x121-address Link Layer Protocol 8-57 x25 xot pvc Link Layer Protocol 8-58 x29 timer idleclear System Management 11-18 x29 timer inviteclear-time Link Layer Protocol 8-60 xmodem get System Management 4-48 Y Z A-73
